Note: Descriptions are shown in the official language in which they were submitted.
1992~ 31E3 2~:q1 ~3 322~ 6172 AUR1~Ji~71~;~'ri~ 005 P0~
SPECI FI CATION
STRVCTUR1;: C:ONSIS~ING 017 PRI~A~Y STRllCTURE ANl~ SECCINDARY
STRVCTURES
TEC~tNICAL ~lELD
The p~ro~nt invontion rclat~ to th~ ~tructure oonRisting o~
'the ~upportin~ ~tructure' w1th dur~blity (herein0,fter, this
w111 be ter~ed 'a pri111ary structure' )to be con~truct~d
10 similarly to skelton of coluD~n6 a1ld ~eams etc. of ~ g~ner~l
bllilding m~àe of reir~forc~d collcrete ~tc., aDd 'ths support~d
~tructure ' ~l~pportod by thi 8 primary structur~ ~ her~i~aI ter,
these wlll be ter~ d 'secondary ~trUoture8~ ) as the chan~e~bIe
part to be reformd fr~ely: ~uch compon~nt As seoondary column~,
15 beams, extern~l w~ , bound~ry wall~ ra~es for door~ ~nd
wlnd~w~, p~rtition~, furrin8 strip~, ~quip~nent pipinBs or ~he
': like, and bro~dly ~pplied to house~, stores~ offices,
hospital~, school~, ~nd 8~ buildinB~
~0
~ECHNICA~ BACKaROUND AND PROBLEMS TO BE SOLVl~D
By con~truoti~g pri~ry structuro ~composed of ~kcleton part:
columns, be~ms, wall~,~lab~ urthe like ofa gen~r~l buildin~)
: ~3 '~n invArisble structure,' ~nd by oonstructing ~cond~ry
~ 25 structure~compoqed ofsecond~ry p~rt:colu~ns, be~ms, external
-: walls, bound~ry w~lls, frR~es fGr door~ and ~indows,
: pnrtitions, ~urring ~trip~, oquipment pipe~ or th~ likc)
supported by this prim~ry structure, ~ 'thevsri~ble structure
" to ~ke rebuilding or expnndinR possible to meet the needs of
30 time~', there hava been various propo~A~ ~bout WhAt i~ c~ d
~n srtificial land and ~n artifi~ial ~ulti-lsyor l~nd ~ tho
~ethod to keep fre~ly pAce with ~he ch~nge of the tim~s in
; v~iou~ building~; hou~e~, ~tore~, offioH~ or th~ like. But
there h~v~ b~en followin~ proble~ f~r a prior ~rtifici~l lhnd
35 ~nd artificiRl multi-l~yer l~nd.
19~ fl31E~ 21:42 03 3~29 61~2 AURI~rif~ 005 P04
Proble~ oonc~rning to structural planning ~ dosiBn o~ prior
~rti~i~ial land
Lik~ a prior urti~icial lAnd~ ln ~a~e that th~ secondAry
structure th~t iB ~ heavY objcct ~nd h~a l~r~o influoncc to
primnry struct~re i~ suPpDrt~d by ~ horizontal platfor
compo6ed of ~l~b~ or sm~ll bea~ or thc like of a primary
structure. Th~ liv~ lo~ds beco~e quitc lar~e ~alue bsc~u~e of
a~sumin~ thP l~r~e~t loadq in order to correspond fr~ely to
v~riou~ scAl~ and ~tructure o~ sacond~ry 3tructuras in futura,
and further becau~ of assumin~ th~ CQ~e th~t th~ ~onc~ntra~cd
lo~da of th~ columns ~tc. of secondary structur~s act~ on free
positions of a prl~ary structur~. It is th~r~for~ ~ener~l to
have d~ ned structure in ~uch ~ WAy th~t thosc lo~d~ ar~ :
unl~or~ly ~is~ri~uted ov~r thi6 hori~ont~l plat~orm of the
1~ primary structure,
But, in uch a ~upport by the hori~ontal plat~or~ o~ slab or
~mall bcam or the li~e of ~ prim~ry ~trllCtUre, by AssUming the
larg~st loRd and concentr~ed load of ~0condary memb~rs und~r
the situ~tion to corre~pond to ~ future v~riAtlcn, th~ liv~
load value o~ this horizontal pl~t~orm ~mpli~los on ~ l~rge
width, the ~lab sec~ion b~come l~r~er, and n;ore ~m~ll b~m~
bbco~ ~ore n~cessary than usu~l ~ituation ~in th~t the for~
~n~ position of the ~condary etruc~ure wlll be fixsd in
~uture~.
8y this m~tt~r, not only th~ llve loAd incr~s~s, but slso the
de~d losd o~ thi~ hori~ont~l pl~t~orm increAsc.Q. The c06t ot'
thls ~orizontal ~l~tform incr~es nore. Purther, th~ loAd~ of
~lrder~ colu~n~, ~nd qu~k~ resi~ing w~ll or the like to
support it incrc~8~ ~or~ ~nd i5 ~mplifi~d furth~r more by
~ismic ~orcc. For thfit re~n the total CG~t of tho buildin8
skeloton lncre~ses ~ore, ~nd i~ baco~es quite uneconomlc~l
oxtrom~ly. If eAch parti~l s~ctlon of ~ prim~ry ~tructure g~t~
3m~11 to be ~ trugal in ~trucLure a~ possi'ol~ for tho s~k~ of
~n economic d~lgn, ~ d~ficiency of a ~upport-strength of a
pri~ry structure ocours, ~ccordin~ly u sc~le ~nd ~ for~ of
;~.
' '' . . ' ' ';, ' ~` . , '', `'~' ~'
.
I ~I Y 2 ~H ~ 2 1: ~1 2 0 ~1 3 2 2 9 6 1 7 2 AUR l 'r~ " 3 0 0 5 P 0 5
secondary ~tructure~ are ~rently limited, a free extunt in
expanding ~nd rebuilding of buildings i~ remarkably llmited,
~nd ~n initial purpo~e can'~ be achieved.
..
~ Probl~ of 'inlti~ t up type' anohor
Ench co~position members oY s~cendary ~tructurss are 3et on a
primary struct~re by ~nchors (~n anchor i~ defined hsre ~8 a
suppor~ ~ixed p~rt, thAt i~ ~ mechanical ~astener including a
we~ding, Oll a primary strllcture). A occurring the di~tance
betwe~n ~nchor position~ and oomposition ~e~bers of ~econd~ry
structures, they c~n't b~ joined, i~ A frae extcnt concerning
second~ry structures' pl~n is large in casa that secoJId~ry
struotures ~re newly ~on~truct~d upward a prinary ~truc~.ure.
Opposi~e, if joints of secondary ~tructures are fittud in
anchors' position, a form of sacondary ~truotures i~ remarkably
rsstrict~d.
A proble~ of ~nchor diamet~r and ~nchor arran~ent of
'initial 6~t up type' is di~ficult to ~uarantae th~ flexibility
of secondary ~tructurcs, ~d to be eoonomic~l. Bec~u~ 9 the
stren~th of anchor oan'~ be unlfor~ as there 1~ difference of
~he sup~ort-~tren~th of second~ry me~bers, and the positions of
anchors on a primary ~tructure can't be uniform as there i5
differance o~ the support-positions of second~ry ~ember~. ~rom
this natter, the problc~s of an anchor diamet~r And ~nohDrs'
26 ~rrangoment 1~ c~se of 'initiAl ~ up type' Rnchor ~ru
difficult to ~uur~nteo u ~ree cxtent of aeoondary ~tructur~
economlcally. Further, in cs~e of '~n lniti~l ~ot up anchor
typa', there i~ the problem how thc lo~d Or s~condary
structure~ oan b~ tr~n~ltt~d ~n the position ~h~t
support-strongth of u prl~Ary structure ~8 ~otton. If beinB by
mean~ of ~econdAry ~e~bers, ' po~t constr~ction sot up type'
n~hor is Bi~ r to thl~ ~tter; thoro i~ the ~robl~m how the
lo~d~ o~ seoondury BtruCtures 4ro tr~n~itt,od in th~ po~ition
'. thRt ~upport-s~ron~th o~ ~ ~rim~rY ~tructure i8 totten.
~ 35
" ,
~,
,,; . .... .~. ..... __ .. _. _
1 9 9 ~ 1 3 O ~J 3 2 2 g 6 1 7 2 ~U~ t~ 0 0 5 ~0 ~
Problem of 'post-oonstr~ction Bet Up typ~ A~ChOr
In anchors of light-wei~ht ~ember~ ol ~inishes, ~urring
strip6, ~nd a pspor hold~r or the lik~, it i~ possible thst
their nvc~ss~ry numbe~s ~ru set up at ~ha Qcttln¢ po~ition on
5 ~ primary 8tructure ~t tim~ of their n~ce~sity. In c~e o~ the
hea~y object in need of fix rein~orcing steel and in caBe of
m~in bearing me~b~rs, such ~ method c~n't reaoh the
support-strength. Even if such ~ ~ethod can be ~ound, the
c~n~truction i9 troublesome ~nddifficult. Further,if ~nchors
lU are setupby such a~ethod frequently onr~forming o~ seco~d~ry
struGtures~ the prim~ry ~tructure i~ qu~etly d~ma8ed and the
d~pres~ion of a support,-stren~th of a pri~ry ~truBturQ c~nnot
be avoided ~y opening a hole and excising on a primary
~tructure.
lS
Ncc~s~ity of se~iperm~nent ~uarantee o~ anchor p~rform~nce
In order to guarAntee free ~xpAndln~ and refor~in~ of
~condary ~t~ucture~ forthe future,thereis nec~s-~ityto make
guarantee semipermanently on an ~nchor perform~nc~ ~o th~t
20 secondary structure can be taken off 3econd~ry stru~tures.
:`
Problem~ conccrning th~ law of posses~ion of ~partment rule~
~nd its pert~ining civil l~w
~: Inc~e ofapplyin~ ittoan ~part~ent hou8e building, therc is
le~Al problem in the civil l~w~ c~used by the faet that
secondary ~tructure, u ~onopoly psrt, ean't be se~arated ~rDm
the pri~ry ~tructur~ thuti~ A common u~c part, and th~ problem
in th~ eivil l~wu und the probl~m of d~mag~s occur, euch time
individu~l us0r~ ~ore ~nehor hol~ on the pri~ary ~trueture
30 th~t 1~ aeom~onpart. The~oproblom~ ~re noeeqsury tD be 301vèd
in t~heeonnee~iv~ method botweon~nehor80n aprim~ry structure
~nd ~eondary ~tructure~.
~ Probl~ of prim~ry ~ 8upport type sc~ondury strueturc ot
: 35 prior type
' , - ~ ' '.:
' ' . ', ' .
12~131~ 21:44 03 3229 6172 AURl'~it71~ "3 005 P07
S
In c~s~ that secondary members are 3upported by the hori~ont~l
plane o~ a~lab ~d b~a~ orthe like ofa pri~ary Qtruoture lik~
an intermediste layer of prior Artlficlal ~ulti-layer Bround.
; 5 and in cuse that the secondary structuri~ like an fabricat~d
unit house (it is composad of a skel~ton of r2ctangul~r
parallelepiped, i~ B self-support ~nd independent ~acondary
structure from a primary ~tructur~, and i8 advantageous to be
able to fablication industriali~tiQn r~te. Hereinaft~r, it i8
called 'a prim~ry ~alf-support type 6econdary structure' ~ is
insert~d into ~ primary structure and is support~d by a primary
structure, the overlap of their load tran~ission distance and
th~lr ~Db~rs occurs, a waste o~ a primarY structure and
second~ry me~ber~ occurs to~eth0r, and a load of a primary
lS structure increases ~urther. That matter increaaed s
constructlon cost, and further ~tory h~i~he, and a land co~t.
Furthe~ a8 u support place i8 only restricted to a horizontal
plune o~ a primary structure, a free ext0nt of formln8
econdAry structuras W~8 ~xtr0mely restricted. There i8
nece~sity to i~prove these points.
.~
~roble~ of rcof layer
In th~ roo~ layer, th~ m~thod thAt secondary ~tructures ~r~
support~d simply upon a pri~ry ~tructure, the seismic ~orc~
2S and the wind pre~sure lncrease, ~ compsred with ~h0 ground
lev~l of the~, the a~oun~ of a be~ring w~ll and a brace lnside
~econd~ry ~tructuras was n~ces~Rry to be set up more th~n tha
usuAl (thc ground level). An lnterior plan WA9 rem~rkably
rest,rlcted for thi~ r~ason. Th0r~ 180 n~cessity to ~olve
~0 these points.
;'';
.~ ~ Problem of utory h~i~ht incre~o
The 3tory hoi~htof a prior artiflci~l ~ultl-layerground type
building get~ hiBher th~n a prior bullding, ~nd the
3~ conutructlo~ co~t ~nd the l~nd co~t ~re high~r
j.,
::.
': :: :
~: . . .- ~ : .
199'~ 2~131E~ 21:~ 03 ~2~1 6172 AURl'Jjt~ "3 005 P08
: 6
disadvantageously (bec~us~ th~ height o~ buildings i5
restrict0d by ~n oblique line rul~ or th~ lika, its numb~r of
stori~ i8 18~ t~Rn a g~nerAI type building'Q). For the ~bove
mention2d reas~n and ~lso thi~ re~sQn, th~re i8 nec~6sity to
:~ ~ omit double str~ctur~ ~t th~ Ut~08~, ~nd thisshould be further
worked a ~solution. In order to set freely equipment po~ltion~
of ~econdary structure~, Rn underfloor plenu~ o~ a primnry
qtructure got ~rge. Thic mAtter ~190 increa:iled its st~ry
hei~t. There i~ Al~o the neces~ity that these points ~re
solved for the æ~ke ~f a story hni~ht reduction.
Pr~blem o~ connsction ~nd support o~ ~econd~ry ~e~ber on
waterproof l~yer
On ~ ~ooflayer ~nd i~t~rm0distel~yer, thore i8 ~he proble~ o~
waterprt~o~ing about ~upportin~ co~nection of s~condary membors
~t waterproofed slab. In short, in c~e th~t secondary m~bers
are ~et up ~n n w~terproo~ l~yer, th~ro i3 neces~ity ~o think
about the supporting connaction ~yste~ to thin~ about s
wnterproof countersl~A~ure of the pl~o~ wh~re the scc~nd~ry
20 m0mbers ~re ~et up,
Su~m~ry
The preRent invention is propo~nd ~ n order to solve such
probla~ a~ ~bove &nd Rn objQct. of the pres~nt lnvention i3 to
25 provide the the ~tructur~ consistin8 of a primary StrUG~Ure arld
~-300ndary strUctUres, wh~rein ~n economical design o~ ~ priu~ary
structurc i9 m~de po.~s1b1~, th~ ~upport oonnection ïor the lov.d
trAn~mis~ion ~etwoen s~condary ~tructure~ und ~ pr:i~Ary
~tructure occuring k~pt r~tiont~l and CertAin without feAr oï
3~ varioulr~ problo~, the Alt~r~tion oi` ~conds.ry structure~ ~or
tha future is made po~sibl~ by frae po~ition, ~nd fr~e form, B
constrllctlnE~ C08t, 0. l~nd cost ~nd ~tory h(~i~ht oa~l be
decre~ed by ~voidin~ unnoce~ary co~position~ of prim~ry
~truotures and ~cond~ry structure~, and ~urthcr ~ hi~her
35 frc0dom of ~ composition of l~eoonde.ry 8tX~Ucture8 i8 reali~ed.
. ,:'
;
.:: .. :
.
: ~: ,, -, . .
, ~ ', ' , ~ ' :
19g2~ 31E~ 21:47 03 ~1229 6172 f~URI~jf~ r~ `'3 005 P10
$ ~ ~
: 7
plAne ' .
.
., .
.,,
':
, , ~ `
i: " .
`.
19q~2.é33lE1 21:47 ~3 3229 6172 AURI~if71`;U'~tl;~"3 005 P11
.,
~8~
.
DISCLOSU~E OF THE; lNVENTION
Outllne
The present invention rel~tes to n free construction ~yste~
consistin~ of second~ry structures a~ v~riable p~rts such ~
external w~113, boundarY walls, p~rtiti~n~, column~, be~ms,
equipm~nts, plumbing etc., a~d ~ primary structure compo~d of
columns, beam~, ~lsbs etc. for supportin~ th~ secondAry
structures. The abov~-mentioned object i3 ~chie~ed by th~
followin~ means. A prim~ry structure of reinf~roed Gon~rete,
steel, ~teel fr~med concrete, or steel reinforced concr~to
con~truction is prov~ded, with a ~p0cific for~ ~s describ~d
l~ter, and ~nchor~ ain o~ ~ d~finite form ~ntioned lAter,
are set up at positions ~determined at thc beginnin8 of
construction or ~fter construction Qf thepri~ary ~truct~lre) on
the Upper~ lowor~ side surfac~sofcolumns, beam~, wnlls, slab~
of the primary structur~. SecondAry ~embers formin; the
structurRlme~ber~ofthe s~rond~ry ~tructure~ Are ~uppor~ed by
:~ and connected ~o th~ ~nchor6 o~ the prim~ry structure ~ither
directly or indirectly through receptacle~, int~rmedi~t~
~tructurss, int0r--structurAl m~mbers. ~he ~econd~ry nembers
ar~ con~truoted by using a specific co~position ns ~entioned
later.
,:
~ Flex ~truotur~l planning of prim~ry structure
~StructurAl pl~nnin~ of the primary structure 1~ describ~d
:first. On the ground l~yer and int~rmediAte l~ycr6, it i~
better to ~rr~nge the colu~n~ ~nd wAlls cf the pri~l~ry
~ructure ~o ~9 not to prevent ~lexibllity of the composition
30 of secondary ~tructure~, ~nd ~180 to ke~p the number o~ w~
;:~nd colulDn~ to a minimum, and a~peci~lly, it i~ better to
arr~n~ that the width of columns and wAlls locatecl in ` ~ho
outsidc of th~ depth direotlon ~balcony or corridor ~ide~ o~
th~ prim~ry ~tructure i8 l~all ~a~ured in the ~ronta~
36 directlon in order to allow i'lexibillty for ~xt~n~ion and
., ~.
" ' ' ', , ''" ' ~ '
':' , ' ' ' ' ' '
; '~`. ' ' '
lg92~12~3113 21:43 ~3 3229 617;~ AURl'r~t~ ri~l~"3 005 P12
: g
robuilding of an ap~rtmen~ hous~ ~or exan~ple. Such structures
hav~ ~any bedrooms ~nd oth~r li~in~ roo~3 on th~ balcony or
corridor ~id~ b~sed on d~yll~hting c.on~ld~ratl~n~.
Forthe rooflayer, there are two methods. ~irstly there i6 the
5 cnse where the prim~ry structur~ i~ not constructed ~pw~rt on
-tho roof ~nd the sscondarY ~truoture is ~upportcd dir~ctly by
the roof. The othor i~ the cafie where A pri~Ary ~tructure is
constructed up~ard on the roo~ to ~upport the sccondary
structure. In th~ l~tter ca~e, the width of colum~s and walls
lO constructed upw~rd in the ou~side of the depth directi~n of the
prim~ry structure (balconyor corridor slde~ cAn be kept small,
or the columns snd w~lls can be o~itt~d Alto~ether on the roof
~: b~ ms~ns of utili~ing the horizontAl ~racing capacity of
.~' colum~s ~nd walls etc. construct~ upward in the mid-region of
15 -th~ depth direction o~ the prim~ry ~truc-turo for thP ~ke of
fle~ibility of fiecondary structures in the same wny ~s for the
' ~round layer ~nd inter~edi~te l~yers.
;~:
~ Secorlc`sary structur~ c~3mposi~ion
20 (1) 'Prim-3ry ~elf-support type sacond~ry ~tructure'.
~:~ l'his syfite~ uses ~ prooess of i~sertin~ in~id~ ~ primary
~; structure and setting on the roof layer of a prim~ry str~ctura
such buildin~ r~ady-mad0prefAbric~t~d ho~es etc. built on
.:
the ~round. The proce~s ofin~rtionin3ide a prim~ry structure
~5 by th.is systcm i~ dis~dvAntageou ir terms c~f construction cost
nd land cos~ bec~use o~ the result~n~ doubling sp o~
" struct~r~s, but i5 ~d~nt~ge~us in cnh~nci~
~: industri~ ation-rat~ os'production o~ ~econdary ~tructures,
' ~ ~nd i~ advantageou& in eases wher~ IA prim~ry structure is not
'~; 30 ~ons~ruct~d upw~rd on th~ roof l~Yer of a prim~ry structur~',
~r in case of a loomblned compo~ltlon type where A prims.ry
,~ structurc both i8 And i~ not con~tructed upw~rd on the roof
,................... layor of ~ pri~ary ~truotur~'. But the me~hod i~ tot~lly
~:~ di~ad~nt~geous in the ca~e of l ~104rJ 1 l~yer in the
h~; 36 interm~di~t~ l~yers.But, ~ the numberof ~torie~o~ ~oondary
:, .
; , . , . , , ,: ~ ' .
: . .
19g2~12~3IE3 2~;49 03 322~ 6172 AURI'ri~i'r~ '`3 005 P13
i 3
}o
structures per l~yer o~ pri~ry ~tructure increa~ss, as for
- ca~es with two or ~ore floors per l~yer, this disadvantsga i
; alleviated.
(2) 'Pri~ry dep~ndent typ~ ~econdary structure'
5 In o~se~ where aecondAry me~ber~ (~olumns, wall l ~re
supported by the horizontal plane (be~m8, sl~b~) of a primary
structure in the sam~ w~y ~s tho ~round layer and int~r~ediate
layer~ of prior artificial multi-l~yer ground, ~nd where 'a
primnry self-~upport type second~ry ~tructure' such as an
in(lust.riAli~ed unit house ~ supported by insertion into a
primary ~tructur~, me~bers ofthe prim~ry 3tructure, secondary
~e~bers, and secorldary ~tructur~s and the trsnsmission
dist~nce~ of these loads overlap~ach oth0r and are wRsted~ 1'h~
~tory hei8ht also incre~ses, and further, the free extent of
1~ the seoon~ary~emb~rsand ~cond~rystructureis reduced as the
~ second~ry m~mber~ and ~eoondary~truoturs ~re ~upportvd onlyby
;- th~ h~ri~ontal plane o~ the pri~ary ~truoture.
In order to impr~Y~ ~hese points, a method is adopt~d wh~reby
~nch~rs are ~et int4 the ~ide~ of colu~nq or wall~ with
equivalent support-~trength of columns (bearing w~lls, shear
;~ w~lls, w~ o~ rigid fra~l~s or the like) ~ well as said
horizontal pl~ne in the prim~ry structure, and the ~econdary
members ~be~m~ b~ ~re supported by these Anchor~. By a
~:`
~ method whereby the memberswhich are a~le to dcpendon a primary
`~ 2S ~tructure w~th.inth~ tructural m~ber8comprising the building
~r~ mhde to depend on the prim~ry ~tructure, and the _econdary
structure~ ~r~ set up only ~t neoes~ary places by u~in~ ~s ~Any
structures and menlbers comprising th~ prim~ry structure a9
: pos~ible, the w~ote fro~ ovorlap~ing members ~nd lo~d
tr~lns~lisslon di~t~nce oAn be roduo~d to ~ ~inimu~,the loads of
the sccondary ~tructures can be small, the lo~d of the primary
~ ~tructur~ can ~l~o b~ ~9 Bm~ll ~8 po8Bibl9, th~ wa~te b~CAUB~
of tho doubl~d BtrUCtUre~ c~n be ~vcd, ~d the construotion
ce~t c~n b~ dr~tlc~lly cut by decre~sin~ the losd~ and
~en-ber~. The tory height can ~18D bo reduced, and an incr~a~e
:
.. ~ . . ' ' :
1~9~ 313 2]:50 03 3229 6172 AURI~ t~:~"3 005 ~4
o~ 3
of bulldin~ volume r~tes c~n be achieYed in are~ o~ ~ver~
oblique line limit~ and shado~ r~gulation~ in the building 1AW~
~ well as Advanta8es in land cost. Mor~over, the free ~xt~nt
; of seccnd~ry st~uctures c~n incrsase by extendinx th~ ~upport5 to secondary me~ber~ iignific~ntly Q~ th~ ~eond~ry ~e~bers ~r~
supported by not only th-3 hori~o~tal plancs but also by thc
v~r~ic~l planes of the primary structure.
However, this ~ethod c~rlnot be used in c~se~ wh~rs the prim~ry
structure is not constructed upward on th~t roof lay~r.
10 Si~ilarly the mcthod cannot be u3ed in all o~ses wl~hin
'compo~ition-sy~tem of both prim~ry oonstruct~d upw~rd ~nd
non-conRtructed upward ~yp0 on roof lAy~r~.
;~ ~3) Proper u~age o~ 'primary u~lf-support type secorld~ry
structur~' and 'prlmary dependant type s~oondAry struct~rv'
- 15 From the re~sons ~entioned abo~e, it is appropriAt~ to
properly u~e the~e two types in considcrAtion of tha site form,
indu3triAli~ation, the nu~ber of lAyers, lnterm~3diate layers,
and roof layer. For adv~ntA~es i~ rnte~ of building volu~es, i~
i9 b~tter to adopt the 'primary dspendent typc si3cond~ry
. 20 ~tl~ucture' in ca~es of ~ eround lay~r ~nd intermedi~te l~y~r~
' and it iQ better to ~dopt the 'pri~ary s~lf-supporL type
~Rcondsry ~truc~ure' or to ado~t thn 'primary d~p~ndont type
~' secondAry structure' with a roof of ~condary structure in the
c~se o~ ~ roof lAyer.
". 25
~1\ Support gystem
1) Secondary ~ber ol~ssifio~tlon
~, It is advantageou~ to cl~ssl~Y second~r~ memberfi n~ fo1lows
for structural economy And for ~ fro~ extent of second~ry
"
~tructure confi~urQtion. It is ~dVAnt~geOU~ to ol~s~ify a~
"~ follows by divi610n for e~ch support ~o~ltlon. The firRt group
comprl~e~ the baAring ~e~b~r~ of ~eoondary ~tructur~s ~uch ~8
:. column~, beams ~nd slabs or the lik~ whioh h~ve suf~ic~ont
.~ weight to iniluenc~ th2 ~t~enBth of the prl~ary ~tructure
(heroina~ter th~se will be termed 'cecondLrybearing ~mbers';
~,
~'JY2~1]2~131~ 21:51 n~ 3229 6172 AURl'J~ "3 005 "IS
12
includin~ steel frames or PC membar~ in ~eneral use, b~t
exceptin~ 'wood~n and other li8ht s~aond~ry b0arir~g ~e~bers';
mention will b~ mAde lAter re~rd~n~ twooden ~nd oth~r li~ht
second~ry bearing m2mbers'). The ~econdly ~roup co~prise~
non-bearing ~mber6 of the sscondar~ ~tructure such as extern~l
w~lls, boundury w~ , fr~m~s fordoors ~nd windows, p~rtitions
~nd furring strips or the like us~d extensively but of
insufficient w~lght to hAv~ stren~th-influence on th~ pri~lAry
struoture (hereinAfter these will be termed ' econd~ry
non-b~Aring ~e~bers'), and lastly, are ~rouped li~ht-weight
m~mbers for 3scondAry structures such ~s fini6hes, furring
strip~, skirt~gs~ba~ebo~rd3), wall trim~, paperho1ders, hat
~: stands, lights and so on, us~d ~xten~iv~ly in more place at more
frequent tim~s (h~reinafter th~ will be ter~ed 'secondary
11ght-weight members'). An additional ~roup is formed by other
:.~ equip~ent ~nd plu~bin~.
~2) 'Support Yystem of secon~ry bearinB member by pri~ary
: column ~nd be~m'
;~i In thi~ ~upport ~ystbm of~condary be~ring member by prim~ry
colu~n and be&m', ~econdAry bearing n~e~bers ~re not fiupported
on sl~bh of a primar~ structur~, rath~r Are ~upp~rted on beams
of ~ pri~ary ~tructure or slabo to hhve support-strength
equivalent to the besm~ (sl~b part to hnve structural function
equivalent to beam: void slab, l~ttice b~am ~lab or the like;
~S thi~ will b~ termed 'an ~quival~nt ~lab' her~in~fter), on
columns of a pri~ry structure or w~lls to hav~
rt-strenBth equivalent to th~ column8 ta wall of b~arinB
` wall ~nd wall-type rigid fram~, this will be termed ~An
i equivalent wall' h~rein~fter) or th~ lik~, either diractly or
,~ 30 lndirectly through 'flex supporting connection memb~r~'
(montioned lAtOr; rec~ptaolos ~ or intcrmedi~te struoturo~
inter-structural momber~). By suoh ~ ~ethod, a~ th~ losd~ of
s~cond~ry 3tructure3 Ar~ direotly transmittod to beAm~,
columns, w~118 whlch live load~ ~ather~ in ~nd which the
~5 decre~8in~ coef~ioientin the ~truotur~l calcul~tions ~cts on,
`: ~
': . ' ':
-~
.,
:
19~12~ 31a 21:52 03 3229 6172 AURl'rit7~i'ri~l:J`'3 005 P16
P., ~
13
~ it i8 po8Bible to dr~tically r0duce the ~nbersectio~ of th~
`; ~labs And ~ams of tha prim~ry structuro, ~nd th~ girdcrs,
-~ columns snd sais~ic r~sistint ~alls to support thece, a~d ~s a
result the land oost and construction C08t ar~ decreAscd due to
: ~ the r~ductionofstory height,compAred with 'support ~ysten~by
sl~bs' of prior ~rtificiAl land. Further, it becom~s
; co~p~r~tively eu~y ~o remove sl~b~.
. This matt~r i~ explAined in det~il herein~fter. The ~thod of
prior ~rtificial l~nd, that is, 'support system by the
10 horizont~l pl~tform' ~uch ~9 sl~bs or s~l~ll be~ms ctc. of
prin~ry structure, ~plifies the li~e lo~d on 9Aid hori~ont~l
platform to a level ~ro~ter than normal(assuming the ~itll~tion
whcre ths ~econdnry str~cture is fixed ~nd its position is
regul~ted ~ithout correspond~nce in the fut~re ), makes th~
15 ~ction of sl~b~ l~r~e, ~nd r~oreo~r ro~uilei m~ny be~r~s, in
ssumin~ the ultir4ate lo~ds of fiecond~ry 3tructures ~nder
fut~lre VArie"tion in v~rious ~3ituations ~nd in consid~ring the
-. corre~pondenc~ ofconcentrated losds of secondary ~mbers ~Inder
r~ s~id as~uming.This increA~os thed~adloads oisaid horizont~l
`~: 20 pl~tfor~ itself, ~nd brings not only th~ co~t-increase Lo s~id
. - horizont~l pl~tfor~ it~lf but also the loads incr~ s of
. ~ girders, columns, seis~ic resi.~ting wallc or the like to
upport ~id hori~ontal pl~tfor~, ~nd i~ ~mplified further ~y
. ~.
the Rtructural desi~ning in con~ider~n~ th~ corr~sponde~c~ of
25 the hori~ontal force such BS the ~c1smic force and so on und~r
~; c~id ~ssuming, ~nd ~nore~es the gcner~l oo~t of th~ buildin~
~kel~ton, and b~como~ 0xtromoly w~toful.
~; This 'support system of socond~ry bearing members by pri~ry
, column~ and bea~s1 rc8trict~ tho 6upport-positionof 6econd~ry
; 30 bearing me~bcrs that ~re of sl~nificant wo~ght to the colu~ns,
b~ams, ~nd the part~ which h~vo the ~upport-stren~th oquivalent
to tho columns and ba~s of tho primury str~cturo, alld th~
~upport-gositlon of load~ o~ socond~ry b~rin~ momb~r~ has
merit ~ro~ load6 put together ~ener311y, 1n calculation of
: 35 live lo~d, i~ i6 ~dva~t~x~ou~ ~or ~h~ po~ition th~t loads are
" ,
. :. .
''` '
-~
. . : ... ::
,: . . . " . . , , -. .
:. . .: ~ :..... ::: ........ .
' , . . ~ . - , ~ , ,
1392~12~ia 2I:53 03 3229 6172 AU~ t~"3 0~5 ~I7
. put to~cther ~o that ~ deereased ooef~iei~nt aOtB ~n).
Therefore thlx ~yst~ can carry ~orc lo~d than th~ s~pport
sy~tem wherc ~ load is supported by slab ~nd sm~ll he~m or the
lik~, and cHn also e~rry 6uffieiHnt eoneentr~ted lo~d from
:~ 5 seeond~ry me~bers. And lt is v~ry Rdvanta~eous th~t the
a~s~mption of ~xtra incr~se to allow ~or thi3 eonee~trated
lo~d in th~ 1ivo lo~d value of s~eondnry me~b~r~ i~ not
n~ces3ary becau~e of the position wh~re loAd5 are put to~eth~r.
Also, if the axtra increae in the 1OBd is necessury, In this
10 ~ystem it is only n~cessary to consider whether this extr~
;ncrea~e i8 incl~ded inside tho ~afety faetor of liv~ lo~ds
that ~re put to~cther on the part~ of a 8irder, eolumn, aeismie
re~isting w~ll orth~ like.If the extr~incrsas~ is ncc~s~ary,
: this sy~tem need c~rry the cxtrainereu~ of the live load o~ly
15 in th~ p~rt of ~ girder, column~ or sois~ic rbsisting WAll or
the like. This ~ystem does not hav~ an in~luence on th~ dou~le
:~ a~plification of the extrA incrCRSe of the live load from
conc~n~rated loads of seeondary members Qnd the dead lo~d
:~ increase of ~lab~ ~nd sm~ll bea~ or the like by said extra
~' 20 increA~e o~ ~iv~ lond a~ A prior type ~rtifici~ d, And
th~refore, the cost increas~ of ~ building skelet~n is li~ited
to a sD~all amount. Bea~use, the ~lAbs ~nd sm~11 beAms can be of
the thiclcness ~nd intervo.l of a ~ener~l buildin~ under ord~n~ry
lo~ds ~s the loads of secondary b~Aring mamber~ wi th
25 signific~nt w~ight ~r~ not tr~ngmitted to ~lsbs ~nd smAll beAms
` ~ e~c. in thi~ ~rstem~
,: From tho re~b~ons mentioned ~bove, by thi~ support ~y~t~m, a
primary ~tructure oan bo ~ohieved the ~koloton which i8 not
~r~tly dif~erenL ~o~ ~In ordin~ry building skeleton (~s
.. ~ 30 montioned l~tar, by~xcluclin~ overlnpbetween ~scond~ry member~
e~nd primury Ytrur ture to the ~Itnlo~t, the loo.d fro~ 6econdary
,';~ structure~ i5 not BreAt v.nd o~n b0come not vory different from
the r~m~inin~ p~rtiAl lo~d exccptin~ ~he sXeleton of an
. .~ o~dinAry building ), o,nd the de~r~e o~ 1ncre~sed ~3koleton ~ay
35 only b~ du~ to the ino~a~ of the ~rin~ capacity ot' girders.
~:
19~ 131E~ 21:53 03 3229 ~]-~2 AURI~?l`~ "3 005 Pl~
c~lumn~ and sei~mic resi~tin~ wall~ or the li~ke. This supp~rt
system thereforP becomos A ~ery adv~ntageous m~thcd ~o~p~red
with ~ pricr type artificial l~nd~
For this re~on, thc construction co~t can be decre~sed v~ry
much. ~`urthermo~e, as the loads of secenclary bearing ~e~bcrs
th~t are h~Avy ~eight are not tr~ncmitt~d to slabs and ~all
beams or the liko in thi~y~tem a~ ~ntioned above, the sectlon
of slAbs ~nd bea~s canbe ~mall, and the ~irder-height to whlch
the load i5 tr~n~mitted c~n also be small and this system
contributes to story height reduction. In additio~ to these
points,a~ the beam interval can bemad~ l~rge, thissyctem u~ed
in f'ree water sections situ~tion~ ~s m~ntioned later has
furth~r effe~t to reduce storY hei~ht, and it is also very
~dvant~eous in terma of land cost.
Purther, Lhi~ system h~s little WASt~ the e~ch section of
receptnoloandintermodiAtostructurefinter-structurA} ~ember
1~ designed by r~sponding to each 3pecific lo~d condition o~
second~ry nlembers or second~rY ~tructures. Fin~lly, in cases
where secondary bearing mem~ers Ar~ supported by column~ or
lequivalent wallst of a pri~ary structure, the load
transmi~siondist~nceisshortened, ~nd~dvAntsges are ~chi0ved
forbothprimAry structure ~ndsecondary~tructures(espec~lly
in c~eswher~ SUpport-poQitiOn o~loAd i8li~it~d ~s ~entionad
later), and members of secondary ~tructure~ can be saved ~lso.
Furth~r, this syst~m hAs the lator mentioned of~est of
waterproo~ing ~or the ~upporting conn~ction of second~ry
~cmber~ o~ a w~terproofocl 61~b on the roo~ l~yer ~nd
intermediate layer.
l'his ~y~em ~n bo cla~6ified into three typ~s as ~ollow8.
1) ~Support syst~m by prim~ry vertic~l plane'
In thec~se that the ~nchors for ~econd~ry bc~ring members ~re
~et up only in the l~teral sidea of column~ or 'equiv~lent
~w~lls' or the like, ~n~ th~t tho ~nQhor~ ~upport horlzontal
.:;member~ ruch ~8 bea~ etc. of secondAry be~ring ~embcrs, the
~3~ lo~d tr~n6~i~sion di3tance can become ~hort, th~ ov~rl~p
:. , :- . , . ~:
. . . . . ~ .
, . ~ ,,
19~2~ 31~ 21:54 03 3229 6172 A~IR~ '7~ "3 005 P19
~8~ ~ 3
~6
bet~een ~acond~ry ~arin~ m~lbor6 and primary structure ~sy
beco~e very sh~rt, and the nu~ber of anchors can greatly
d~craase, all ~aking the ~ystem advant~goou~. In case9 where
:; ~h~ settinU positior~ of the anchors for s~condary be~rin8
5 m~bers are restrlcted, the str~ctural analysis of th~
~ horizontal forces ~ro~ s~ismic ~ction ~tc. which AC~ on the
; primary ~truc~ure from secondAry ~tructur~s becomes eBsy~ and
: the ~ethod becomes Adv~ntageous in terms of structural
stren~th. The numbcr of anchors al80 decrea~ gre~Lly, a
lO further advarta~e.
: In this system, though 'a pri~ary dep~ndent type secondary
.~ structure' i~ u~ad pensr~lly, '~ pri~y self support type
y second~ry structure' can ~læo be ufied.
2) 'Support ~stem by prim~ry horizontal pl~ne'
' 15 In ~his syste~, anchors forsecond~ry bearing member~ ~re only
-; set into tke upper, lower or lateral sur~Ace~ of beams or
~: ~equivQl~nt sl~bs' or Lh~ like. This c~ae can become most
ad~antngeous in the corresponder1ce of the horizontal force due
to a ~ais~ic ac~ion etc.which ~cts on ~ prim~ry structure ~rom
~ 20 secondary b~ring menlbers. Here the ~nchors become very few,
: and this syste~ become-e advantageou~. ~his ~ystem can use both
the 'prim~ry ~elf-support typ~ se~ond~ry structura' and
'~ri~ry dopondant type s~cond~ry ~tructure' ~s mentioned
`~ Q~ove.
25 3~ 'Support ~y~te~ by both primury verticul and horizontal
plane'
In thi~ sy~to~, anchors for secondary bearing ~enlbers ~re sot
up to uppor~ louer or l~terAl side~ of a column or 'the
aquiv~lent wall' ~nd a be~lor 't~ equiv~lent ~lab'.
~0 q`hisaA~e beao~e~ Advant~eous ~a the froe extent of secondary
~truoture~ ri~o~. simllAr ~d~ntago~ ari~e for tho '~upport
~ ~y~tem by pri~ry vortical plAne', in Ca80M wher~ the position
; of ~nchor~ for ~econdary bo~rin3 ~emb~r~ is re~trlcted. The
~tructur~l An~lysiu of the horizontAl ~oros du~ to 4 sels~ic
~5 Action etc. th~t ~ct9 on ~ pri~ry struoture ~rom s~oond~rY
. ~ ~
'19'J2~ 31~ 21:55 03 3229 ~172 AURI~'JI~ , 005 P20
17
structur~s become~ easy, and the syst~m is advantageou~ in
terms of structursl ~trength. Furthor, the ey~ta~ o
d~cre~es the numb~r of anchors, brir~gin~ fur~th~r sdv~ntag~.
l`hough '~ primary dcpendent typo ~condary structure' is u~od
5 ganerally, 'a pri~Rry self-support type seoond~ry ~tructure'
can Al~o be used in this sy~tem.
~3) 'Support syste~1 of 4econdAry non-beArin8 membera ~nd
secondAry light-weight mambers by prim~ry structure
l) 'Pri~ary Gelf-supportillg typ~ second~ry str~cture~
`~10 Secondary non-b~aring mambers are ~upported mAinly by
:secondary be~ring members. In ~he p~rt directly adjoining 8
primary ~tructure, the second~ry non-beAring Members c~ be
~ttached to a primary structure directly, and a~so it is
possible to substitute secondary non-bearing members by a
~l5 prim~ry structure.
42) 'Pri~ary d~pendent type 3econdury ~tructure'
~Exc~p~ for inter~ediAte floors etc. oP secondary besring
~n,embers, 3econd~ry non-bearing me~ber~ ~r~ set directl~ to A
primary structur~ m~;nly without inter~ction with sec~nd~ry
:i20 bearing ~embers, ~nd also it is p~ssible to substitute
~econdary non-bea~ing m~mbers by A prlmAry structur~.
Similarly, except forMembers of~inishesetc. set to second~rY
bearlng ~e~ber~ ~nd ~econdhry non-be~ring member~, second~ry
ht-w~ight ma~bers ln the pArt directly ~djoinin~ a pri~ry
25 structure sre set on the prim~ry structure direotly, or it l~
posstble to sub6titute second~ry light-wei~ht members by
prim~ry ~tructure. These thin~s c~n preven~ doublir~ of
~r1lcture, ~nd the story height o~n ~lqo be reducod.
(4) 'Exclusive support system of wooden And other light
30 s~condary bearing members'
.~o8~rdinB the~upport-~tr~nRthofsupport~yst~m forsecondary
- hq~ring ~e~berslimitod to the be~rinB ~e~berso~wooden, li~ht
qteel, ~nd new light cera~icc or the like (hereinafter, the6e
. ~will bo termed 'wooden ~nd othor light ~eoond~ry bearing
:35 me~ber~'), e~cept for the be~m wlth large sp~n ~nd thc column
:, :
. . : , . .; : :
.
,, . ~ : , , ;
992~ 3l3 ~1:56 ~ 3229 6172 AURI~ i"3 OOS P21
18
to support be~ms with large ~pe~n which h~ he~vy weight, there
i9 not ~ l~rge di~P~renc~ in th~ support lo~d o~ secondary
bearin~ m~mber~ ~nd s~condnry non-bee~ring ~ember~, And
theref~r~ iti~ better tocon~idersAid ~upport-str~tn~thas the
quiY~lence to 'the suppor~ systom of ~econdary non-be~ing
members', or it is better to consid~r s~id support-strength as
the mid-support-strength betwee~n 'the ~upport system of
secondary bearing m0mbers'(in the gener~l-purpo~el cAse to be
~bl~ t~ ~upport st~ol frames L~nd PC or the like) and 'the
10 support ~ystem ctf secondary non-b~aring ~embers' aa ~entioned
bove. Even the equivalenee to 'th~ ~upport ~yctte~ o~ th~t
secondar~ron-beFLring~emberQtc~nbeconsider, in th0position
of the support of be~ms with large span of heavy support load
~nd thetsupport of columnR to Rupport said b~eLm~, it is good to
3 15 c~nsider els the equivalence support-strength to the
~bove-mentioned 'support system of ~ondary be~ri~g members'
f'or ~eneral purpose, or it i Bood to conQider eLs tho middle
sup~ort-~treny~h for 'the support ystem of the seoond~ry
be~ring members' ~nd 'the suppc,rt syste~ of the secondfry
20 non-be~rin~ mombers' (hereinelftor, thio will be ter~ed the
'exolusive support s~stem of wooden ~nd other 1ight s~condAry
beAring ~emb~trs t )
,~
~ Roo~ l~y~r co~po-Qition
2~ 'ThQ roof l~yer composition sy8te~' to use the roof layer
L~iY~ Ll.~t froo ~txtcnt of ~cond~ry 3truoture~, Lnd io
eLdv~nL~oous to constru,;tion co~t b~c~ there 13 no o~erl~p
ofrn~mbers. A1AO, a~ the compo~itionin ~roof layor of~ hi~hly
frco form of ~ccondary structures CRn oa8ily p~S thc shsdo~
ra~ ion~ ~nd oblique line re~triCtionQ, thi~ Qystam can
reduoe l~nd C08t9.
Th~t ~bove-m~ntioncd 'prlm~ry d~pendent typo ~eco~dary
~tructure' chowt~ oan effectinthi~ 'rooflayar composition
~y~tem'. On prior type ~rtificlal l~nd it wà~ to pl~ce And
~5 ~upport ~tcond~ry structures on the roof lAyer~ Thi~ ~ype had
:. :
- i : :- - : : , ,
:
; .,
I ~! 'J 2~ 3 31 a 2 1: 5 7 0 3 ~12 2 9 6 1 7 2 AUR I ~ 0 0 5 P2 2
~9
fr~e ~xtent of the axt~rn~l ~or~ of second~ry ~tructur~s, but
noedcd be~rin~ wall~ ~r bra~ inside s~cond~ry structure~,
which r3stricted the interior free ~xt0~t. The method to ~olve
thi~ is that th~ columns or 'equiv~lent walls' or th~ like of
primary ~tructure thAt An support s~cond~ry structure~ i~
constructed upward on the roofl~yer of aprimary structure ~nd :-
that ~id columnsor 'equival~ntwa1ls' or the like con~tructed
upward ~r~ made to support the horizont~l bearing members of
~econdary struotures. 'rhen if ~ prin~ary Qtructur~ iB ~de to
oe~r horizont~l force such ~s sei~mic ~ction etc. acted on said
s~condar~ ~tructure, it i~ possible tc roake b~rin~ w~lls or
br~ces unnecessary insid~ s~condary structure~ and to incr~se
; the free ~xtent of its interior ~p~ce progre~ively~ It i9
n~tura~]y assuoled with Lhis ~ethod that a column is set in the
middle of ~ horizont~l bearing member of ~ s~cond~ry structur0
~nd ~ha~ thi~ column supports the horizontal be~rin~ ~emb~r.
Ifby properlyusing the method ofthis 'primary depsndent ~ype
secondary structure' and the ~ethod of 'primary self;support
' type secondAry structure' that th~ primary structure i~ not
~O constructed upw~rd And th~tsecond~ry structures arc supported
on the roof, or by uQin~ them tog~ther, it is yo~sibl~ thct an
interior flexibility and ~n extern~l fresdom o~ secondary
structural for~ are ~chieved wh~ch ~mply respond to needs.
~ he above-mentioned points are org~niz~d in the followin~
.~ 25 summ~ry.
~i 1) 'Compo~1tlon-system of prlm~ry noncon~tructed upward type
on roof l~y~r'
Inthls ~yst~ ~he colu~nsor'eguiv~lent wnlls' or the like of
A pri~Ary ~tructure ~re not oonstructed upwnrd to the roof
l~yer of th0 pri~ry struotur~. It i~ ~d~nt~Beou~ through
incre~in~ the free ~t0nt of th0 extern~l for~ of s~cond~ry
struct~res not to bo bound t~ it~ colu~n ~nd w~ But thi~
,' sy~te~ need~ be~rin8 w~ nd br~0~ in~ide ~oondsry
: struoture~ which rootriot~ th~ intcrlor ~roe extent. ~hlY
~6 syst~ is ~ ~ate~ ~hich Allow~ the in~t~ tlon of ~ ic
.. : : ... , :
..
: i . , ., , - , ~ i ,. . . ..
~: .: . .
,.; . . . ~ ~ :
1 ~ ~ 2 .~ 1 a 2 1: 5 ~ o ~ ~ 2 2 9 6 -, 2 huR ~ ? ~ " 3 0 0 5 P 2 3
r 3
iso1ation sy~tem~. .
2) 'Compo~ition-sy~t~ of primary oonstructed upwsrd typs on
roof layer'
In this syste~ where columns or'~quivA1ant w~lls' or the 11ke
S of aprim~ry structure ~leto support seco~d~rystructures src
~ construct~d upward on a roof lnyer of a prlmnry stru~ture, it: is ad~nt~eous in that ~he pri~ary ~tructure can bear
horizont~l force from ~ei~ic action3 or the like acting on
secondary structures, And this ~ystem oan reduce interior
l~ bearin~ walls and braces of 3econd~ry structures and cRn raise
~: the i~terior free extent.
D\~osit~on-system of both primaryccnstructed up~ard and
~: non-constructcd upward type on roof l~yer'
Thi~ ~y~tem iR n ~ethod to use pro~erly ~he cases of not
; 15 constructin~ upward on the roof layer of A primary structure
and th~ case to construct upward co1umns or 'equivalent walls'
to be abletosupport secondAIy~tructuro~or the like,~nd Also
~ i~ A method ~here khe hei~ht constructed upward ~Iroperly uses
: the hi~hest ~loor or intermediate ~loor, ~nd further, if the
~0 ~wo ~ethod~ are used properly or together, this sy~tem ~akes
the interior and extern~lfr~edo~ o~ secondary structural form
possib1e. Includin~ this, a~ the ByStem iS concluded with a
upward ~or~ o~ a pri~ry ~tructure and secondury structural
for~ on the roof 1ayer likely to be hble to phSS re~trictions
from shadow and obl.lque 1ine regulations, it can reduce land
co3ts in Are~s severely restri4tod by these re~u1ation~.
''
Anchor ~lA3sl~ic~tion
In ord~r to reali7e un economic structure and flexibllity of
.q~cond~ry structure~, it is ~dv~nt~ou~ to classify ~g
~; ~ follo~s~ ~nd to make division6 for e~ch ~upport position and: ~ch anohor position of ~ prim~ry rtructur~ for e~ch s~cond~ry~omber c1as~1fic~tion, ~nd to dlvide r~pectively bA~od on
wh~ther 3Aid ~nChOrB ~re sot up at th~ be~inning o~
cons~ruction (~lniti~l ~et up typo ~nchor'), or ~ft~r
,
:,
- :
- , ~ :
~3~2~ 31E1 21:59 03 3229 61~2 AU~l'Jif~ 'fi~li"3 005 P24
21
; con~truction ('post-construction ~et up type ~nchor'). The
cla6OEifications are for ~econd~ry b~arinB ~embers of weight
sufficient to have a strcrl~th influcnce on the primary
. structure (~n~ral UB~ c~sos includin~ ~te~l fr~m~ or PC
: 5 ~embcr~, but ~xcepting 'wood~n ~nd o-th~r li~ht secondary
beAring ~e~bers'~, for s~condary non-~uring men~bers used
~xtensively but no~ of ~ufficien~ wei~ht to bring ~n influenc~
bn strength t~ the primary ~tructure, and for secondary
light-weigllt members, ~ade of light substance~, used in more
pl~ces more frequently.
(1) Anchor classification (~upport-stren~th separAtion)
It is po6sible to standardi~e Anchor di~eter by cl~ssifying
: secondQrymembersinto bearing membar~,non~bearing m~mbers and
light-weigh~ m~bers, ~nd by cl~sifying the anchors on a
l~ primAry ~tructure to correspond ~o each cl~6sification of the~e
secondary me~ber~ (in ~ddition to th~e, by ths Adoption of
anchor at dcfinite interYAl and equ~l interval, ~nd by the
~doption of 'flex ~upporting connection' ~s mentioned lat~r),
snd it brings greAt ~afety, certainty and ~conomy in the
achievement of a supportin~ and bondin~ strength in acc~rdance
witheaohc~.au6ificAtion ef the6e secondAry~0mb~rs by deciding
on each position and extent of th~ ol~s~ified ~nohors set into
the prim~ry structur~ ~'initi~l set up type anchors' and
- 'po~t-construction ~et up type ~nohor.q' ) . and moreover, it
beco~les very ndvAnta~eous in the utructural ~n~lysis and
o~lculations, ~s the extent ~nd pOBitiOn of the lo~ds in
uccordsncewitheuchclù~ificationof~econd~ry members c~n be
deeided when desi~nin~ the strueture at the outset of the
con~truetion. ColDpuring the c~s~ of considering ~11 anchors ~s
nnchor~ for see~nd~ry boaring mem~er~, e~mp~ring the cA~e of
not docidirlg the ~nchor's s0t up posltion$ or e~t~nt, ~nd
co~parin~ the en~e of not deeiding eaeh anehor' 8 Bet Up
position or extent i~ aeeordnnee with 0~eh ela~ifle~tion of
the ~eeend~ry mernber~, thi~ meth~d ~n gre~tly reduee the lo~d
relat~d to ~he structural b~aring e~paeity of the prir~ry
'~
.. . ~ .
1~92~12~131~3 22:00 03 '3229 617~' AURl'r,~ r;~ "3 OOS P25
22
structur~, ~nd can also preYentwast~ of thsconn~ctiv0 members
such as the ~nchor me~hsrs and th~ rae~ptaeles nnd thc
intermadiate m~mber~ ort,he like Arising frornthe difference of
e~ch anchor di~metor. Naturally, s~oondar~ members with lower
be~ring capacity c~n be support~d by nnchors ~or second~ry
~embers with higher bearing eapacity, and for axample,
~scondary non-bearing ~embers o~n be supported by anchors fo~
second~ry b~arin~ ~embers~
In the case where secondary bearin8 members are ' wooden And
other light ~econd~ry bearir~g mernber~l, the free extent o~
~econdary mombers and secondary 6~r-lcture~ becom~s lar~e by
~doptin~ the combined use of ~nehor~ for seeondary benring
~enbers and ~econdAry non-be~ring oember~ (herein~ftor, this
will be ter~ed 'nnchor for both seoondary bearing and
ron-benrin~ m~mber~), without divi~ion into anGhors for
s~condary be~rin~ ~embersandanchorsforsecondArynorl-b~aring
members.
(2) Anchor cl~sification Or 'initial set up type' nnd
'post-oons~ruction ~et up ty~e'.
By classifying anchorc for secondary me~bcrs into ths anchor
type for s~t up ~t a new con3truction to n prim~ry str~cture
~ (hereina~ter, this will be ter~ed 'An initial s~t up type
:~ Anchor') and the ~nchor type for ~tup at nny timo on ~ prin~ry
structur~ when cvnstructillg an extension and rebuildin~ of
secondary structurcs nfter eonstrueti~n (herelnafter, this
wi~l be termed 'n post constructionset up type nnchor'), it i8
possibl~ to ~chicve flexibility ~nd economy o~ s~condary
~embers ~can sAve labor ir~ eonæ~ruetion for an initi~l
cons~ructien,eompnredwithconsidering ~ nehors Ag ~ nltl~l
~ 30 construction 6et up type'j nnd al~o ~to achi~vo rcli~bility o~
the support ~nd bond strength suited to ~ch cln~ification of
be~rin~ ~mb~r ~nd ~on-bearingrnc~ber.
~3) 'Anchor type ~ttln~ extent for ~nohor At initi~l
construction'
Even lf adoptin~ 'nn i~itl~l ~e~ up type' or 'a
_ _ , _ .................................. _
. :;. ~ , '"
19~i2~ 131~ 22:01 ~3 3~29 61~2 AURIk;~ i'ritl~"3 005 i'26
`:
23
po~t-co~l~truction set up type' as IDentioned ~bove, deciding the
position or ~xtent for settln~ anchors ut the lnitial
construct,ion of priD~ary ~tructur~ ~if ~blo to confirm r~B~rdinB
the support-~tr0n~th in po~t-con~truction, and if not bein~ a
5 problem of a bearing cap~city reducction in the primsry
4tructure; her~inaft~r, thi~ will be termed 'extent for setting
~nohors at the initi~l construction'~ kes it possible to
design the support-~trength ~nd bondin~ stren~th at tbe initi~l
cons~r~lction, th~r~fore becomes very adv~nta~eou~ for
10 structural ~nalysis and ~;tructural calculation, and the burden
of bearin~ capacity of primary ~tructurs i8 decr~as~d largely,
~; comp~red with the case of not decidin~ the position or extant
of anchors 1:o be s~t up at inltlal con~truction.
(4) Anohor types classified by seoondary member6
, 15 1) Anchor for cecondary boaring m~mbors
~` lt is better to adopt 'An initiAl sat up type anchor', AS
~: ~;econd~ry be~ring members ar~ he~y and hAv~ an influence on
the prim~ry qtructure stren~th. The ~nchor position and 'the
~xtent for ~etting anch~r ~Lt the initial con~truction' are
~ .
20 located in the upper, lower or later~l ~urfaces (the extent
~hould not cut reinîorcing stee~ to r~l,ain bond ~t:rength~ of
the columns or ~the equiv~ nt wAl18l ~bearin~ wall, wall of
wull-type rigid fram~, the beams or 'the equivalent sl~b'
i (slab part to have the functiorl equiv~ nt to b~m of void slab,
25 l~tticQ benm 81~b etc.) or the like of o, primary structure by
adopting '~upport system of secondary bearin~ members by
primRry colulun und beanl'. This method reduces thc load on th~
prir~ry ~tructure, s.nd i8 DLdvD.nto.geous in ~chi~vsment of a
:~ oertAin s.nchor ~tren~h.
30 2) Anohor for ~cond~ry non-b~rlnB mamber~
A secondary non-be~ring m0mbcr i~ not of great w~ight nnd h~
little inf~.uence on the stron~th of the pri~ ry Eltructure. It
is ad~antagaous to decide po~ltion~ olnd 'the extent ~or E;ettin~
at th~ initial con~truction' f~r anchors of A prim~ry structure
~; 35 in thc ovcr~ sk~l~ton of columns, wall~ I)e~m~, hnd ~lab~ or
:
,~
: ,
. : ::. .:: ,
19~ 131~ 22:01 03 3229 6172 hUl~l~TA'J~f~rf~ 3 OQS F'2~
2 ~ 3
24
the like wi thin ths prinlary strl~cture becnu~3 of the mg~ny
locatiens of their use.
' Initial ~t up type ' i~ the most ~dvanta~ous m~thod which
will not re~ult in problems. In the C~SB of 'post-construction
S set up type', it i~ bett~r to us~ '~nchor type se~ting extent
for anchor at initial construction' deciding the position and
eXtetlt 50 th~t there is no influence on the bearins capRcity
during placing of r~inforcement in~primary structur~ and that
the support-stren~th can be Acbiev~d. In th~ ca~ of
condominium building, th~ method is adv~nt~geou~ in ~hat an
individua~ us~rc~n ~ nchorsup ~rooly for post-cons~r~ction
by employin~ a regulation for '~ mor.op~ly part' for th~
required ext~nt.
3) ~nchor for both second~ry bearin~ And non-be~ring mcmbers
: 15 R~g~rdin~ anchor~ for 'exclusi~e 8UppG2`t sy3tem of wooden ~nd
other li3ht secondary bearin~ ~e~bers' as mentioned above,
~here are thr~e methods; ~nch~rs with support-strerl5th
equival~nt to 'anchor for ~econd~ry be~rin8 memb~rs', ~nchor~
with support-strength eq~iv~lent to 'anchor for sscondary
non-b~drin~ member~', and anchors with support-~trength
i nt a rme d i ~te be twee n ' ar cho r f or ~cbnd~ry h~rit~g ~e~bcrs' and
'~nchor for secon~ry non-~e~rint ~ainbers'. However, ~s thix
:anchor does not requir~ ~s ~uch Rtren~th ~s that to be ab-le to
xupport a ~cond~y b~aring ~l~mber, the method of anchors with
support-~tr~ng~h e~ui~alont to anchor for secondary
no~-bearing m~mbc~, orthe methodof'~nchor forboth second~ry
b0~ring nnd non-b~rio~ members' wlth 6upport-stren~th
;~intermediAta between'~nehor~or~eeond~rybonring members' ~nd
'~nehor for ~eeor.d~ry non-be~ring ~e~bors' c~n ~ive ~ fr~e
oxtent o~ s~cond~rY strueturos ~nd ~re Adv~nt~eous ~ethods.
4) Anehor for ~econd~ry li~ht-w~ight ~e~b~r~
.:R~g~rdinB ~nchor for s~cond~ry li~ht-w~ight mcmber~ whieh i~
i:
light, u~ed in many pl~ee~ &nd h~s mhny frequonci~-~ of use,
ther~ i~ the above ~entioned ~ethod for s~cond~ry nonbosring
3S me~ber, and th~re is the ~thod to d~eid~ ele~rly the p~r~ ~nd
.
.
;~
~ : . . :
: ~ . . ,,- .
'' ~ : :.'~ .
1 9 ~ 2 ~ ] 2~ 3 1 ~ 2 .': ~l 2 0 3 3 2 2 9 ~ 1 7 2 AUR I ~ " 3 C10 5 P 2 8
1 3
extent forthe anchor onthc prim~ry structure At the beginning
of th~ construction o~ primAry ~tructure by setting up extra
uddit.ional concretootc. not tohavo aninfluonce concerning to
bouring capucity of A prim~ry str~cture (this Also is one type
for lanchor type Qettin~ extent f~r snchor ~t initi~l
con~tructior~ nd then, in cas~ of a condo~iniun~'ouil~ing,
th~ method i~ ~dvantaReoua that tho ~r~ can frealy set up
~nchor individually ~ft~r construotion by decidin~ said p~rt
and extent for the anchor as ~ ~onopoly part with ~ regulation
rul~ ~thi~ AlSO i5 one type for 'type fr~ely setting anchor in
post-con6~ruction' in 'type s~tting oxtent for anchor at
initi~l con~truction').
t5) Eff~ct of anch~r cl~s~ific~tion
To clas~ify anchor for secondAr~u~mbers as mentioned ~bovo,
to divide 'initial set up ty~e' or 'po~t-construction ~et up
type', to ~dopt th~ m~thod of '~nchor type Retting ~xtont for
anchor ~t init,~l con~truction' which decid~ the position or
:ex~ent for being able to set ~nchors at the initial
construction of pri~ry structure even if adopting 'an initi~l
:~20 set up type' or 'a post-construction setup typ~', and to divide
` each ~thod settin~ ~nchor in accord with each classific~tion
oftheso ~condAry members, canguarantee ctructuraleconomy of
;................ ~ primAry structur~ ~nd the reli~bility of ~nchorstr~ngth, cAn
.,gu~rant~e the freedom of second~ry structures snd secondary
i 25 members extendin~ over the future, And o~n solve the problem
i` !
.~oono~rni~ to the l~w of oondominiu~ and tho oi~il law and ~he
.,;pro~lem concernin~ to the depre~sion of ~upport-~tr~n~th of a
primary ~truoture,whichoccur~ byaett1ngindlvidu~lly ~nchor~
in nece~sary ~06itions oY ~ prlt~ry ~tructllre ~fter
.
30 construction of a primary ~tructur~.
Anohor o~rrAngo~ent
The initi~l s~t up typ~ anchor i8 built not for ~Ach s~cond~ry
8tructur9 constructi.on, but only oLt tbe beRinning of pri~ry
36~tructurecon~tructlon. Thus, it w~ llow the ~Inchor
. ;
.
., ; ~ ,
. : ~ . .. .
~3~2~12,131~ 25:~3 03 3229 6172 A~lRl~t~ "3 005 P29
2~8~ ~ 3
26
roinforcing b~r~ to be connec~ad in the ~keleton concrete,
making l~rger strength of ~nchor connection. U~lng thi~ type
anchor; ther0 i8 no n~d to op~n n ~ole or cut the surface
concrete in A pri~ry structure w~ich i~ alre~dy construct~d,
so it will not decrease th~ stl~fn~ss of A pri~ry structu~e,
but it can lose the flexibility and econo~ic efficiPncy of the
secondary ~e~bersin CAS~ thoso are mis-arr~n~ed. So the desi~n
of anchor ~rran~ement becomes ~n in~port~nt problem. In c~se of
not prop0rly ~ettinB in ~nchor arran~en~enL, flexib~lity of
secondhry member ~lloca~ion i8 ~u~r~nteed by 'th~ flex
supporting connection' of r~c~ptacles, an $ntermediata
structure or int~r-structursl ~e~ber But ~5 freedom of
second~ry ~emb~rs i8 ~ss~lred b~ ~nch~r ~rr~n~ement module to
soma extent, it is an import~nL proble~l where snchor
arrange~ent should ~e placed.
`~ This Anchor ~rr~ng~merlt is quite neoessQry for ~n initiAl set
up type ~nchor but also ~or an po~t-con~truction set up type
~nchor ~or so~e occ~sions.
1) Definite interval ~nchor, eQual interv~l ~nchor
20 l'he ~nchor di~meter and ~nchor interv~l depend~ on thc lo~d of
second~ry members s~pported by th~ anchor. ~t is better to use
the anohor which hAs the s~e support-strenath. But as the
supportin~ load of an &nchor i~ different dep~nding on the
secondary ~ bers, each anchor ~u~t haYe different
support-stren~th~ This problem is solved by 'the ~nchor
~; clas~ification' in AocordAnce with the support-strength ~
men~ioned ~bove The difference of th-~ supporting lo~d on the
me clAs~ifiad anohor c~n be solv~d by using thc dc~in1te
interv~l ~nchor or ~q~al interv41 ~nchor (thou~h e~ch anchor
interv~l is different by esch c1~88ifi~d ~nchor) which limit~
the losd extent of the supported second~ry members. And if the
~upporting loAd o~ th~ ~nchoris over tho limiting lo~d cxtent,
~doptin8 'th~ fl0x supporting conn~ctlon' ~ m~ntionad l~ter
c~n s~and~rdi~e thH ~upport-~treng~h ~nd di~etor of snchor.
Th~ ~upporting in~crv~l of ~the flox ~up~ortin~ conn~c~ion
,
, . .. . , ~.:
: ~ , . : . : . :: .
. .
.
lYY2~12~31~ 22:04 ~3 3229 ~172 ~URI~ "3 OOS P30
nlembsr) co~po~d of the recepta~le or intermedi~te structuret
inter-~tructur~l m~mbercan be kept inth~ constant lnterval by
the definit~inte~val ~nchororequAl intervsl ~nchor. Further,
the support-str~n~thof'th~ flex.supportin~ connectiorl~ember'
is Qlso restricted to an e~t~nt, ~nd therefor~ 'the flex
supporting connection mer~ber' c~n be uniformed. Therefore, ~s
it becom0s unnecessary to make e~ch different r~ceptQcle etc.,
the wor~billty ofconstruction c~nbb am~llor~d h~d the C09t
of construc~ionget more econo~icAl.As the size o~ receptacles
and the diamet~r of bolt can be uniformed, it ~nables the m~ss
production ~hich n~akes this systam more economical and th~
construction o~n be ~ore efficient.
2) Rcstricted ~rrangem~nt
It is ~ore adv~ntageous for the construction workability of
second~ry structures to keep anchor interv~l small, which
decr~ase~ the numbor o~ recept~cle~, the intermedlate
structure~inter-structural mem~er. To the con~r~ry, i~ is
better for d~cr0asing th~ con~truction cost o~ prim~ry
structure to ~ake th~ ~nchor interv~l lArger ~nd increase th~
numb~r of receptacles, an intermedi~e structure/
inter-structural m~mber. In both w~y, a ~r~edom of secondary
: structure~ is ~uar~nteed. Thcrefor~, it i9 ~00~ to choo~e the
right Anchor intervAl ~ccording to the frequ~ncy of usage and
i;~ thc place to be fitted.
E-~pecially,inabove-mentioned 'supportingbyprimary vertical
planc'~ Bupporting byprimaryvertical ~lane of '~upport system
by prim~ry vertica~ plane' ~nd '~upport ~y~t~m by both pr;~ary
vertic~l and horizontal plane'), it is Advant~geous to 3et up
an anchor for ~eoon~ary b~arin~ ~e~lber accordin~ to the set
: 30 e~tcnt of An inter~ediAt~. floor,
3) Oversll ~rr~n~mentO
If ~nohor~ ~or second~ry nonboarin~ ~ember Ar~ ~dopted in
; over~ rr~n~e~entwith definite interv~l and equ~l intdrv~l,it beco~os po~ible to ~andardize ths anchor diam~ter ~nd to
35 regul~r~ze and st~ndArdi~ the recept~oles A~d
. . .
,: " :. :
- ~, . .. . . .
~: : . . ~
:
; J 9 2 5~ 3 1 e .' .': 0 5 0 3 3 2 2 9 ~ ~ 7 2 AUR I '~ i t l i" 3 0 0 5 P 3 1
inter-~tructural ~embersbyre~ulArizing thelo~d~o~second~ry
: nonbearin~ me~b~rs. And if u~ing ~nchors ~or socondary
nonbeuring members in the s~me lnterval ag general furring
strip's ~nohor (of cei1in~ or tha like) and form s~p~r~tor,
S the3e furring strips' ~nchors ~nd form ~eparator~ c~n co~er
Mlmo~t ~ll pl~ce~ d the nu~ber of the ~nchors for secondAry
nonbearing ~e~rs to be ~et up except these places can be
reduced dr~stlc~lly, that i~ morc economic~l. Furthe~, it
becomes good fittingsize for ~ettin8 second~ry members,and it
becomes possible to 3tandardi2eand re8ularize receptacles and
inter-~tructur~l ~embers.
; ~ Anchor det~ils
~1) Anchor d~tail6
l) 'Anchor frame system'
:~ In ca~e of formin~ ~nchors by conn~ctin~ Qnchor bolt~, ~nohor
nuts, c~p nut~ or ~he like to an anchor fr~mo, the manufacture
of these frames in M factory b~comes pos~ible And it can save
much timo and al~o raise the conetruction precision, compared
with setting thc ~nchors one by onc on tho sit~. Furthermore,
i 'superficiQl anchor frame system' in this ~ystem anables toweld the second4ry ma~bers or 'the flex supporting connection
~mb~r' (mentioned l~ter) to a ori~ary ~tructure.
2) 'Anch~r hols system'
26 This syste~ i~ the method to set ~n anchor hole at the initiAl
construc~ion, Rnd to~e1ect an~nchordi~mcter accordin~to th~
~upport~~tren~th of secondary~lembers whlch would be required
'!~ in thc f~ture. Esp~ci~lly, in thls system lf anchor hole for
secondary ~0mbers has larger di~met~r and dopth than expected
~0 at th~ bd~innin~, it w~ll h~vo ~or~ anchor-stren~th for
supportin~ seco~dAry members. hlso, the pen~tr~-tion hole typc
anchor in column~ ~nd be~m~ c~n obt~in e8peoi~11y 13r~e
support-stren~t.h ~nd c~n be offerad to ~n ~nchor for ~econdary
be~rl~ mombor.
3S 3) 'For~ sep~rator utlllz~lon aystem'
.:
f,` ; .
'` ~ . ,' ` ' ' ,
'' ,' ' ` ` ',, ' . " ~ '' ~ '
~'~ ' . ` ' . ' ' ' I ' ' , ' '
'` ',
'' '~ '. ' ' ' ` "' ' ' ' ` ' .
~3~13
1~2~12~1E3 22:06 n3 3229 6172 AURl'rit~ 'Ti~l~"3 005 P32
29
To utili2e concrete form ~ep~r~tors in~tead of setting ths
~nchors one ~y o~e c~n snv~ ths nulD~er of a~cho~a ~nd i8 ~nore
econo~ical.
(~) Guarant~ of anchor durability
5 Initial set up type anch~r~ ~ke possible to put anchor m~mbers
such as the anchor frames, anchor nuts and cap n~ts inside
concrete of a primary structure, which pre~ent oorrosion ~nd
enabl~ the use of ~nchor s~iper~n~ntly. Also, this sys~om
function~ se~ipernlAnently to be able to ~ubstitute an un~sable
anchor by the ~ethods s~ch as usin~ sub~tltutabl~ '~uper~ici~l
anchor ~rama syst~m',using the r~ceptacloswhich cancov~r the
~nchors n~alby, ors~tting an anch~r ~ra~e with an ancho~ to th~
: p~rt o~ the unus~ble ~nchor.
l3) D~tachable separate connectin~ ~yste~
: 15 Except the ca8a that s~condsry me~bers or r8ceptacl~s Are
welded to Anchor fr~mes (not inclu~lng the secondnry me~bers
weld~d to the anchor frame locked by boltssnd nuts), ~11 of the
conn~ctions betw~an the anchors and s~cvndary members snd
r~ceptacles h~ve the detdchable sep~r~te connectin~ syst~m
usin~ bolts and nuts. So this det~chable separate connecting
syste~ will solve the probl~m of ~cce88ion in the civil law and
the problem of a d~m~e to a common part in a condominium
building. Also thi~ mak~s it ~asy to take ~part receptacles and
:secondary me~ber~ and facilit~tes the ~xtension and rebuildi~g
of s~condArY ~tructures.
'Type fre~ly setti~g anchor in post-construction' in 'Ty
settin~ ext~nt for anchor at initial oonstruction'
'The ~nchor ~et up After con8truction~ i~ put in th~ 'extent
30 for abla to set anchors~ whioh i8 set up ~or .i~ n~wly made such
part4 additionally) at the po~ition cor the extent which àoe~n' t
~ect the stren~th of th~ prim~ry structure ~nd which it~i
~upport-~tren~th i~ ~Ott~ll D.t initial con~truction~ in
~ft~rcon~trutT~t there isn't a problem to bearin~ capacltY of 8
~5 pri~elry sltructure, if bein8 Able to confirm it regsrdin~ ~ ;
.
' , ' , . : ' ~`' .'` .
1'J~'~12~ 2~ 3229 6172 AU~ 7~ "3 006 P02
support-str~n~th), and t~is e~t~nt ca~ be con~idered a~
tnonopoly part in c~se o~ a condominiu~ building. ~hus t~e
position ~nd the ext~nt o~ the lo~d is already known in the
ph~se of structural designin~ th~ primary structur~, which
5 makes th~ structur~l ~nu~yQis more ef~ici~nt and assures the
s~reng~h to suppo~t eAchclassificd secondnry member which are
- going to bullt on it Also this ~olves the problem of the
~ccession of civil law when the possessor of prim~ry structure
und tl-~t of secondary structure ~re different, and the problem
: 10 of the dAmage to commor~ part in a condominlum building.
'The extent for setting anchor~ at the lnitlal con~truction'
for secondary light-~ight m~mber can be tiet in the ovPrall
surface o~ the prim~ry structure skelton in many ca~0s. Still
if th~ p~rt of ~dditional concrete for the purpose of finish or
.i 15 covering ~re used aB I the extent for settin~ anchors at tha
: initialconstruction'~orsecondary li~ht-wsight member, there
;~ is no problem of th~ ~sring cup~city reduction in the primary
sLructure and ~Iso it ca~s~v~ the cost. Also if the dispo~able
concrete ~orm which ~llows nailing is used, then thls ~orm i~
~ 20 to be 'the extent for ~tting anchors at the inltial
construction', snd it make~ po~sible to set nails ~nd screw~
fr~ely to this p~rt
'Fl~x supporting connoction'.
'~lex ~uppoIting connection' gu~runtet~s the frcedom o~
eompo~ition o~ ~econdary men~bers set to the anch~rs fixed tc a
primary structure t~uoh ~5 ~initi~l Bet up type ~nchor'. 'Flex
supportin~ conn~ction ~emb~r' i~ composed o~ rcccptacles, an
intermcdiat~ atructureJ inter-structural member. In ~ome
30 c~es, both of th~ae are us~d b~t also it is po~ible to use
. only one.
R~garding a ~cond~ry bearing m~tnb~r, this 'flex supportin~
~ connection' hAs the function to tran~mit the lo~d of a
!' secondary b0~ring member that is hold by '~up~ort systet~ of
secondary b0arin~ metnber by prlmary column and b~atn' to th~
:~'
: .;
,,
.: . .. . .,~ . . :
!Y9~112~1319 2c: 11 03 3229 6~2 AuR~ 3~ 006 P03
31
colu~ns and b~ o~ a ~rin~ry atructur~; and ~ ha6 the
function o~ i8 adjustment of 8upportlng conn~ction between
unchors and a ~econdary baarin~ member.
Re~urdin~ a ~ccondary nonbearinB me~ber, thi~ role o~ the
'fle~ supporting connection' i4 ad~ustment o~ supportin~
connectio31 botween an~hor-s and secondary nonbearing member.
In supporting secondary bearin8 memb6r~l an intermediate
.~ str~cture especiully pl~ys u fundarnental role to transmit the
:~ load of ~econdary Rtructure ~o a colu~n and a beam of a pri~ry .
~ 10 structure, and becon~es an indispen~able clem~nt irl 'support
,~ system of second~ry bearing mem~er by prim~ry colu~n ~nd beam'.
Th~ adju~tment of supporting connection between anchors and
second~ry mem~er by this method i~ necessary in case that
position-adjust~ent is nece~sary because of the displ~ce~e.nt
15 of ~econdury ~embers from th~ unohor ~odule, in c~se th~t
load-adjus~e~t i~ n~uded for sccondary ~e~bers bec~u~c o~
~ e.~ceeding ths support-s~reng~h of an anchorl in c~e thu~
; material adjustm~nt of ~econd~ry memb~rs is necess~ry because
it is ~uterially i~properfor ~upporting connection, and after
20 all in case that sccond~ry members composltion requests a
higher ~resdom a~ mentioned lster~
For th~ po~ition-adju~tment, an intermediate structure/
;~ inter-~truotural member is used for the l~rge
4 position-adjust.ment for the conncction betw~n ancholu ~nd
25 s~condary members . A receptacle iB used for the small
~ posltien-sdiustment Por the eennection betw~en the anchor and
; sccond~ry ~o~ber und the inter~ediate structure/
:l in~er ~tructural ~ember. ~y thi~ way, the freedom o~ po~ition
of second~ry members is guaranteed, and the stren~th of
~O supporting conn~ction iB ~ured.
rrh~ muteriul-adjustment of supporting conneotion guarantees
: u free choice of the m~terial of secondarynlelnb~r~ and assures
the ~upporting oonnoction either by reo~ptRcles or the
int~rm~di~te structure~ int~r-~truotur~1 m~mbor, or by both
reoeptaolos and th~ intermediate ~tructure/ int~r~structur~l
l9~12~2:12 ~3 ~2'J ~l72 ~URI~i-}'7~ "3 oc6 P~q
3~ `J~ 3
member betwe~n ~econdary member~ and anchurs on a prlm~ry
~ructura.
~n th~ load~ndjus~ment, in c~se th~ load of the s~cond~ry
me~bers exceed~ the capacity of one anchor, ~ recept~cle or sn
5 intermediate structure/int.er-stru~turalme~bermake~ po.~slble
to support thi~ lo~d of second~ry member b~ co~ering ~ev~ral
Anchors in the same time. By this way lt is possible to
~tRndardi~e the anchor di~meter and ~h~ auppork-st.rength of
~nchor, ~nd ~l~o s01~'8 the problem mentio.ned Above
10 In this~,itis poRsib1etostandardize the anGhor pOSitiOII,
the ~ncho~ diameter dnd the .su~.portlng-str~ngth of anchor, to
gu~rantee th~ fr~edom of the form, the position, the structure
and ~he material of second~ry ~Icmbers, and to assure the
supporting ccnnection~
15 Furthar more, this systelrl al~o solv~s the followinR probl~m
~nd h~s th~ following effects.
In case th~t the preeision of col~struction of pri~ury
structure i5 low and ~here is a l~rge difference betw~en the
~PPointed connectlon positior~ in primary structure and the
20 pO5i tion o~ second~ry structurcs, ~he receptacles And the
inter~edi~te ~tructure~ inter-structural member c~n adju~t
this disloc~tion, and it c~n a-~oid the distortion of s~cond~ry
struature which h~s to fol1Ow the primary structure even if it
is bad-constructed, and lt can enhance the con~truction
25 prec;~ion af ~eeondary ~tructure.
This~ystem~uar~oteesthe rreedomof theform and the materiAl
of se~ond~ry structures, c~n ~ix the po~itions of anchor~ on
th~ primary structure, therc~ore can enhAnce R performance
un Anchor, ~nd make~ it-.semiperm~nent u~o possible. And by the
30 det~chable~epRrateconnectingsy~tom, thl~system f~cilit~te~
th~ e~ten~ion and r~builllinu Or ~Hcond~ry structure.~, Rnd c~n
~olve the probi~m col~cerning t.o the l~w o~ condominlum, the
problem of Rcc~sion Andm~nuS~cturing ccnce~nin~ to the ci~il
l~w ~nd the problem of the d~gos.
35 Further, thi~ sy~to~ c~n ~et up insul~tion to oach jolnt
,
. :
19'1~ 12~1~1EI 22:1J 03 J2~'3 6172 ~URI~ "3 ~ P05
33
betweon ~nchor~ ~nd receptscle and ~n inter~diate structure/
inter-structur~l oe~ber und sccondary memberf se~on~ry
s~ructure. For this r~son, this ~y~t~m can e~hanc0 i801~tion
~ and sound insulation ofsecondAry structure~. Al~o, by settin~
j 5 up isolation qyste~ of seismic i~olator to this Joint, thi~
~qy~tem c~n rbduce the sei~ic force to act upon s¢condary
: structur~ ndsimultaneouslyit can a1QO reduce itsstres~ to
A primary structure.
~ Waterproofing ~ystem of supporting ~nd connecting secondary
member on waterproof layer
Herein~fter, thesupporting andconnecting method ofsec~ndary
memberQ considering the waterproof me~sure when these are set
: up on waterproof layer of the slab of primary structurc is
explain~d.
W~-terproofing by 'support syst~m of secondary bearin8
member by primary column and beam'
th~ supportin~ oonnection of 6~c~ndary bearing mcmber on
tne w~torproof l~yer can not omit an Anchor, it becomes a
di~ficult problem. Although the ri~k of a leaka~e of w~ter can
nd in ~h~ position of~nchors on slab su~faces rather than in
d~ the po6ition 0f ~nchors onupp~r sides of tho reversed beam. ~s
~:' 'support system of secondary bearing member by primary column
~:: and be~' support~ the secondary membar on upper sides or
:~ 2~ eral ~id~ of oolumn~ or be~ms,not on the slab surface~, it
`. i~ advant~eous ~lso ~or waterproofing.
(2)W~tcrproofing.qystsmofsupportingandconnecting secondary
nonbe~ring mo~ber
The waterproofing &yst~ms o~ ~upporting ~nd connectin~
secondary nonbe~rin~ member onthe w~terproof lay~r h~ve thlee
m~thod~ ~uch~ l)'beamsui)port sy~tem',2)'putting ~oundation
support sy~tom~, ~nd 3)'be~m and putting found~tion sy~tem';
u~ing the sy~tem which connect~ the prim~ry ~tructure snd
putting found~tion with ~upporting conneotion such aa sleeper
if n~ce~sary. The~e 0y~tams are a~ant~gaous to s~ve ~nchor~
''~
.,
:~ . : , , ; . ~
`
IY~ 2F~.:31Ei ;~2: 1'1 G3 32;~9 bl~2 AUF~ Pt'~ it~ ``9 006 P06
34 C~ $~ ~
for ~econdary member~ on thc wst~Iproofing l~yer, ~nd th~y
don ' t n~ed to cut the w~terproof layer . Moreover, th~y don ' t
need anchor itself or the waterproofing on the nn~hor, ~et~ing
free of the rlsk o~ loQka~e of wAter. Thu~ they enable~ to set
the second~ry members freely.
1 ) 'Bearn ~upport syste~'
'rhis system build~- a boam of socondary structure between beams
o~ primary structure so it does not nced anchor~ that would
brcD.k the waterproof layer.
10 2 ) 'Putting foundation support syr,tcm'
When th~ second~ry mem~ers are to be set up on a ~aterproof
layor, thi~ sy~tem i8 used to build a putting fourldation which
ls fi.~ed to the water lnyer by itri wci~ht, and it ellpport.~ ~nd
connects the secolldary members. If neces~ary, this putting
founda~ion can b~ fixed by A supportin~ connection member such
as sleeper to the primary structure. Thir~ syst~m enables the
connection ~fsecond~ry structure ~o pri~ary structure without
uhin~ ~nchor~ which break the waterproof l~yer.
- 3) l~ean~and puttin~ foundation 6upport ~st~m'
20 Thi~ 'bea~D And putting foundat~on support system' wi 11
oompsn~e tha both defect of ' be~m ~upport sy~tem' and
'putting foundstion ~upport ~yste~l. Althou~h thc beum of
second~ry stru~ture c~n only be built str~ightly in ~doptir~
;only 'bc~m support ~y6tem' whera a be~m of secondary structure
2~ is built during bs~m~ of ~ prin~ry ~tructur~, in ~dopting thi~
~ystem by conn~cti~g ~he putting foundation to the b~am o~
secondary structure it is pos~ibl~ to h~ve the beam of
riecond~ry 6tructure curved with the ~id of putting foundation
put at the curved polnt, to mak0 the g~condary beam s~allcr by
thc ~uppor~ o~ puttin~ found~tlorl put in th~ middle of
socond~ry be~ nd tom~ke the suppor~ing connection strorl~er
thrlrlin ~dopting on1ythe 'puttin~ ~ound~tion support system'.
:Further, ~imil~r to th~ Iputting f~und~tion support sy~tem',
;l thi~ sy~tem car~ expect 1~rger bearln8 c~pacity by u~ing the
. 35 supporting conn~ction such as 81eeper to bind the prioary
:, .
.
.
... .
. .
.. . . .
-:
1~92~ 2~ 1 03 e229 6172 AURI~ t~"3 ~6 P~
struc~ure with th~ second~ry beam or the puttinR found~tion.
A}so, tha ~bov~-~entioned w~tarproofin~ ~yste~ of ~upportlng
and connac-ting ~econd~ry n~nb~aring ~e~ber cnn b~ applied ~o
secondary bo~ring m~mber if there is erough ~upport-stren~th.
(3)Waterproofing systemo~ supporting Hnd connecting ~econdary
118ht-h~oight member
A waterprooPing sy~te~ of ~upporting ~nd connectln~ s~cond~ry
llght-weight me~ber on a waterproof l~yer, i~ by fixing by
~eight like ~he puttin~ foundntion support syst~m mentioned
~bove, by adhesive bùllding system or by the combination of
hese sy~en~, By usin~ thssc ~y~tems, the supporting
connection i~ as6urod and ther~ i~ no need to ~et anchors which
; would bre~k the waterpr~of layer, ~nd waterproof layer i~
:~ protected.
: 15
St~ry h~ight and ~Rxi~um height reducing ~y~em
Prior artificiAl multi-layer ~round type buildin~ wns
di~dv~nt4t~0u~ as the height of the building gets higher and
cau6~ the higher ccst of construc~ion and lAnd (for it can't
pa~s the r~trict of height of oblique line and ~hadow
regul~tions). 5O the ~ethod of redu~in~ the st.ory h~i~ht And
the maxi~um height iB yrovided ~s fcl].ows;
~ (~) Proper u~age Gf 'pri~ary structure dependent type s~condary
; structure'/'primary ~lf-Yupport type secondary ~tructure'
For the sake of a reductio~ of the maximum height of ~
building, it i~ ~dv~tageou~ to ~dopt 'pri~ary depen~ent type
secondary structur~' which ret~der the secondary structure
dependant to primary structure if pos~ible, RS it can ~uve the
ov~rl~pped ~tructure in the ground layer and inter~ediste
layer. Especi~lly 'pri~lnry ~tructur0 depondent type ~econclAry
structur~' get~ more f~vorablc a8 the prim~ry 8truoture ha~
less intern~ orie~ por one l~ycr llke one story per one
l~y~r.
:~ The ~doption of ~prim~r~ ~elf-~upport type secondarY
~tructurc' for the roof layer ~nd the ndoptio~ of 'pri~ry
,
'',~''
.. . .
..
:~ , . . .
- : ... :
- : ., . ~,
lYY2s~ 116 ~ 15 03 322~1 fil72 f~U~ f'~ 7~ 06 P08
s~
36
structure dependent-type secondAry ~tructure'mude D~ ~condary
structure for the roo~ part, are ~ppropri~te ~or the building
hei8ht regulation.
~ 2) Structural plannin~ of primary YtrUCtUre in ~round lsyer
and intermadi~te layer.
Forthe ~tructural pl~nning ofprimary structure o~ collective
hou~ings etc., th~ hori~ontal bo~ring capacity in Prontage
direc~ion of the w~118 nnd columns ~ituntecl in the mid-region
of the d~th direction of the primary 6truoture ~hould be ~p~
l~rge, whilc th~t of the walls ~nd the columns ~ituatcd ln the
out~ide (bAlcony or corridor side) of the depth direction of
th~ primary ~tructure ~hould be kept s~all. B~doing this, the
deepest Birder is not locsted in the out~ide of the depth
direction o~ the pri~ary structure, the height of this girder
gets smQller, and the ceilin~ hei~ht of the room c~n be gre~ter
whil~ the story height can be reduc~d.
The bedrooms isnorm~lly locatedint~ outerpart ofthe depth
directi~n (balcony or corridor side) of the primary ~tructure
for bottor d~yligh~ing condition and it ls reguired to get
hi~her ceiling in this p~rt. The mid-region in -the depth
direction of the prim&ry structure doesn't re~uire ~uch
d~ylighting A~ therewould be onlythe duct space orthose space
using water supply ~nd ~ew~e. ~he story height is determined
by thec~ilin~ heightwhich i~th~ botto~nlevelof girderin the
26 bedroo~ in the outside of the dep~h direction, so it is
~dvantageous to put the deepest ~irder in the mid-region, und
put Yhallower Birder in th~ outsid~ of the depth direction for
kee~in~ thestory height ~mall.~urthe~more, it c~nenhance the
~lexibility of the extension as~d rcbuilding as thewidth ln the
3~ front~g~ dirootion of the columns ~nd w~lls could be ~m~ller
~o it is adv~nt~eou~ to~et daylighting) in the outer part of
the depth direction ~the side of b~lcony or corridor).
~3) Structur~l planning of primary structure in the roof layer
~~h~ ~oof layer hus two cases, one i~ to support secondAry
'~36 structure6 without con~truoting the pri~arY ~tructure~lpw~rd,
,.,
' " !,
,`~.,~
.'',
,' i ' ~ `
I YYc'~ 12~131 E~ 2~: 16 :13 32~ 172 AU~ '71`~ 006 p~l9
the other iç to construct the prio~ry structure up~ard and
support ~econd~ry st~uctur~ by it. In ca~e of the latt~r, B8
wlth the ground layer and interm~diate l~yer, it 1~
advAn~ageous tosupport sccond~ry~tructur~s by keeping lar~er
the horl~ont~l bearing cnp~city in th~ frontnge direction of
the wa11s and colu~ns ~i tu~ted in the mid-region of the depth
direction and keeping s~A11er the horizont~l b~ring oapacity
o~ ~he co1umas and walls in the outside of the depth direction
(bslcony or corridor side) or not con~tructing the columns and
wall~ upward, ~ to pAS5 the he~ght restrict of oblique ll~e
restric~ions Andshadow regulation~, and inorder to keep large
fle~ibi1ity of the compo~ition nnd for the ext~nsion and
rebuilding of ~econdary struc~ur~.
14) Flexibility of the positlon of water supply arld ~ewage
ystem ~nd story h~ight redu~tion ~y~te~
The story h~i~htha~ be~llincrea~ed since thcbeam o~a prim~ry
atructure was designed ~o o~ A reversed beam lall reversed for
b~am hei~ht) in order to assure the ~ree position of w~ter
~upply and ~ewage sy~te~. For raducing the ~tory height, t~o
metl~od~ ~re availAble; on~ is the method of
'~emi-re~ersed-beam', putting tlle raversad beam in the
necess~y height of thr faoility piping ~e~pecinl1y the
drain~ piping) for the fl~xibility o~ the po~ltion o~ wa~er
supply ~d se~ge sy~em and putting th~ other beam p~rt under
25 the sl~b, the other i~ tne method to run the hori~ontal piping
until the vertical dr~inage pipe in eACh beRm ~one 90 thAt the
pipe doein't m~ke a hole in be~ For the implementation of
l~tter m~:thod, it i~ neoe~sary to l~dopt the sbove-mentioned
'~uppo~t ~ystem of ~econd~ry b~ring mambor by primary column
and bea~'.
Morc precisely~ the proble~ or~ the reductlon of ~he story
height and i~provemont of fr8e position of water supplY and
~ewn~e ~yate~, is the dr~lnnge ply~ ~with lArge diameter and
~ slope) A~ it requirec the mo8t Lp~Ce b~ne~th thc floor bo~rd
~ 35 Among the ~ther types of pipe. Bsc~uRe of this, the
:
:~`
. .
.. ..
19YX~I~'H3l~ ~2:~7 0~ 3229 6l-~2 AURI~-J'7~ ` 3 006 Pl~
38 h ~ 2~
implementation of free po3ition of wat~r supply An~ seW~e
~ys~tem ne~dQ the height si~e b~ne~th the floor board includln~
the dia~t~r~ of the drsinage pipe snd the size for slo~ ~o
that it will nllow to put the dr~ina&a pipe and to set the pipe
S in any poci~ion freely. Further, wh~n n drainage pipe p~s~e~
through a be~m, the coverin~ depth for the upper relnforcing
bar of the beam ls ~dded to its si~e. The re-ersed bsarn with
more size than thi& ~ize incceases the story h~ight. For that
reason, the method of A 'semi-rever~ed-beam', forming the
reversed beam f nr the hei~lt necessary for the drainage pipe
space und ~uttinE, the othsr beam part under the sl~b is an
effectlve ~etho~ to r~Auce story hoiE,ht.
The next importan~ ~ethod of s~ury height reduction is the
system which doesn't Bl low the drainage pipe go throu~h the
beam. In this ~ystem, a ~srtiesl drains~e pip~ is set in each
zone of beams and thes~ ~hi~ 1~ connected to th~ h~rizo~tal
drainage pipe. ~As this msthod subdivides the horlzontal
drAin~ge ~re~, ~t shortsns the l~th of pipe an~ the
; slope-hei~ht, and contribute~ for th~ reduc~ion of story
2U hei~ht).
The ~doption of the above-mes.~tion~d '~upport ~y~tem of
second~ry b~arin~ ~le~ber by prim~ry column ~nd be~m' is
neces~nry for thi~ story hei~ht reductiol~. As ths prior
arti~lei~l ~round typ~ buildin~ ~upports ~h~eco~dnry be~rin~
~S men~b~ron a hori~ontnl platform of the primary structure, it
. ,
needs more bea~s and oblige to p~netrato ~ drain~ge pipe in the
beo.m oeu~;in~t bi86er ætory hsight ~B me~,ntioned abo~e. Compared
,~ to this~ thi8 'support system of s0condary be~ring member by
primLIrg column snd be~m' ~an ke~3p the bee~m interva1 o~ ~ primary
30 ~tructure lar~e becau~e ~ ~econdnry b~ar~n~ memb~r loAd doesn' t
ct upon slv.b~ of' ~ prim~ry struoture, ancl i t can avoid the
~;' p0netr~tion of v. dr~lnaae pipe in th~ beAm. l'hi~ ' ~uppor t
~ystem o~ sscond~ry bearin~ member by primsry column And b~enm',
.' haP. no~ only th~ 0cono~y of' buildina sks~l~ton ~econouly of
35 construotion cost'J ~ but Al80 ~uarant,~e~ th~ flexibility of the
., j .
,,
.. . .
. .
:-
: . . . .
J ~ J I ~ fJ 0 ~ '2 ~h~ 'J~ t,~`~t ~o~. i'11
w~ter supplyand ~ewage system And reduc0s the story height ~nd
the l~nd cost.
Tho items above-men~ioned Ar~ r~rran~ed ~s followed.
l) 'Semi-reveraed-beam ~yste~'
It is udvAntAgeoua to u3e ~ha ~emi-rover~ed be~m of a primury
s~ructure for the depth n~ces~ary for the ~lexibility o~ water
supply and sewage system, as i~ enables the reduction of the
story height and the cost of construction And land ~by passlng
; the oblique line limit and sh~ow re~ul~tior-31.
10 2~ Systo~n of horizont,al drainage pipe run to the vertical
dr~inn~e pl~e in each ~.eam ~on0.
When the fle~ible wAter ~upply and drain~ge sy~tem i5
gu~r~nteed, this systen~enables the reduction of story height
and the co~t of construction and lsnd (by p~s5in~ the obliqu~
~S line limit and ~hadow regulations).
3) Effbct of s~ory heigh-t reduction by 'support system of
; secondary bearing me~ber by primary colu~n and beam'.
Com~ared with the prior artificial ground that doesn't adop~
'support system of secor1d~ry bearing member by primary co~umn
and bean~', thi~ 'suppor~ systsm o~ secondary bearing ~e~ner by
prim~ry oolumn nnd be~m' reduca~ the beam hei~ht, and c~n ke~p
the l~r~e interv~l of beam, and becomes easy to adopt the
'sys~em of horizontal drain~e pipe run to vertical draina~e
pipe ineach beamzone'. Inshort, this 6ystemcan keep a larger
be~m interval, set up fcwer vertic~l drainage pipe, snd avoid
the pen~tration of A draina~e pipo in the beA~. Therefore, ~his
syste~ shortens the ~tory hei~ht and en~bles the flexible
:1 allocAtion of the water supply and sew~ge sy~tem.
4) Effect of the combined Use
30 To use these method~ a~ mentioned above ~im~llt~neously, it cAn
m~k~ th~ s~ory he:lght oî ' ~he prir~ary structure dependent
conàl~ry atructure ' equivAlent to the ~eneral bui ldin~ e.nd
rrallze the free position of o. w~t0r 6ection.
~ Synth0tic e~feot
'.
:
....... . _ ...... . .
.' , "
' '~ .
' ' ~' '` .. . :
IY'J2~12~ 22:19 03 ~s~9 ~172 A~IFi~ ?~ /`3 1~06 F~12
Consegue~tly,'thestructureconsistingofapri~Mry &truc~ure
~nd ~econd~ry ~tructur~' provided by th~ pre~ent invention çan
be applied ~r~atly to v~rious buildings, such as ~ollective
housin~8~ stores~ offices, hospitsl~, school~, or the like by
5 it~ hi~h flexibili-ty of ~condary structure and the excellent
C09t perform~nce of both primary struct~re ~nd ~econdary
c trUCtUre .
Also, with hi~h fle~ibilitY ~of sæcondary struc~ure), thc
: buildin~ ~dopting the presentinv~ntion sn extend its durable
time until its structural limit~ not untll the social]y
determined limit(which depends onthe ~oci~l progre~s~. In thff
: loni run, ~as the initial C05t doesn'~ differ Braatly compared
to the ~enernl buildin~ th~ building with this lnvention
become~ for more economical, and as its utility does not
devalued, it will create the important ~ocial eapitsl.
Derived from these facts, the present invention ha~ the
synthetic eff~cts as follows.
1~ ~le~lbili~y
- The pressn~ in~e~tion c~n correspond to tha ~lexibility of
~orm, po~ition, str~lctur~, and ~ateri~l of second~r~ members
~ snd ~econd~ry structu~s in the initia1 plan and in the future
,~ plan. Also, the flexibilit~ ishigherth~n theprior nrtiEicial
ground type building.
~ 21 Strength.
:~ 25 The present inv~ntion ~ssur~s the ~upport-strength and
`~ connecting ~tren~th necessary to each second~ry member, which ~Rkes the systcm econo~ic~l.
3) Dur~bility.
he prqsent invention can re~liz~ lon~ durable y~srs ~s the
whole by ~ ~ep~ration of n primnry ~truoture ~emipermanent
structura) and ~econd~ry struotur0 (which corresponds to the
functional chnn~e).
4~ Solution ot varioui~ prob1~s.
~ ~he prosent invention c~n 801Ve th~ problem o~ aco~s~ion ~ind
i 35 ~anufacturin~ of tho civil law in ca8~ that the owner of B
' i ': ':
'
. ,, ~, . ' ;. `:
', .
'
, '~.
,
~ 1 2 ~1 1 2.t3 3 1 E3 2 ~: 2 0 C1 3 '~1 2 2 '1 6 1 ~ 1J~ 1 7 ~ 0 0 1~ f:' l J
prim~r~ structure d i~ f cr~ f rom thc own~r of secondary
~tructurc, ~nd ~19O ~olve th~ problem o~ waterproorin~ on th~
~upp~rtinR conn~ction of secondary me~b~r~ conn~cted to the
~t~rproof~d slab on the roof layer or inter~ocliat~ layer.
5) Econonicul perfo~mQncc
The pr~ent invention can gu~rantee the flexibility of
secondAry structure ~nd the structur~l safety more than the
prior Artlficial ~round type building, ~nd can solve vnrious
problems. ~ior~ov~r, the present inventioncansave the waste oi'
mcmbers c~ secondary ~tructure snd pri~ly structuse and can
keep their section smaller by the rationality of structure ~nd
m~ber composition. At the initial con~truction ph~s~, the
cons~ruction and land cost is equiv~lent to gen~ral buildiny.
As it ha~ lon~er dur~bility,this ~ystem ~et~0conomical in the
lS lon~ r~n.
;,
:
'
.~.
'
'''
j.`
.
. .
.,
i ,;
, ' , .
, ,
, .
'``"~ ~ ' ' ~`" ' `
I b c ~ 'J b ~ 1 '7 ~ t '~ r i ~ O U b ~ ~ 4
~1~
BRIEF DESC~IPTION OF ~HE VRAWINaS
FIGS. l through ~-12 nnd FI~S. 10 throu~h 12-10 ~re ~n
Axonometric of ~ prim~ry structur~ compofiad of ~C structur~.
FIGS. 7 through 9 arR an axonometric of ~ prim~ry structur~
composed of steel frame ~tructur~. FIGS. 13 through 70 ar~ th~
axonometric and the sectional views showin~ tbe metho~l of
setting up ~nchor frame~, nnchor nut~, anchor bolts,
recept~cle~, and intcrmediate structllr~ when the primary
structure is composed of RC structure. FIGS. 11 through 77 are
~he axonomelric ~howing the ~ethod of ~etting up receptacles
snd intsr~ediate structures when the primary structure is
compo~ed of steel frame structure. FIGS. 78 through 80 are
~xonometric ~hvwing the method of settin~ up anchor franl~s,
anchor nuts, ~nchor bolt~, and r~ceptscles when the primary
gtructUre i8 oomposed from s~el ~r~ma reinforced concrete
structure. ~IQ. 79 is aplan view thereof. FICS. Bl through 86
~re the axonom~tric showin~ when secondary ~truct~res are
supported by an int~r~odiat~ layer of ~ pri~ary structure.
FIGS. 87-l through 94-2 are the Axono~etric showing when
~econdary structur~s ~re supportrd by ~ rooi lsyerof a pri~ary
structure, in which FIG. 81 is an axonom~tric showin8 when a
31~b of second~ry structurefi is ~de of A~C bonrd, ~nd FICS. 82
; through 84-1 and FI~. 85-1 ~re axonometric ~howing when n clab
of secondsry structures is ~de of PC bosrd, FIGS. 84-2, 84-3,
85-2, and 85-3 are sections nnd plan~ det~il drawing of the
; settin~ up p~rt, FIG. 87-1 is ~n axonometric of a prim~ry
structure, FIaS. 86, 87-2, 8B-1, 89~ ~nd FIGS. 90-l throu~h
94-l ar~ ~xonometric of second~ry structures ~nd ~ pri~ary
~tructure, snd FIGS. ~8-2, 92-2, ~3-2, ~nd 94-2 are detailed
axonometricdrawingofth~ support of~econdarystructures, and
FIC. 88-3 ~how~ the section det~il dr~win~ oS th~t.
FIGS. 95 through 112-2 ar~ the axono~ctric ~howin~ when
seoondary structur~ ~re ~ade of ~ woodsn or wood-like gùality
materi~l, in whi~h FI~S. 95 through 97, FIGS. 104 through l07,
,' _ :
,: , ;;
', ' . , ~ ~ '
~ , " '', ~;' ,. '
-,
J~ 3~3113 22:21 0~ ~)229 617~ AURI'TX~71`;~ "3 01~6 I'l5
43
FIGS. 109 and 111 Are perspective vi~ws shvwin~ when s~condary
struct~lres ~re supportccl by ~ prim~ry structure ~ And FIGS. 98
through 103 and FIGS. 108-1 through 108~6 ~re the part
axonometric. FIGS. 113~1 through 128 show ~ position of the
5 anchor for s~t-tin~ u~ ~econd~rystructure, in which FIGS. 113-1
through 113-4, FICS. 116, 119-1, 119-2, 121, 123-1, 123-2,
1~6-1, and 126-2 ~r~ the floor framing plan, FI~S. 11~-1,
114-2, 117, and 1~7 are ceilin~ plan, ~nd FIGS. 115-l tll~ou8h
115-3, FIGS. 118, 120 1, 120-2,122-1, 122-X, 124,125, and 128
10 ~how a 8ection intorior el~vation.
FIGS. 129-1 through 131-3 sr~ detailed s~ctions of an anchor,
in which FICS. 129-1, 129-2, ~nd FIGS. 130-1 through 130-3 ~r~
the section~ of an anchor for second~ry be~ring m~m~sr, ~IGS.
1~9-3 through 129-6 and FIGS. 130-~ through 130-6 ~re the
soction6 of ~n anchor ~r secondary nonbeArin~ memb~r, ~nd
FIGS. 131-1 throu~h 131-3 show the ~ection of An asl&hor for
second~ry light-wei~ht me~ber.
FICS. 132 through 1~ showth~ method ofsettin~ up~n ext~rn~l
w~ll, boundAry ~all ~nd p~rtition ~ade of l1tht concrete or
light concrete-like ~teri~lof ~L~ bo~rd or th~ like, in ~hich
~ FIaS. 132 and 13~ ~re perspectiveview~, FIGS. 134, 135, 139 ~nd
; 140 ure p~rti~l ~xonometric, FIOS. 145 srd 146 are ~ parti~l
brokorl-Away axonomstric, FICS. 136 through 138, FIGS. 141
throu~h l44, FICS. 148~nd 149~re th~ section~, and ~IG.147 is
the pl8n.
FIGS. 150 throuRh 154 show the ~ethod of setting u~ ~n ~xt~rn~l
wAll, a b~undnrywAll ~nd ~ p~rtition madæof reinforced blocks
like concret~ blooks and briok or th~ lik~, in which ~IGS. 15
nd 151 ~r~ p~rti~l uxonometric~ FIG.152 is th~ plan, ~nd FIGS,
153 ~nd 1$4 ~re the ~oction~,
FI~S. 156 and 156 are th~ section~ ~howin~ the method of
~ttln~ up an external wa11, boundary WAll ~nd p~rtition m~de
~f PC bo~rd.
FIGS. 157 ~nd 158 ~r~ ~ecti.onsshow1n~ the mcthod o~setting up
~n extern~l wAll, bound~ry wall and p~rtition ~ade o~ GRC
~, ,
1 9 9 2 ~3 1 E3 ' 2 ~ 0 ~ ~ 2 2 ~ 6 1 7 ' f~JR I ~ O ~i ~, P ~ 6
44
boarcl ~
FIGS. 159 t,hrough 16~ ~how the method of s~tting up nn external
w~ll, a boundllry WBll And A partition co~posed of wooden or
wood-like mnterial, in which FI~S, 159 throu~h 182 are
perspectiYe views ~ and FIGS. 1~ and 163 are the sections.
FIG. 165 is the section showing the method of setting up sn
e~ternal ~all, boundary wa~1 and p~rtition compo~ed o~ light
steel or light steel~like frsme ~aterial.
: FIGS.166 through I87 show the ~ethodo~ ~etting up a frame for
doors and ~indows, in which FIGS. 166 and 167 are perspective
~iews FI~JS. 168 through 170 are partial axono~etric, And FIGS.
171~ 1759 176, and 17~ are th~ plans~ FICS. 11~ through 174
FI~-. 177, ~nd ~IGS. 179 through 182 ~re th~ section, and FIG.
183 is th~ s~ct.i~ns of doors ~de of steel, FIGS. 184 and 1~5
~r~ Lhe plans, ~nd FIGS. 186 and 187 are pArtinl nxono~etric o~
;'~ wooden or wood~-like line~i~e doors ~nd windows.
.,, FIGS. 188 through 1~0 are section~ showing th~ me~hod vf
se~tin~ up an o~ernal wa.ll of ~C or ALC, ~ fr~me for door~ and
windows, a hAndrnil, ~nd ~icopi~g in the f~r e~d of ~ b~lcony.
FIaS. 191 through 193 ar~ axono~etric and the elevation~
howirlg the method of setting ~p ~ heavy equipm~n~ machine to
the wall.
~,i FICS. lg~ through 206-3 ar~ 80ction8 showing 'a putting
~oundation system', in which FIGS. 194 through 197 show the
cas~ o~ PC or ALC b~ard, FI~S. 198 throu~h 200 show the case of
reinforcement blocks like concrete blocks ~n~ br.ick or the
.~ like, FIGS. 201 throu~h 203 ~how tho c~e o~ ~ fra~e for doors
~nd windows, Rnd FI~S. 204 throu~h 205 ~how the c~se whcn n
hDri~ontal support i~ adhere~.
~0FIOS. 206-1 throu~h 20fi-3 ~how 'beam sy~tem t putting
; ~oun~tion sy~te~', FIG. ~06-1 is an ~xonometric of it, FIG.
.~ 206-2 is a p~rtial axono~etric of it, ~nd FIQ. 206-3 is the
section oE it.
: FI~S. ~07 through 209 ~how tho composition of ~ s~con~ary
3~ nonb~arin~ member and B sec~nd~ybearing ~b~ inthe case of
" ~ .
.. - :. . . .
.
., , I
:~ ~ , i, , , , :;: ~, "~, ," ,.,
- . . . .
. :: . : , . .:
:
I ~ `J J ~ 1 O~) 3,'29 b l, ~ Al.J~ 7 ~ " 3 0~
*~ `3
15
2 floors to a layer, FlG. ~07 ls a section of the intermedi~e
f`loor, thç ext~rnal wall, ~nd outside doors ~nd windows, t~nd
FIaS. 20~ and 209 ~r~ the 6~ctions wl-en it has b~am ~inished.
FlC~. 210-1 th~ough 211-2 ~re th~ ~onometric showirlg Lhe
relAtion betw~en prlm~r~ struCt~Jre nnd e~uipment dr~in~ge's
piping, FICS. 210-1 And 210-2 ~re p~rti~ xono~etric showing
the details of the c~tting up. ~nd FIGS~ 211-1 and 211-2 are
uxonoo~etric ~howing the whole ~xplAn~tion.
.~. . . Prim~ry structure. ~. . . SecondAry structure. B-l...
lt) S~condary bealinR me~bel. B-2... Secondary nonb~aring ~,embor.
; R-3... Second~ry light weigh~ m~mb~r.
1Column. ~Beam and girder. 3W~ll. 4Slab.
5... hnchor frnme. 5-1... Frec anchoI fs~e~
6...Anchor. 6-1~.. Anchorrol secondary bearing member. 6-2...
Anchor for second~ry nonbe~ring ~ember. 6-3... anchor for bo~h
se~ondary bearing and no1lbe~rin~ member. 6-4... Anchor for
second~sy ]ight-weightn~ember.
7... Anchor bolt. 8... ~nohol nut or Cap n~. 9... ~i~ed n~.
10... Fi~ed bolt. l1... Washer, bearinB pressure bo~rd.
1~... Rec~ptacle. 1~... Inter~edi~te rtruc~ur~ or
in~er-structural member.
1~... Anchor nut or c~p nut for fixing nnchor ~rame
15~o Anchor bolt for fixing ~nchor fr~me
lfi... Bolt for fi.~ing anchor fr~n~e
17... Nut for fixin~ ~nchor fra~e
lB... R~inforcing steel. 19... Steel fran,e me~ber.
~ `
20... ~or~ 6eparAtor the pi~otin~ foot son~e ~re anchor~e
reinforoing steel. 21...Insul~tion. 21-l...Ashore adjustment
~nd isol~tion rubber. 21-2...Mortar grout ~Ateri~
22... Saismi~ isol~tor. 23... Extern~l w~ll, boundary wn}.l ~nd
pnrtition. 24~.. Concrete block ~nd briok roinforcement block
o f or the l i k~ .
25... R~inroroaal~nt rsinforcing ~tcel.
26... Putting foundAtion. 27... W~tçrproof lAyer. 28...
3~ Hori~ontal ~Upport menl~r. 29... P~rtition fr~mework. 30...
''
. :
. . : :, : .; .
: . . - . , , . . :
: . ~ ... : , . ~. :.. ' -;
-::
.. . , .. :
I Y ~1 3 ~10 1 d O l E~ 0 0: 3 2 ~ 3 3 2 2 'J ~:~ 1 7 2 AI-lR ~ 7 ~ t :~ O O I I ~ ~J 3
46
~urrin¢ strip's memb~r. 31... Door~ And windows fr~me. 32,..
Copirlg. 33... H~ndr~il. 34... ~uipment pipln~,'s support
mem~)~r. 35 . . . DrainAge ' s piping .
36... Extent ~or settll~g ~r~ allchor~; in post-constructior~'
S ( in a c~:e of a condominium building as ~ monopoly part
re~ulatlon seL up).
37... Soil and Planting.
.,.
:~ .
.,
,.
I
.'
~b ~U ~c ~ ~2~ AU~ }J~ it,~", 0ûl P0~J
~17 2 ~
THE REST FORM FO~ CA~RYI~ OUT THE I~VENTION ANI) THE
POSSIBILITY OF USAGE FOR INDVSTQIAL PURPOS~S.
Hereinafte:, the present invention will be explained b~sed or
e~bodiments being llustr~ted.
.
Compo~itlon outline.
l'he structu~e b~in~ illustrat.ed consie~sof ~rimary ~tru~ure
~A) ~nd secondary structure ~B) 6upported by this primAry
strueture (A).
The primnry struc-turc (A) is con1posed of the s~ruc1u~
skel~ton~ such as columns, beams und slabs etc. of ~ general
typ~ b~ ing, ~r it is ~n artlficial ~round or thu like
:constr~cted for the purpose ofsecuring A site in the center of
l~. the city, and is co~posed of minimum members so AS no-t to
prevent the corre~pondence to living, functional and social
v~zi~tlon of the sec~nd~Iy ~tructure ~B).
~ he secondary ~tructure (B~ is the part that can be changed
~ccording to the living, fu-lction~l and social changes and
~20 con~po~ed of outer covers of external walls etc., interior
:~floors ~nd partitions or the like, composin~ a building
~;~xcepting the pri~ary structure tA)~
.~ .
Prim~ry structure ~u~lirle
25 l) Struct~rAl for~
Materi~l And bui.ldin6t 3ystem ~s ~ ~emipormancnt ~tructure is
u~ed in primary structure ~A): for example, pri~ary structure
(A) is co~po6ed of reinforced concrete, pr~cast reinforced
c o n c r e t e , s t e ~ l f r ~ m e d c o n c r c t o ,
ateel-fr~me-and-reinforced-concrete or steel ~tructurc or the
like, ~nd is co~posed ~f WA11 tYPe struoture, wall-type rigid
fr~med structuro ~sea F`laS. 1 through 3, FIGS. l0 throuah 12),
reinforced concreto rigid fr~medstlucture(se~ FIaS.4 through
6), stoel frnmo rigid frn~e 6tructure (~ee FIGS. 7 through 9),
stael frnm~d bracin8 atructuro or trus~d ~truot.ure or the
',
.
I `J 'J ~ 2 ' C J J 2 2 ~ G l ~ U~ r ~ 0 ~1 6 ~ ! ~
48 ~3~3
like.
- l'her~ ure C~505~i of one l~yer compo~ition Bnd lDu~ ayer
composition in primnry structur~ (A). In the groun~ lnyer ~nd
the int~rmediate l~y~r of ~ulti-lnyer~ composi~ion~ there i~
the C~S9 when one l~yer o~ prim~r~ structure ~A) is m~de up of
1 f100I ~s in 1 floori 1 layer construction, and another cnse
when it is compo~ed o two or more floors as in two or more
floors~ on~ 1ayerconst~uction ~e FIGS~ 3-7, 6-12,~nd 12-10,
for embodiments of three floors/ one layer). And, in the roof
1n~er, there is the cnse ~hen the roof layer is used to b~ild
secondary s-tructure (B) on the roof, And ~nother CASe when the
roof lAyer is not used not to build sacondary ~tructure (B) on
the rosf.
2) Structural plnnnin~
1~ Prima1y structure (Al is composed of structurnl ske1e~o~l~ of
columns, beatns or 31abs or ~he like pl~n~ed not to prevent the
correspondence to function~l, li~lng and social vari~ti~lls of
second~ry structure (~). First, it i~ better to arrange the
columns and w~llsof thegr~und layer and intermediate layer so
2U u~ not to preverlt the free compo~ition of secondRry structure
(Bl, and to kecp the numb~r of walls ~nd columns ~ew.
'rhe width of column~ and wn11s located in the outside of depth
direction (~aoing ~he b~lcony nndth~ corridor) is better to be
smsll mea~ured in the frontage direction for cxtension nnd
rebuilding of~pMrt~enthouse ~tc.~specially.In order to keep
the horizont.al benrirlg cnpacity of the frontage direc~ion, it
i8 n~oe~s~ry for the width of wAlls ~nd coIu~lns in the
mid-regionof the d~pthdir~ction toget a l~r~e in the froll~age
dircction (sce FIGS. l throu~h 3, FIGS. 81 through83,FICS. 115
througll 128). By thls w~y, bec~u~e the ~ir.~der with the mo~t
hei~ht i9 r~ot ~et in thf~ balcony ~nd corridor slde~ (in tho
out~ide of depth direction), the ~irder hoi~ht Can be kcpt
small ther~, the c~ilinR heiBht ~nd~r thff ~irdcr of a cha~ber
can be rni~ed nnd the ~tory height ~n be r~duced ~the ch~mbers
~uch AS bcdroo~ etc. are gener~lly set the b~loony ~id~ for
,:
,~ .
~,
:. ~ . ,
.: , ~, . .
: -: " , ,
. ~ ~
.,~ . ~, ,~
l 'i ':~ J ~ l X M ~ 2 c': 2 5 n ~ j 2 2 ~J ~ 1 7 2 AUR ~ f 'J ~ t l :~ " 3 0 ~ 6 P l 9
4~ 6 ~ 3
dAyli~hti~g consid~rations. Althou~h tha girdar with the most
bsam-height is set in the ~id-region of the depth directior.,
there i~n't a problem A~: the watur section ~tc. wh~re
daylightin~ isn't necessary And wher~ th~ceiling heightcan be
sm~1 is set in the mid-r~ion).
In the e~bodiments of F~aS. I through 3, FICS. Bl throu~h 83
~nd FIGS.115 through 128, ~heboari~g wall-co~u~ns k~eping the
hori~ontal be~ring cap~city of the frontage direction are
loc~ted i~ th~ mid region of the depth direction, by which the
outside parts of d~p~h dir~ction oan be deducsd the burden of
horizontal bearing c~pacityoffront~gedirecticln, the width of
the ~rontage directionof the colu~ns~nd walls in ~his p3rt c~n
bn sm~ll, and the ~reedom of plans ~nd f~exibility of
extensions and rebuildi~g of ch~mber~ in the outside of the
depth direction is re~ ed.
~For this re~son, the girder-h~i~ht ~n the mid-re~ion of the
;depth direction is larger compared with the ~irder-height in
~he outside of depth direction. It do~sn~ m~tter because Lhe
rooms such as water section etc. wharo dayli~htin~ ~ not
required and ceil;ng hei$ht can ~180 be s~J1 are set in thiQ
mid-ra~ion of the dep~h direction. Then, the ch~mbers such us
bedroo~s etc. where d~y1ighting is ~e~uired and ceilin~ heigh~
needs to be high c~n be set in th~ outside oF the depth
direction ~s the girder-height can be kept small.
26 In th~ roof layer, there ~re two m~thod6. The ~irst ~ethod i~
that the roof ~upports secondary structur~s ~B~ without the
primary ~tructure (A) being constructed upw~rds on the roof.
The second method i5 that the prim~ry str~oture ~A) is
~;constructed upwards on the rGof and 6upports secondary
30 structures (B). In the lE~ttor ca~e, in order to nllow the
f~eedo~ of plAn-oomposition and the fl~xibility for extons~on
~nd rebuildina of s~condsry ~truckure ~B), by the ~imi1ur
mo~hod to the c~s~ Of ground l~yor ~nd interm0di~te layer,
ther~ ~re th~ methods by k~eping th~ horlzontal bearing
C~pACity by constructing columns and wall~ ctc. upw~rd~ in the
,
.
'
: ., ~ , . . ~ :
', ` . ~ ,. : : . .
: ~ :: ''
~: ' , .: .:. :,
15~ 31~ 22:26 03 3229 61~2 AURI~r~t~l~i'r~t~ 0û6 P~0
mid-re~ion of the dopth direction of prin~Ary s~ructure, the
width ofcolum~ and w~llscons~ructed upward in thc outside of
depth direction [fscing the balcony and corridor side) kecps
~mall in the front~ge direction, ~nd ~l~o, th~ columns and
walls in the outslde ~f depth direction ~re not con~tructed
upward~ ~t ~ see FIGS~ 90-l through 94-l).
Theembodiments of FIGS. 81-lt~rough87-2 and FI~. B9 show the
case wh~n A prim~ry structure ~A) is not con3tructed upwards
~nd secondnry structure(B)i~ supported~sit is,by the roof.
In ~his case, though the e~tern~l form of secondary~ structure
(B) is re~ e~ the flexibtlity, the interior flexibilit~ is
restricted because of ~earing walls or braccs to bear
horizontal force o~ eArthquak~s and stron~ wind~. The
e~bodiments o~ S. 90-l through 9~ hat ~oi~e those
probl~m~, show the methods of conctructing upwards on the roof
of the primary structure (A) the walls, columns ~nd
wsll-columns of the pri~ary str~cture th~t bear horizontal
~orce o~ aarthquakes and strong winds to secondary structllre
(B3 and that~lao supportsaid secondary structure~B). ~y this
~U method, the bcaring wall and brace ~re not required inside the
~econdnry ~tructure which enhances the flexibility of the
inside.
The e~bodiments of FIGS. 90-l through 9l 3 and 93-1 show the
methods; by the si~ilAr ~ethod to the ~round layer and
inter~edi~te layer, by keepingthc horizontal be~ring oapacity
of the fronta~edir~ction brconstructin~the colu~ns and w~lls
etc. upw~rds in the mid-region of the depth dir~ction of
pri~ary structur~, ~nd ~y reducin~ the hori~ontal be~ring
30 C~pACity in the outside of the depth dir~ction, the width of
eolumn~ And wall~ constructed upwArd in th~ outside of depth
dlrection k~ep~ s~allin the front~godirection, and FIGS. 92-l
and 94-l show th~ method of not con~tructlng upward~ colu~ns
~nd wall~ in the outside of depth direc~ion, and thi~ ~ethod
: 35 enhanco~ th~ flexibillty for tho chamber pl~ns ~nd for the
' ,
.'.;
, , : , ~ - . ,: ~
19~1c~112~11EI 2 ~:2 7 0 '~ 3;~2 9 6~-72 AURI'J~?I`:~'J~ t 1:~"3 006 F'~l
:.
. ext.ension 3nd rebuilding in the out~id~ o~ depth dir~c~ion
; FIG. 91-3 ~hows the m~thod ShAt incr~ase~ the horizontal
bcAring ~pacity of primary structurr (A) by connecting the
upp0r ~ides of the be~ring w~ columns or the like that h~ve
been con~tructed upward~ by beam~.
These e~bodiments ~re the ca~e~ in which two bearing
wall-columns and two ~irders are set in the mid-re~ion o~ the
depth direction, and this mothod can be adopted in the ca~e of
or.e girder or more, too
3) Structur~l design
~ swill ~ementioned ]ater~the following ~LIuctural desi~n i.s
formed ~fter deciding whetherto adopt 'pri~ary dependent-type
second~ry structulel or 'pri~ry self-suppolt type secondary
structure', whcther to adopt the usag~ of roof layer or not,
1~ wh~th~r to adop-t'constructed upwardon roof layer'or not, and
~heth~r to ~dopt '~upport by vortical plane'~ 'suppor~ by
horizont~l plAnr~/ ~supyort by bot~ verticnl And horizont~l
plane', and in the case o~ adoptin~ 'support by vertical
pl~n~', whether to adopt 'ovsr~ll support' or 'limited
~upport'.
The si~e of thc primary ~tructure when ~dDptin~ '~rlm~ry
d~pendent type qacondary fitructure' is appropri~te if the
~ inside-~asur~m~nt involving t}le fini~h is tho si~e fulfilled
: funct.ionally required ~p~ce becauseof using the ceilings, thefloors ant th~ walls of primarY structure (A) as interior
; members. 1`he ~ize of prim~ry ~tructur~ when adop-ting 'primary
:~ self-support typ~ secondary ~tructur~' i6 reguired ~o be the
infiide-me~surement in which 'primary self-support type
secondary ~tructure' can be in~srted into prim~sy ctr~cture
(A). Th~n, by adoptin~ the 6ize of 'pri~ary self-support type
~econdary struoture', th~ 6iZ~ becom~ al9o lar~e enou~h to
.~ adopt 'prlmary depend~nt type ~econdary ~tructuro'.
The desi~n of girdors in th~ c~ Or ~ support by ver~ical
planc' need~ only to ~e desi¢nod in the horizont~l stres~., a~
the vertlcal lo~d by second~ry bearing memb~r~ is not
i' ~ ' ' .
, ,,
'' ' ' ' ~' ' :
''' ~ . ,
.' :' - ~`
IY92$12~31~ 2~':2~ OJ 32~9 6172 AURI~r~ "3 006 P2
!
52 ~$&~
tr~nsmitted. On the o~her hand, w~llB nnd colun~n6 ne~d ~v be
designed in Yertical losd by secondr~ry be~rin8 m~mber~ as woll
~s the hori~,ontal stress by caid vertlc~l lo~d. The desigrl of
gird~rs in the case o~ 'support by hori30ntal plane' ne~ds to
bo designed in the vertical load by secondary be~rin8 members
~8 well as the horizontal stress by s~id ~ertic~l lo~d. On the
other hand, the w~lls ~nd columns need the ordln~ry structur~l
de~i~ns to support said horizont~l plane. l`he design of
girdor~, w~lls ~nd columns in the case of 'sUpport by both
vertic~l and hori70nt~1 plan~' needs th~ ~bove-mentioned
s~ructur~l de~i~ns in the both case~ of 'support b~ ver~ical
plane' ~nd 'support by hori~ont~l pl~ne'.
In the rooflay~r constructing s~condary structure j~), i!l the
c~se which walls and columns supporting cecondsry members are
not constructed upwards, 'prim~ry self~3upport type secondary
~ structure' is adopt~d, and in the cas~ which walls ~nd columns
: supportingsocond~ry membors arecvnstructed upwards, 'primrl.r
d~endent t~p0 secondAr$ struoture' can be adopt~d. These
structursl design~ of girders, walls ~nd columns c~n be done
20 similarly to above m~ntioned dosi~n6. The load of these
secondary m~mbers cBn be calcul~ted e~timating the future
extensions of 6econd~ry structure ~B).
Onthe oth~r hand, the slab~4) iR structurally desi~ned based
on thc ordin~ry live lo~d ~nd iB co~pos~d so that it k~eps
25 enou~h whole 8tif~ness (the role of horizontal br~ce) with
girder (2).
~h~ po~itio~, the e~tent ~nd the p~rt ~or the snchors to
support the second~ry be~ring m~bers such a~ colu~s and
girdersetG.~ the second~rynonb0~ring ~embers ~uchasexternal
.~ 30 w~lls ~nd bound~ry w~115 etc., and the secorldary light-wcight
members ~uch ~8 furring StripQ~ w~ll trims ~nd hatracks etc .,
~ Are set up on the ooncrote of column~ (l), ~irders and be~ms
n ~2)~ wA}l~ (3), slab~ (4) bAs~d on the structural computution
~ t tho initial con~truction.
: 35
~ ; ' "' ' ~ ' .
.. . : , i
J I E3 ~ 'Y U J J~ ~9 ~i 1 7 2 AUR l 'ri ~'71~ 3 OO~i P2 3
53 ~ 3
Second~ry struct-lrc ~utline
(1) Secondnry structur~ composition elament
Secondar~ structuro (~) is compos~d o~ secorldary bearing
members such a~ main olumns, girdor6 and slabs, secondary
nonb~nring me~bers such as extarn~l wAlls~ boundary ~lls,
door~ ~nd windows (including the frame), partitions, furring
strips and f~undation~ for setting up qguipment rnachines,
xecond~ry llght-w~ight member~ ~uch ns finishes, furring
strip~, baseboards, wall trims, p~per holders and ha~racks,
~ 1~ othersecond~ryme~berssuchasequipmentpipings,and buildirlg
compo~ition members which are ~ttached on them.
Furthormore, ~econd~ry bearing m~mbers mainly sre u~ed in the
~labs ~nd ~irders of secondAry ~truc~ure (R) of more thar~ 2
floors t~ one layer in the ground lay~r snd inter~edinte
layar~, snd in the ~lnbs, ~ird~rs and columns of secondary
structuro ~R) which i~ built on ~he roof l~yer. Secondary
nonbe~rin~ men,ba.r~ can be u~ed in ~ll compo6ition types of
; ~rimary struc~ures ~A) regardle~s of composition types o~
primsry struc~ure (A). Furthermore, secondary li~ht-weight
members ~dhere to these n~ober~ can be uscd in ~ll compositi~n
type~ o~ primary ~tructure (A).
(2) Two secondhry structur~ co~posi~ions
Second~ry structure compo~itions are devided irlto the
following two types.
1) 'PrimAry ~lf-support type second~ry structure'
ThesecondAry structure~)is plac~don topof the roof layer,
or on th~ slab~ and ¢irder~ of thc primary structur~ (A) which
can be shown in pricr types of artifici~l land, and compo~es
hex~hedrnl structure independent ofthe prlmary structure (A).
For this roa~on, g~n~r~l buildin~s constructed on the lend can
bo u~ed and it i pos~iblq to realizethq industri~lization and
unltization, that is, to product the second~ry structure
co~plet~d lnclud:lng f~ni~h;n8 in f~otorie~, ~nd to enh~nce the
; pre~bricntion-r~te. In FIC. 86, the embod~ent of the
3S inter~di~t~ layer~ l~given, ~n~in ~IGS. 87-2through 89, the
,
"~
'
.',, : .
' , ' ' '
.' ' ' ' ' , .'
l~g2~]2~l3la ~2:30 ~ 3Z2Y 61~2 AU~ 'r~ J~ ~24
~2~ri ~3
~mbodiments~f 'primAry ~lf-support typ~ second~ry ~true~ure'
in th~ roof layer Are ~iven.
Tomnke full use of this sy~tem,it is n~ces~sry to er,hance th~
un;ti~tion-r~te so that the indu~trializAtion-rnte beco~es
hign. It is n~ce~sary for~econdary behri~ ~ember~ to take the
form of completed fra~e~ of columns and ~irders com~osing
solid~ e rect~n~ul~r parallol~piped, &nd for tha secondary
non~earing nlem~ers to be supported by the said ~econd~ry
baaring members, and for s~condAry light-weight membcr~ to be
supported by the s~id s~condary ~e~ri~g ~cmbers ~nd secondnry
n~nbearing members. Like this, it is necessary for the
6ecor~dary nonb~aring member~ ~nd the ~econd~ry l.ight-weight
~e~bers to take tho form (the depend~nce-r~te to the secorldary
bearin~ member~ by other second~rY members is high ) of
: 15 connecting and supporting with ~he primnry st~ucture (A~
through secondary ba~ring members in oost cases to ~nh~nce the
industri~lizati~n-rate of producti~nof secondary ~tructures.
;~) 'PrimAry dependent type secondary structure'
This'primarydep~ndenttype second~rystructur~' is developeA
:~~0 for the purpo~e of improvin~ the def~cts cf 'primary
self-suppor~ t~pe second~ry struoture' ~ mcntioned ~bove. In
o~her wbrd~,this ~ethod reducesthe ~tory heisht and deeren~es
the land and construction costs, by r~ducing the double
~tructure of primary structure~A) ~nd ~econdary structure ~B)
~5 arld by avoiding the overlap of member~, whiGh i~ the defect o~
'primary s~lf-~upport typ~ ~econd~ry structure'.
;.In 'primary self-support typc ~econdary structure', each
menber ofthe pri~nry ~tructure~A)~nd second~ry structure (B)
overlap in nl~o~t ~loments of thair composition~. Because of
30 th~t, the con6truetio~ cos~ incrc~so, the story height
incr~scs, nnd ~he l~nd cost nl~oincr~u~e becnuse th~ building
c~n not be built to full cnpacity o~ building volu~e r~ta~ for
the s~ke of sh~dow regul~tions ~nd the restrict of height of
obliquo line.
For th~tre~on~ 'primnryd~pendent typ~ seoond~ry structure',
.. :.
~.. ___ .. .. _ .. .. ... _
.
~-: , ' ,' . . ' : : ' . ' , :
' . , ~ .' . .
- . : . . :,
12~ ;1E1 22:~11 03 322'J 617~ AU~ f'~ t~` 3 r~o~ P~5
which r~duces ov~rl~pping of m~mber~ by m~king seoondary
~cmbers depend on prim~ry Qtructure (A), i8 ~dvsnta~eous.
This 'primRry dcpendent type second~r~structure' i~ ~ sy~te~
~hat set~ not only second~ry be~ring members, but secondary
nonbe~ring m~mber~ nnd 3ccondary ll~ht-w~ight members,
directly ~o the primary structure (A) ( in many c~scs, h~ithout
interaction with uecondE~ry bearin~ members). For this reason,
this building system can omit th~ second~ry b~ring mem~ers,
~econdary nonbe~ring m~mbers, and ~econdary light-~eight
IU members thnt c~n be subs~ituted by the primary structure lA).
Becaus~ in this 'yrim~rydependent type secondnr~ ~truet~lr~',
~econdary beArin~ member~ need not complete solid frames ~fi
~entioned ~bove, '~rim~ry self-support type secondary
etructur~3s ' naeds the column6 ~nd ~irder~ of v~rtice.1 members
15 ~x th~ secondar y bearin~ memt)~rs compose the cornplet~d ,olid
l`r~me~e~g~rectangular p~rallel~piped; the second~ry b~rin8
mcm'oerR c~n not be omitted as ~econdary nonbearing mem~ers arld
: secondary li~h-t-weight ~lembers nec~ss~rily are conn~c~e~ to
second~ry bearir~g members, ) And ee~oh secondary be~ring mem`oer
is sct to the primary ~tructure (A) ~nd is supported by the
prim~rystructure ~A~, a-ld other se-~ondury bearing mombersollly
to co~pl~te ~olid frAme~ c~n be o~itted ~for ex~mple, when
making second~ry beArin~ member~ ~uch as girders directly
upported b~ primAry struct.ure ~A), secondary be~rinK members
such as column6 th~t support s~id girder~ c~ b~ omitted).
Next, in 'pri~ry -~lf-suppor~ type seco~dAry struct,ure', as
secondary nonbe~rin~ m~bers ~nd seco-~d~ry light-welght
member~ can be ~et to ~econdary bearing mcmbers and do not need
to t~pend on tho primary structure (A), i~ is pos~ible to
: 30 con~plete to the interior finishing from skelton in factories,
~nd therefore, ~oid ~econdary mcmbers ne~d complete solid
fr~mes in itself. ~ut, thi8 sy~tcm is to Yet ~nd ~upport
~econd~r~ nonbeurin~ members and ~econd~ry li~ht-wei~ht
me~ber~ dir~ctl~ to the pri~ry ~tructure ~A) (in ~any cases,
36 without the lntermediate of secondAry b~aring ~embor~), and
!
.:
..~
~ , : ' ' '
',
. ~ . ,.
IY92~ 2:32 03 3229 6l7~ AURlri~q~P~"3 OG6 P2~
o6 ~ ~ g ~ r3
therefore c~n omit numerous parts (for example; the parts of
secord~ry members which face wslls, ~loors, And cellin~ of
prim~ry structuro IA)) of seoondary nonbearin~ msDIbers and
secondary light-~ei~ht ~embers whioh can b~ ~ub~tituted by
primary structure lA). Consequently nll men~ion~d abo~e, tt~iB
system c~nomit n lotof ov~rlappin~ of secondary structure (B ~
and primary ~tructure ~A~ and lead~ to story h~ight reduction
because the slabs and girders do not b~come doubled or tripled
~becnu~e in '~ri~ary self-sup~ort ~ype second~ry structuro',
slabs ~nd girders of pri~ary structure (A) are placed botween
slnbs and girders of seconuary structure ~
As mentioned above, comp~red with 'pri~lury self-support type
secondary structure' of prior artificial land, this 'primLIry
d~pendent secondary structure' reducqs the constru~tion cost
~nd the land cost by omittin~ overlappin~ ~f pr~mury ~tructure
~A) and secondnry structure ~R~, keeping the lond of the
: ~econd~ry structure (B) s~all, ~eeping the load of the prilllary
structure ~A) sm~ll, which furthermore leads to ~tory hei~ht
reduction. Furthermor~, as the supportin~ p~rt of the prior
artificisl land is only limited to the horizontal plane of
primary Rtructure tA). the flexibility of Yecondary structure
: (B) iB ll~ited. ~hi~ ~ystem cnn improYe ths probl~m; that is,
a~ s~condary members ~re ~upported not only by the hori~on~al
plane of primary 6tructure (A) but also by the ver~lcal plane,
thi~ 3y~temexpands the supportextent of secondary mem~er~ And
also ~i~nificantl~ increases the fle~ibility of second~ry
~tructure (~).
3) Proper U~Bge of ~ep~rAte use and combined u~e
As will bo ~entiJned later, ~primsry self-support type
30 ~cond~ry ~ructure ' cnn be used on both inter~ediate lsycr~
nnd roof lu~cr. ~Prl~nry d~p~ndent type secondnry ~tructurc'
oan b~ usod in interm~diAte layers and only on th~ roo~ layers
whan the primary ~tructure is con~tructed upwards. Also,
'yrim~ry ~elf-support type ~3econd~lry ~tructure' iB very
35 disadvantageous, wherl tho primElry structure ~A~ is 1 floor/ 1
,
,
.
:
. . .
-. - , - ~: : ,.
199~12~31~ 22:33 03 3"29 6172 AURI~iJ?~ t~`'3 i~06 ~27
S7 ~ tl 3
l~yer, so '~ri~ry dependent type seoond~ry ~tructure' is
generally ~do~tted. Reg~rding th~ reduction of the n~a~imum
h~i~ht of B building, adoptin~ 'primary dependent ty~e
secondAry ~truoturo' on the ground layer and intermedi~te
lsyers, snd on the roof l~y~r, ~dopting 'primary aelf-support
type se~ondary ~ructurel orlpri~ary dependent type sec.ondary
structure' thnt h~s ~ roof p~r~ made of ~econ~ary stru~ture
will n~BXimi3e the reduction in height.
~ support ~ys~eml s~condsry me~ber~ cotnposition ~nd prim~ry
St-'UCtUl`~ St,lUOt~lr~l deSigrl.
(1) Sec~nd~ry me~ber class;fication.
To reali~e th~ fle~ibility of the ~econdsry ~ruct~re ~ nd
; the structural econom~, it i~ ~dvant~g~ous to cl~s~lfy
secondary mombers; ~o secondary ~e~ring memberswhicn arelleavy
~nd gi~e strOng lnflusnca to pri~lar~ structure ~A)~in c~ses of
gen~ral use, including steel frame or PC me~bers, e~cluding
'woo~en and other light s~condary bearillg member3'; it will be
men~ioned later regardin~ 'wood~n and other llght secondary
~0 besring me~ber~'); secondary nonbe~ring member~ which are not
~o h~avy,~ed inn~any pl~ces and do not have ~strong in~lucnc~
to primarystruoture(~) secon~arylight-weightrnembers,~hich
are li~ht, us0d in more places and more frequentl~; and
e~u;pmen~ piping~. lt i~ ~lso a~v~ntaeeous to di~ide esch
25 supporting extent in accordanca with~ach classificationof the
s~oondary members.
(2) 'Support ~ystem of secondary b~sring ~e~berj'
R~3tricting the position and the ext~nt for supporting snd
connecting 3eeond~ry beAring ~embers to the column~, girdere
30 ~nd the cquiv~lent ~upport ~trength part.~ ~f a pri~ary
structur0 ~A) will solve the defect of the prior arti~icial
l~ind. The prior artificlal lsnd hasdefects like the following.
Tho ~up~ortsy~tom by the horizontail platform ~ucha~ 91abs and
~mall be~ms ctc. of yri~ary s~ructur~ of the yrior artificinl
l~nd typ~ incr~asos the live load act~d on this hori~ontal
.. ~
.
i ~ : .
. :, . ~. - .
. . .
,. ~, . :
.
1~132~12~131EI 22:33 03 3229 ;il72 AURl'J~;f'71`;~ ` 3 U06 P2~
~ J~ 3
58
platfor~ moræ th~n the u8u~1 situ~tion ~when the secondary
~tructure ~ fixed ~-ithout h~ving concern for the
correspondencs of th~ future)by as8uming the concerltrated lo~d
of secondary member~ under this a~su~ptior as well a~ by
nssu~ing the m~ximum load in accordance with the variation of
secondsry strùcture ~B)in the future. ~or6ever, this leads the
slab s~ction to largo, ~nd takes the forn~that ne~ds many small
be~s, and therefore increa6ss the ~ead lond of the hori~ontal
platfor~ itself, and increases the structural load o~ the
primar~ structure. Thi~ matter not only incrcases the cost of
~he hori~ont~l platfolm itself, but ~ls~ increases the load of
the girders,columns, shear wnll~or the like that support thi~
platfor~ and ~ore increases the load corresporlding horizontal
force such a~ ~eismic for~e, whlch incresses the cost of the
whole s~eleton, making the building uneconomic.
As this s~pport system by the columns ~nd be~ms of primary
structùre ~A) r~st~icts the support-position for the loa~s of
s~condnry bearin~ membersto the p~rt th8t has merit from loRds
put tog~th~r (g~nerslly, in u live load calculation, it is
advuntngec~us for the part that lo~d~ are put togsther so that
dacre~s~d coo~ficient ncts)~ the system can c~rry ~ore load
th~n the ~upport syste~ where a 108d is supported by slab ~nd
~mAll bea~ or the like, ~nd can ~lso carry sufficient
concentr~tadlo~d rro~secondary ~mberQ.~herefore, it i9 vcry
2S advantn~00us thn~ the assumption of extra incre~se of this
colllmns snd girder~ to allow for thi~ eoncentr~ted load in the
liv~ load value of seoondnry ~e~b~rs is not nacessary because
of the pArt hhere loads nre put to~ether, Even if extr~
incresses Al'e neoded~ this syste~ needs only extr~ increases
for th~ vnlue~ of the live loads th~t ~ro put to~ether in the
pnrts such ~s the ~irderA, oolu~ns, .~eismic resistlng wulls.
Also, the prior ~rtifici~ nd type h~ effect6 for the both
lncroA~ of lo~d to airders~nd columns by ths increAsc o~ live
lo~d on the sl~b and by the increA~e of dead load of sl~bs ~nd
3~ ~mull beamswith thisincrease ofli~e loAd, But this ~y~tem has
`:
~. . .
' ~ : . ' : . ;: , , . -
,
1 9 9 2 ~ 1 2~ 3 1~3 2 2: 3 4 O ~J 3 2 2 9 t; l 7 .~ UR ~ " 3 O i) 6 F~2 9
i6~
noL such eff~cts, and therefore, the increase in cost of whol~
buildin~ ~keleton c~n ~ mini~ized. This can be done because
this system is a syste~ in which the lo~ of secondAry bearing
members that ~rc he~vy is not transrnitted to slab~ or smMll
besms, and becaus~ of this, the ~lab~ or ~mall beams ean be the
~ame in thicknese and intervAl ba6ed on the ordinary loa~ such
as general type buildings.
From the reusons ~lention~d above, by thi~ support syste~, the
prim~ry structure ~A) can be achieved skeleton which are not
very diffe~nt from ordinary buildin~ skeletons (by ~dopting
'prim~ry depen~ent type secondary structure', which exclu~es
~uch as po~sible the overl~pping of primnry str~lcture (A)
~nd secondary oembers, the load o~ the secondary structure tB)
is not so large and almos~ equ~l to the load of ordinary
buildings excluding the skeleton), or may only be due to the
~ CoSt-inCreASe in the beMring part Gf girders, col~lmn~ or
`, seismic r~sisting walls ~nd thus this 9up~0rt system is ~ very
~dvMnta~eous method compMred with n prior artificial l~nd.
Also, this system can be applied to both 'primary self-support
Sype ~econd~ry etructur~ a-d 'pri~ary sel~-support type
secondary struct~re'.
: Furthermore,this ~thod ls, as mentiened ab~ve, thosy~tem in
:~ . which ~he lo~d o~ ~econdAry bearin~ ~mbersthat isheavyis not
tr~nsmitted to ~lAb~ und small be~ms, and there~oreoontributes
~o story h~ight r~duction by keepin~ the s1~b-~etioll snd
beAm-h~ight ~mall ~long with the girder~h~ight to which the
lo~d ~s transmitted. On top of that, thiQ sy~tem will make
possible th~ flexibilityof the poBitiOn of watersec~ions tha~
. 30 will be mentioned later, and is ~n indi8pen~ble methGd for
story hei~ht reduction. Furthermore, this syst~m al90 has the
~ l~ter mentioned ef~f~ct of w~torproofing for t~he supportin~
conne~t~on of ~condary ~omb~rs on w~terproof~d 51~bs on the
; roof l~yer ~nd inter~edlata l~Yer8.
35 ( 3 ) ' Support ~y~tem of seoond~ry beArin~ ~mbers by prlmary
.:
,'~
: .
:,~ . ~ :
. ~ .:
: : .~ .
:,:
1 '3 ~ 2 ~ 1 2 F~ 3 1 ~ 2 c': 3 5 ~! 3 ~ Y 6 1 ~ Z AU~ t'~ " 3 I~ O b F' J U
2 ~ 3
column~ nnd beams'
The ~ollowing ~xpl~ins the eompo~ition9 of 5econdary b~aling
me~her~ and the support ~y~tem of a primary ~tructure, by this
isuppor~ ~y~to~ of secondnry bearinB memb~r by p~i~ary column
and ~m~. The explan~tionwill be done in the c~se of more than
~ floors/ l lay~r on the in~ermediate layer of primary
st,ructure ~A). Th~ c~se of the ro~f layer ar1d the case of 1
floor~ l layer will be expl~ined lAter. The suppor-t syste~ o~
the secondary members and second~ry ~tructure ~ B) by the
lO primary structure (A) lnt.he c~se of more than 2 floors/ l layer
in ~he interm~di nLe l~y~rs of a primary structure tA1 can be
diYided into the rollowin~ three ~yste~.
1) 'Support syst~m by primary vertical plane'
The first system, shown in ~ICS. l, ~ 3, 3 I through 3-7
(secondary; steel frAmes), and FIGS. 96-1 through 96-6
tsecondary: wooden construction; ordinary, 2 X 4)1 is A syste~
~hich is struc~urallydesigned so that the lat~ral sides ol`the
eolumns or the wull which has the support-str~ng~h equi~alent
to th~ columns of the primary structure ~A; (~uch as bearing
~alls, wall~ of wall-type rig.id fr~mes; hereinafter, itwill be
c~lled ~the equivalent wall'), that is, the verticu} plane of
primary strustur~ ~A) can support th~ secondary benring
memb~rs, ~nd the seoondary nonbeAring memb~rs ~nd secondary
light-wei~ht ~e~ber~whichis ut~ached on thesecondary beuring
'~ ~5 ~embers (h~r0inafter, it will be called 'the support system by
;~ pri~ary vertical plane').
~,' This sy&te~ is fit n~t only for 'primary dependent type
secor~dary struetures', but ~l~o for 'prim~rysel~-support.~ype
second~ry structura'. Thi~ system h~s a particular advanta~e
~0 wh~n a prim~r~ qtructure (A) i8 structurally d~signed ~o that
the horizontal member6 such a9 the beams, slabs and the
~ finish~ ctc. th~t Are ~ttached on ~hem o~ ln~ermediate floor~
o~ socondary structurcs ~B) c~n be supported by the vert~cal
plane ofoolu~ns or 'oquivalent wall~'of the pri~ary structure
). This syoten~ i~ re~tricted to supportin~ the hori~ontal
: ~ . ' ~ , `', . .' ' '
,
2~31~ 2~ ~6 ()3 3~2~ ~l7~ AURl~r~ r~ 3 ~ 6
6~ f~ ~ ~
member~ such as the bcams r~nd ~labs of interi~ediAte floors of
secondr~ry structur0 (B), arld has no overl~ppin~ of ~ernber~ of
thi~ primary structure and secondary structure nor ov~r}appin~
of loAd trAn~mii3sion routes o~ the primary 6tructure and
sec~ndary stru^ture. Therefore, it i6 B sy~tem with the
8imple5t ~econdury members' composi-tion in 'prirnary dependent
typc Recondary struQture~,~ndthu~ becomrasvery r-~cononlical for
the second~ry structure ~B). By this systelll, the number of
anchors of pri~uary structure (A) can be fe~, and further~or~,
the As~umption ofthe r;econdary members' loads that acts on the
c~lumns ~r 'e~uivulent ~lls' of pri~ry structure (A) c ~n be
comp~r~iYely simple. Ilowever, co~p~red wi~h 'the support
system by priinary horizont~l plane' rrien~i~ned later, the
hc,ri~,ont~l stress of primAry stri~cture (A) ~t earthquake e~c~
16 becomes large and therofore is a disadvantage upon the
structural an~lysis ~nd the horizont~l b~arin~ capAcity. But
when r~strictir.,g the ~upport-positioY~ of secondary structure
by primary sLructure (A), i.e., the ~lexibility u~ l~hr~
verticAl level of interi~lcdi,~te floorr~ Is~e ~Ii3S. 3-3, 3-4, and
3-6, i~ cr~se3 of 2 floors/ l laycr ~ primary struc~ure, the
po~ltions of the v~rtic~l le~i316 of interm~diate floors ~an ~e
res~rict~d accordi~g to thece;lin~ hei~ht), the disadvan~ges
of the primury structure ~A~ upon the hori~ontal bearin~
c~p~rity and structural analysis are relieved, the qtructural
cnloulation bec~s easier, and th~ number of anchor~ can also
be reduc~d. Prim~ry structure (A) by this sy6t~m i~ ~uit~ble
for wall-type structures th~t ~a~e ~any columns and beAring
wAll~, and for w~ll-type rigid fr~me s~ructures.
2) 'Support oy~;tem by prim~ry horisontal plane
Th~ second sy~tem, shown in FIGS~ 4, 5, ~ hrough 6-12, 7, 8,
9 ¦~econdarY; ~t~el frnmc~, FIaS. 96-3 throll~h 95-6
(s~cond~ry: wood~n construction: ordin~ry, 2 X 4 ), has a
~tructurnlly de~igr~ed primary structure BO ILnAt second~ry
bearin~amber~,nndsecondnry nonbcnrln~memb~rs and secondary
36 li~ht-wei~ht~e~bcr8whichi~ attachedonthe ~econdary be~ring
:
:;'
' .
,
- . . .
:~ . :: :: :: .
.: :
I ~! J ~ ~ 1 21~ 3 I FJ 2 '~`: J ~ 3 '3 2 ~ ~J t~ . 7 2 ~U~ " 3 1~ ll 6 I-' :J .'
6~
member~ and second~ry nonbe~ring ~m~rs c~n be supported on
t.he upper, lower and lateral sides of the beams or the ~labs
th~t have the same support-strength (parts of slab that hav~
thc structur~l functio~equivalent to beam~ iuch ~s void slabs,
S l~Ltice be~m ~labs, which ~ill be called 'eguivalent slnbs'
herein~f~er) of a primnry ~tructure, i.é., by the horizollt~l
plarle of ~ primar~ structure (A~ (hereinaftor, it will bc
cslled the 'support sy~tem by pri~ary hori$ontal plane').
This ~ystem is fit no~ only ror 'primary depend~nt type
secondary structure7, but also for 'primary selr~support type
~econdary s~rmcture' as in FICS. ~-11 and 86. This system hss
ap~rticulAr~dvantagewhen aprimAry structureis structurally
de~igned so that the horizontal pl~ne of the ~irders or
'equivalent slabs' of the primary structure can su~port the
1~ verti.onlD~nlberssuch~s columns~hich support beams, ~labs and
the finishes which is attAched on them of secondary structure
(B) tth~ composition of secondary structure ~) in this case
take~ the form th~t the horizontR1 mambers such as beams of
'intermadiate floor~ of the ~condarY structure ~) are
:~20 support~d by the vcrtical m~mbers such B~ colu~ns whose ends
.'nre supportad by ~ primary structure).
Furthcrmore,upon structural plnnning,this system suppor~ing
both ends of vertic~l rnembers ~uch as columns of secondary
~tructurc ~B) by a primary structurf ~A~ ~nd forming the ~ap
betw~en th~ verticAl memb~ræ such 8s column~ o-f seconda.ry
ætructur~ (B) and the colum~ or wAlls of primary structure
(A), ~nd mAintainin~ ln a ~apwh~n horizontal loadæ ~ct sllch as
during earthguakes, has Asp~cial ~dvant~ge. Also, in 'prim~ry
self-support type secorldary ætructure'~ this ~dvantage ia the
~ame (apart from the f~ct that the upper and lower ends o~
vertical mcmbers such a5 columna of ~econdary structure (B)
support0d by primary ~ruct~r~ (A), ara mutually connected by
~econdary ~e~ring ~omb~rs ~uch a~ bcams and girder~, it is the
~me s0cond~ry bc~rlng m~mber oompo~ition with ~primary
dcpend~nt ~Ype secondary ~tructurc'). Th~t i~, the sy~t~rn has
; ---- ........ , _
~,
, .
; . . ,
:, . .
i39~12~31~ ~2:3~ 03 ~29 61~2 AUR1~ "3 ~Oo P~3
63 ~ s~
~ ~p~cial ~dvantage ~n that it forma a gap bet~een the ver~ical
memb~r~ such B~ columnB of 6econd~ry be~rin8 ~ember~, arld th~
~alls~ column~ of a prim~ry structure ~A), and prevent~ t.hem
from ~ont~c~ each other (see FIGS. 6-11 ond 86).
5 Horizontal lo~s sueh as earthquakes do not act on ~he columns
- or WA11S of a primary structure (A). FOI~ this reMson,
structur~l calculation beco~es po~sible bytreating the luad of
s~condary ~tructure ~ s a l ive load, sn~ the assu~ion o~
live load c.an also be comparativ~ly eAsier. Also, because the
10 load is trnnsmittcd only t~ the horizontal plane of the beAms
or the likc Or primary structur~ (A) whichis advMntageous upon
horizontal bearing capacity and not to the vertic~l pl~nes of
the colu~ns and walls orthe like of the primary structur~ (A),
the horiæontMl ~tres~ distribution st times of earthquakes
15 becomes A great adv~nta~e. The ~tructural analy~is ~nd the
calculAtionofhori~o~tMl stressestothe primarystructur~ are
~ also simpllfied. Mor~over, the nu~ber of anchors of primary
; .~tructure ~A)becomes 19SS compared~iththe 'supportsyst~m by
bothprimar~ertical and hori~ontalplnne'~s mentioned later.
20 Howe~er, this secondary structure oomposition requires
consider~ble the stiffness for th~ vertioal me~bers such n~
oolumns of th~ seoondary structure the both ends of which ar~
supp~rtcd by aprimary structure (A). Also1when the horizontal
,~ plane of the prim~ry ~tructure (A) ~uppor~ only one ~nd o~ the'~ 25 both ends, brAces or seismic re~istin~ walls of the interior of
th~ econdary structure are requir~d, losing the flexibili~y.
The prim~ry struotur~ (A) by thi~ ~ystem does not r~quire the
columns ~nd bellring w~ th~t support s~cond~ry structure (B)
: ~nd is suitable for pure rigid fr~
303) ~Support sy~t~m by both pr1m~ry vertic~l ~rd hori20rlt~
plane~'
The th~rd ~yst~m,r~hownin FlGS. 10, 11,12, 12-1 through 12-10
~s~condelry st~ei fr~me~ nd FICS. 96-7 throu~h 96-12
. ~
., (~econdsry~ wooden construction; ordin~ry, 2 X 41, is the
r 35 4~$t~m ~tructur~llydesi~ned~oth~ts~oond~ry b~arin~ members,
".
.,
,, . . . .. _ ... _ _ ~ . . ,, _
.. `~ :
:,
.;
. .
3 1 E3 2 2: 3 9 0 3 3 ~ 2 9 1i 1 7 ~ f~ ~J~ 'J ~ 0 6 P ~ 4
64
and nonbearin~ ile~bers and light-~eight membcr~ which are
~ttach~d mn th~ ~econd~ry bearin~ memb~rs, can be support~d on
the upp0r s~des, lowe~ sid~, lateral sides ~f .he columns or
'equivalent walls' and the bea~s or 'eguivalent slabs' of a
primary structure, i.e. by both vartic~l nnd horizontal planes
of a primary structure ~A) (herein~ter. it will be ca~.led
'~upport systc~ by b~th rrimary v~rtic~l ~nd horizon~al
plane'),
Inthisca~,the estination of thc ~aximum support-load in the
vertic~l pl~ne of the primary structure ~A) is the same as in
the ca~of 'xupport syst~mby primary vertic~1 plane', and the
estimativn of th~ maximumsuppor~-lo~d in the horizontal pl~ne
of primary structure (A) 1~ the same ns in the ca~e of 'su~ort
~ystem by prim~ry horizont~l plane'~ By these estimations of
th~ load it i~ structur~lly desi~ned. In this case, both
~upporting forms of secondnrystructure lB) by 'support systen~
`~by prim~ry ~ertical plan~ and by 'support syst~m by primary
hori~ntal plan~' become possible and thorefore the m~imum
Plexibility i~ obt~ined.
~;20 Mor~ov0r, the abo~e-mentioned problem o the 'fiupport system
by prim~ry horizont~l pl~n~ re6tr~nin8 the int~rior
flexibility by sei~mic resisting wall~ nnd brnc~s cnn be solved
Al 50,
This system is fit not only for 'p~imary dependent typc
secorld~ry structures',but ~lso for 'primary self-support type
secondary s~ructure', shown in FIG. 12-9. This 8y8tem i8
advuntageous e~peciAI Iy ~hcn it i~ Qtructurally de3igned so
that mainly horizontal member~ such ~s beams ~nd slAbs of
8econd~ry structur~ (B) and v~rtiool m~b~rs 3uch AS column6
and Lho ~inish thnt is attnch~d on them c~nbe sllpported by both
vertical plhn~ ~nd hori~ont~l planes of th~ columns or
'oquivulent walls' and th~ b~ams or 'e~uiv~lent sl~bE' of a
priMAry ~truct-~r~ thi~ ca~e,iti~ AdvAntA~eou~ bec~us~ the
flexibility of ~econdary ~ructUre (B) wbich is support~d by
pr.im~ry tru~tur~ (A) becomes gro~ter.
.,; ... . .
..
, .~...... . .
19~2~12~31~ 22:~0 03 3229 61-f2 AUR1'r~-J~ "3 006 P~5
~ 3
i Similarly, ~ the 'suppvrt ~ystem by pri~ary vertical
plane', in the c~se which r9striot8 thn supported position of
secondary structure (B) by A primAry ~tructure ~A) (i.e., tho
extent of flexibility of vertical level for lntermsdiate
5 floor), l.e., in the case which restricts the ~upportin~
position of th~ columns or 'equivalent wails' of a primary
structule ~see FICS. 12-~ an~ 12-8), the disadvantages vr the
horizontal ~aring CapQCity of the prim~ry~ructure (A1and o~
structur~l nnalysis is relieved, and therefore the ~tructural
10 calculation becomessimpified, ~nd the numberof anchorscan be
r~duced further.
'rhe prim~ry structure by this system is ~uita~la for wall-type
structure~ and wall-type ri~id fr~me structures that ha~e many
columr1~ ~nd bearing Wall5, such a~ in the f irst system.
Ia Described above ~re the three 6ystems. Th~e three sys1:ems
would bechosen by the structur~l form ofprim~ry structure (A)
a~ mentioned nbove, the choico of ' primsry self-support type
se~ondury structure' or 'pri~ary dependent typc secondary
~t~ucture' and the flexibility ~nd the economical viewpoint.
20 ~) 'Support ~ystem on roof l~yer'.
:~ Next, '~up~ort system ~n roof layer' and secondary boarin6
~ 1nembers compo~ition will be explained. The usa~e of the roof
. ~
layer create~a ~ense of living in adotach~d housP ~nd hns much
~ charm. Not only i fi i t advanta~eou~ for reducing the
`- 25 construction cost, but ~lso forreduci~ the land cost as well.
ThAt is b~c~use th~re i~ a lvt of the roof ~lexibility of the
aecondary structure, the shep~ of the roof can freely
aorrespond to the sh~dow r~gul~tions and obllqu~ lin~ limit~,
therororo more s-torey~ can ba built~ and moreover, the
~0 con~truction co~t will bo ch~apor than building made of ~C if
industri~lized housi~g is adopted.
The roof l~y~r us~s the same support ~y~tam expl~ined sbove,
:~ but n concr~tc for~ wlll bo explaln~d in the follvwing.
,~ l) 'Support 6y8~0~ of prim~ry noncon~truct~d upward typ~ on
,~ 35 roof layer'.
.'........................................................................ .
~ ", ~ .
-.'. : . '` '. .
,
J99~12~31~ 22:4n 03 J22J 6]72 ~URI~7~ `3 ~06 F~
66 '~ 3
The co~position of second~rY structure in this system of -
simply ~ettinB indu~tri~lized hou~ing on the roof becomes
'primAry sel-supporting type 3econdary atructure'. Thi~
ys~em i~ the ~othod of Rimply plsci~g Y~cond~ry structur~s on
the roof lAyer and ~upporting it, snd ~dopts the 'support
system by prim~ry hori~.ontal plane' as mentioned ~bove. The
difrerellc~ between this eystem ~nd ground layerJ in~ernlediat~
layers is that there sre no upper ~upporting horizontal planes
in this syste~. That is, this system is structursll~ desi~ned
1~ so ~hat secondary bearing members and the norlbealing ~embers
and light-weight members ~hich ~re attached on th~m c~n be
supported on the upper and lAterAl sides of the beams or
'equivslent ~l~bs' (void sl~bs, p~rts of slabs whlch have the
sa~ ~un~ti~n ~ benms of l~tt;ce b~4m sl~b~) of the roof of a
1~ pri~ary structure ~hereinafter, it will be called 'support
~y~em of prim~ry nonoonstructed upward type on roof layer').
Thi~ method incre~ses the fl~xibility of the e~tern~l form of
th~ ~econd~ry structure but restrict~ the flexibility o~ the
ir~terior bcc~u~ it reyuires b~Arin~ w~ and braces inside
the sccond~rY ~tructure~
FICS. 87-1, 87-2 and ~Y ~re the embodiment of ~hls system.
The~e embodiments are the C~9~ when ~nchors for the second~ry
be~ring member3 ~re set up ononly onthe upperor lateral sides
of the beams ~r 'equivalsnt sl~bsl of roo~ }~yers o~ primary
structure (A) ~nd only supportthe vertic~l ~embers such as ~h~
column5 o~ ~econdary bearing members, ~nd the hori20ntal
m~mb~rs ~uch ~s the column~ of upper floorR sre ~pported by
6aid vertic~l members (~UppOl`t system bg primar~ horizontal
pl~ne' A~ mentioned Abov~). In thi~ case1 it iq advanta~eous
bec~u~e the 1exi~illty of the Eeond~ry structure increa~es.
: ~IGS. 88-1 through 88-3 show the c~se~ ~h~n ~eis~ic isolators
~22) m~d~ of rubber be~ring~ or the 1Ike ore ~et up on
rec~t~cle~ (12) which ~re connaot~d to anchors ~t ~ppointed
positions in the prim~ry structur~ nd the second~ry
3tructur0 ~B) is supported by thos0 seismic i~olAtor~ (22). 8y
'
.~
~ ' ` '' " ~:'
`~
': ` ` ~ '
`` '. .
-
~.
1992~ 31~ 22;qi 03 3229 617~ AU~ it~`'s ~ 6 P37
~ 7
doing thi~, the seismic force that acts upon the sscon~Qry
s~ructure ~ nd pri~ary structure (A) c~n be raduc~d.
2) 1Support sy8t~m o~ prim~ry con~tructed upward type on roof
layer '
S ~he 'pri~ry dep~ndent type sacondary s~ructur~' ~entioned
~bove i~ effective in solving these probl~s. That is~
constructing upw~rds columns or 'aquivalent ralls' (be~rin~
wAlls, w~lls of w~ type rigid fra~es) of a primary structure
~A) on the roo~ layers of the prim~ry structure (A), adopting
the 'support Eystem by prim~ry vertical plnne' or 'support
systsm by both plilnaryvertical and hori~ontsl pl~ne~ mentioned
: ~bove, supporting s~condary bearing horizontal members of
~econd~ry structur~ by s~id columns or ~equivalent ~alls~ of
the pri~ry structure ~A) which h~d b~en con~tructed upwards,
or bythe beams or 'equival~nt slab~' of tha roo.~ ~fthe primary
: ~tructure, and m~kin~ said column~ or 'equivalent walls which
had be~n constructPd upwards supyort the seismic forces o~ the
s~cond~ry ~tructur~.Bydoing this,the be~ring w~ or brace~
:~ inside the secondAry structure ~ra not ~ec~ssary ~nd the
20 flexibility of the interior incre~ses. N~mely, this support
~y~tem constructs upwards column~or 'equiv~lent w~ ' on the
roof o~the pr~ry ~tructuro ~tructur~lly de~ign~d sothat the
upp~r sides, lat~r~l sides of s~id colu~ns or ~quiv~lent
w~lls~ constructed upward~, and thc upp~r ~idas, later~l sides
25 of thc beams or 'eguivAl~nt sls.bs' o the roof of primary
structure (A), c~n ~upport th~ hearin~ members of 6econdary
8tructures, andthe nonbearinB ~ember~un~ ligbt-weight~bers
which are attached Gn said bqurln~ mo~ber~ ~h~reinufter, it
,~ will bo c~lled the 'support ~ystem of primury con~tructed
upw~rd type on roof l~yer').
Thi~ supportsy~tema~n adopt~bov~-~entioned ~supportsystem
`: by prim~ry v~rticAl plane~ or Isupport ~yst~ by both pri~ry
vertic81 and hGrizont~l plane~, ~nd th~ diffarerlca in '~upport
ny~t~ by both pri~ry v~rtical and hori~ontul plune' between
thi6 c~ nd th~ c~3e udopted in ~round i~y~r.s and
;~
,, .
.. . .
,. .
'.`:' :
~392~12.~31~ 2~:~2 ~13 3~29 6172 ~U~ " 3 Ol~fi l'J8
6B ~ ~I$ ~ 3
intermediate lsyers, is that there ~se no hori~ont~l planes
that can support upwsrd in this c~se. a ~ 'Support system by
prim~ry vertic~l plane'.
ThiR '~upport system b~ pri~ary vertica1 plhne~ is a system
5 th~t structurAl de~ign is done so that th~ bearing members of
- secc~ndary str~cture and thier attnching nonbe~rin~ members and
light-weight ~embor~ can b~ suppctrted by the upper sides,
lat-?ral ~ides ~f said columns or equivalent walls constructed
u~wards. The cther dst~ils o~ this 6ystem are the s~me as in
Above-mentioned 'support system by prim~ry ~erticAl ~ n~'.
~ IGS. 90-1 through g~-3 and 93-1 show the e~bodi~ents of this
~y~tem. The~e are the Ga~R whon the columns or equivalent
walls uf ~ primary structure ~A) are constructed upw~rds on the
roof l~yer of the primary structure ~A), Anchors for second~ry
bearing me~bers are set up only on the upper sid~s and l~teral
sides o~ s~id colu~ns and walls, and s~id ~nchors support the
secondary be~ring me~lbers and be~r the horizont~l-,tres~ ~uch
aY earthquakes acted on ~he sectnd~ry structure
~above-~entioned 'support system by pri~ary vertical plane').
Z0 ~.'Support ~y~to~ by both priu~ry vortical ~nd hori20nt~1
pl~ne'
This 'support system by both prim~ry vertical ~nd horizcJntal
plano' i-~ ~ sYStsm which atructurally design~ .~o th~ the
:: bearinx m~mbers o~ secondary structure and thier attaching
:~ 25 nonbearingmembers ~nd light-wei~ht member~can besupported by
~the uppe~ ~ide, lateral sido of said colunlns ~r eguiv~lont
''w811s c~nstructed upward, and by tha upper ~ide, lAteral side
of the ~eams or eguivA1~nt ~labE of of the roof layer o~ B
~primary ~tructure. ~he other det~ils ot thi~ system ~re the
;30 ~Ane ~8 in ~b~ve-m~ntioned 'support sy~te~ by both pri~n~ry
ivertical ~nd hori~ont~l pl~n~'.
:FIGS. 92-1 And 94-1 ~ro tho ~bodiments vf this ~yste~ and are
.:the ca~e when ~nchors ~or se~ond~ry ~Arin8 n~e~bars are set on
th0 upper ~ido ~nd l~ter~l ~ideofthe ~eam~oro~uivnlont s1ab~
36 of th~ roofl~yer in ~ddition to the n~ch~r~ of ~bove-montion~d
. ~
.,
} , , ,. _, ,._ ... . _~"_ ._ ... ... . . , _
. ~:
' ~
:: ~
,, ~ . ~ .
- - . . : ,, ,. : .
~ '
1992~1?~2'~:43 ~3 3'229 6172 A~ 7~ 6 ~39
69 ~v ~
'support ~y~tem by p~lmary vertio~l plane' Rnd -~upport the
s~cond~ry be~ring members.
c . Proper u~in~ of constructin~ upward untill intermediAte
floor or the hi~he~t floor.
The method of supportin~ ~econd~ry be~ring members and bearin~
the hori~ontal force Quch a~ e~rthquAke acted o~ the seco~ldRry
structure b; construc~ing upward th~ colu~lns or equivalent
w~lls of 8 primAry struct~re (A) on the roof la~er of the
~rin~ry structuro (A) calldecrease the number of bearing walls
or br~ces of the secondAry ~tructur. Therefore, th~ ~ethod of
constrllctin~ upw~rd the columns or e~uiv~lent ~alls of primAry
structura (A) untill the extent of the limit of the horizontal
-bearing capacity to resist earthqu~ orce etc. csn get rid of
the bearing walls or brac~ of th~ second~ry structure within
Qaid exteint of the construc~ed upward height, and i5
d~antageou~ for the interior flexibility of th~ ~eoondary
structure. For this, the ~ethod that the colu~lns and ~he
be~rin~ w~lls of the primary structllro~ (A) ~re construc~cd
upwsrd untill the ext~nt of the limit ofthe hori~ontnl hearing
c~pacity rather th~n untill the int~r~ediat~ floors or the
highe~t floorof the required hei~ht of the æecondary s~ruoture
i~;on the roof layer, i~ ado~t~d ~o ~ to get rid of the bearin~
;~w~lls or br~ce~ of the secondary structure. FLGS. 9l-1 to 91-3
show the case~ in which tl1e wall-columns in ~h~ mid-I~egion Or
`:~2~ the d~pth direction with the hori~ontal beAring cay~cit; are
.con~truc~ed upw~rd until the highe~t floor ~nd the outside
Golumns without resisting the hori~ont~} forces are cunsturcted
up~ard until the int~m~di~te floor o~ the req~ired height of
;~the ~iecondAry ~tructure.
,~30 3) 'Support ~y~tem of both primary con~itructed upwusd und
non-concitructcd upw~rd t~p~ on roof l~yer'
Also by the combined u~ of the roofluyer coo~position with the
'support sy~te~ of prlm8ry constructed upw~rd type on roof
l~y~r' ~nd with the '~upport sy~ita~ of pr1~ary nPncon6itrucited
36 upwArd type on roof luy~r~, it i~ possible to h~ve the
.~
,i~
.
.. : :-
. , . , : .. .:
: . .:
13g~12~ 22:~14 ~3 32~'1 6]72 ~U~ 'J ~ " 3
o~ 3
~lexibility ~f both the exterior and interior form of ~he
~econd~ry structure ifnecess~ry (ref~rto the ~ig.92-l, 94~
This ~ethod is ~190 th~ cc.~bined use of thc prin1ary
sel~-support typo secondAry structure ~nd the primary depend~nt
t~pe secondar~-~tructure.
In this type of support system, the p~r~ of ~he roor layer
where a primary strueture is not constructed upward is
above-~entic.n~d 's~port system by primAry horizontal plane',
~nd ~he p~rt of ~he roof layer where ~ prim~ry structure is
constructed upwArd csn be divided into t~o me~hods ~uch ~Q
'support sy~tem by prinl~ryvertical plane` and 'su~port sy~tcm
by both primaryvertical Ar-d horiz~n~al pl~n~'mention~d a~ove.
Bec~use of this, this syste~h~s more fr~edom of choic~ for the
plannin~ o~ ~ prinlary ~tru._ture ~s well ~B the flexibility of
~S second~ry structure con~position.
In ~hi~ 8y5t~m, sclid c~ mbirled U~iA~ S weil L~S plane combi~l~3d
us~Be can als~ be ccnsidered: n~me~, th~ combined usM~e o~
:~ solid ~3-D) 'constructad upward type' and 'p.imury
noncc.nstructed upward type', and the com~ined u~ge of solid
'pri~ary sel-support type s~condary str~c~ure' and 'prim~ry
depend~nt t-,~pe secondary structure'. ~y combining these two
combined usagcs, i.~. plane combined u~e and ~olld combined
; usa~e, varlou6 problam~ c~n b~ ~olYed.
FICS.92-land 94-l aretheembodiment~of thi~ ~upport ~ystem,
In the3e c~se~, the fle~ibility of the intern~l and extern~l
- form of seco~dary structure c~n be obt~ined.
; E~pecially in the r~l~tio~ with tho g~rd~n, th~ outside part
will need more flexibility of the for~ than the ~id-region
extcndin~ evar the future. Thus the w~ column~ in the
' 30 mid-region of th~ primAry ~tructure (A) ~re constructed
upw~rds, ~nd the colum1ls on the ~ut~ide p~rt ~re not
constructed ~pw~rds tAlso, this ~ethod i~ effective becRus~ it
' will p~g5 the ~h~dow control rc~ulAtions ~nd the oblique line
re~ul~tion~, whichwill ~e mentioned l~ter). Con~equer1tly, the
low~r ~loors 6tnd the mid-region Adopt~ ~prim~ry depend~nt typr
, .
.
",
1 9 3 2 S~ 1 2~ 31 E3 2 2: 4 5 0 :3 3 ~ 2 ~3 6 1 ~ 2 r~UR I ~ t7 1~ " 3 0 0 6 F 4 1
71 ~ i13
secondary s~ructure', and the out~ide p~rt ~dopts 'primary
~elf-support typQ secondnry structure'.Also, as with the FIG.
~0-~, the uppor floor in the ~id-region adopt~ 'primury
self-suppor~ typ~ s~condary structure'. Th~ ro~on of ~dopting
the D~ethod th~t the primary structure are not constructed
upward~ ~1ntill the highe~t floorand the column~ on thc outside
pArt Bre not constructed upwnrds ~ applying 'primary
s01f-6upport type secondary structure' for s~id out~ide purt
~nd said higho~t floor, i~ not only the flexibility in the form
of roof3 ~s in det~ched houses. but also th~ f~ct that it will
offectivel) increase the r~te of building volume (which is also
the method of storey height reduction~ in the ~ren with severe
~ ~hudow control regulations ~nd oblique line li~it regul~tions.
: If tho form of the roof i5 desi~n~d according to shadow control
re~ulationsand oblique line li~it r~ulations, then there will
,.~ be ~or~ building volume th~n tohav~ simple flut roo~s. The form
of pri~sry structure (A) constructed upwards i8 fi~ed not only
by the structur~l problemsmentioned ~bove and the fle.~ibility
~ of the ~xternal fo~m, but ~lso by such re~sons as well. ~hi~
.~ 20 3yst~m c~n rospond to ~ll these needs ~nd~oreover, enables the
,;.~ fre~dom of secondary structure.
~; Though theso embo~iments ~how the cnses when there ~re tWG
~ ring wall-column~ ~nd girders in the mid-regionofthe depth
'. direction, th~ e msthodcsn alsobe ~dopted i~ thc cas~s when
~5 there is only one bo~ or more tha~ th~t.
'- l5) ' Support system of secondnry non~be~rin~ member nnd
secondnry light-wei~ht member'.
Ther~l Ati onshipamongsecondArynonbearingms~bers,~econdary
li~ht-weight ~enlbsrn, undprimary ~tructure (A), and then their
compo~ition in 'primnry salf-supporttype second~ry 8tructure~
~nd ~primnry depond~nt typ~ seoondary 8truotur2' is now
~xpl~ined.
1) 'Pri.m~ry ~elf-~upport-type ~ccondnry.~tructure'.
'Prim~ry self-s~pport type s~oond~ry 8tructure' needs the
clo~ed relation~hip among the ~iecondary baaring memb~rs,
; '
. . - ~ .
' ~ . . .
; :.
~: . ' . :
l9Y2l]~31~ ~2:46 0~ 3~'Y Sl72 AU~I'rj~7~ "3 0~6 F42
72 i~J~ ~ ~srj~
secondary nonbearin~ me~bers ~nd secondar~ light-~ei~ht
~ember~toenh~nce industrializatio~-rat~ ~nd ~niti~ation. For
this resson, mostly, the rela~ion of conncction and support
with p~m~ry ~tructur~ (A) ~eed only to o~ ~mong second~ry
be~riJ1g ~embers. Wh~n trying to rai5e the r~te o~ factory
production like this, it is needcd to m~ke stron~er relAtion of
~upport between secondary nonbearing ~emb~rs and second~ry
bearing memb~rs, ~nd seco~dary light-weight members and
s~cond~ry nonbe~rin~ and benring ~mbers.
21 'Primary dependent type ~eondar~ structu~e'.
Onthe other h~nd~As mentioned aboYe, Iprim~r~ d~ndent type
secondary struct.ure' ~ill increase the dependence with a
primary structur~ ~A) and forms the ~ubstitute dependent
relation with ~ prim~rystructure.Secondary nollbearing me~b~rs
o~ tllis sys~em are either set u~ directly on prim~ry structure
(A) without by the secondary be~ring ~e~crs (-~ee FIGS. 132 to
,: 205) or are omitted by being substitllted by primar~ structure
(A), e~cept in cBseS wh~n they ar~ conn~cted h~ith s~condar~
intermediate floors of 2 ~oors/ 1 l~yer or wi~h sec~ndary
b~Arin8 m~mbe1s such as colu~ns that ~upport the floor~ (see
; FIGS. 206 to 20B~. Also, secondary li~ht-weight m~bers are
either sct up dir~ctly on primary structur~ (A) concernin~ the ~.
pAr~ which directly ~c~ to the primary ~tructure(A) (see FIG.
131) or are o~itted by b~in8 substituted by primAry s-tructure
~A), except ln cases when they serve as the finish set up on
secondary be~ring ~embers a~d second~ry nonbearing members. By
these f~cts, double ~tructure c~n be ~mitted and storey height
can b~ reduoed. TherQfore, secondary nonbearing m~mbers are
~upport~d by the primary structure or ~ccond~ry be~rin8
~0 ~embors, and ~ocond~ry li~ht weight ~ombqr~ hre supported by
the prim~ry ~tructure, ~econd~ry nonbe~ring members or
.; .~econd~ry bearin~ member~ kin~ ~ore close ~ub~titutln~
dependent rel~tionfi ~ith ~ primary ~tructure like thi~ would
~olve~ those proble~s ~entioned above.
3) 'Support sy~tem of the secondary nonb~aring member'.
,; ' ' '' " '
`
1 9 9 2 ~ 1 2 ~ 3 1 ~1 2 ~ 7 0 3 3 ~ 2 9 6 1 ~ 2 AU~ J '~ i " 3 1~ 0 6 P 4 3
7 3
' Support s~stem of the ~econd4rY nonbe~ring me~nber ' is the
Yys~m ~hich is ~tructur~Llly designed so that ~econdary
nonbearing ~bers such A~ extern~l wa~ls, doors, windows,
pnr~itions et~. nnd the dttAChing ~ini8h c~n be supported on
6 the upper, low~r And lslteral ~ide~ of the columns, walls, beams
~nd slab~ of ~ primary structure~
.~ Also, mostly it is need~cl to make the structural design
;. cc~n~iderin~ the ~oad conditions together with ~he ' supportsystem of secondary beari~lg ~e~b~r by primary column and be~m'
,~ 10 me~tioned in (3).
~) 'Support syst~m of secondary ll~ht-w~i~ht mamb~ls'
~ 'Support syste~ o~ secondary light-weight mcmbers' is the
`~ sy~tam in which secondary li3ht-weight members ~uch as the
i~ finish, furring strips, bAseboArds, wall trim~, paper holder~
~nd hat ha~ers c~n be supported on overall the upper, lower,
lnterAl sid~s of the beams, slabs, colu~ns, walls, par~s of
.~ nddit~Q~al castin~ conc:rete, permsnent concret~ forms,
~, e~cluding the part where the reinforcing b~rs crosse~ch othQr,
,~ c,f 1l primary structure.
--'; 20 Xt dc~es not n~ed t~ b~ a special structur~l design, and can be
: an o~dinarydesign.Hc)wever, in thecase of anchorsthatare set
~p after the con~truction of a primary ~tructur~ mentioned
l~ter, it is necessary to oonsidar the civil law.
5) Support ~yste~l of 'prim~ry dependent type second~ry
s~ru~ture' in 1 floor/ 1 lsyer .
In thc case of 1 floor/ 1 layel of primary structure ~A), ~he~
it is the case of 'primary structure dependent type s~condary
stru~ture~, as it does not need to support secondary bearin8
memb~rs ~8 ~ent;onedl~t~r, itwill be A ~tructural desi~n from
the ~upporting conditionsofs~cond~rylight-weight members snd
s~condary nonbearing members.
~6) 'Exclusive ~upport syatem of w~oden and o~h~r li~h~
~econd~ry be~ring member'
Reg~rdingthe~upport-strength of ~up~crt 8ystem for secondary
beuring member~ ~re limitod to me~er~ of woodoncto., of light
,
,:
. , - : : ~ :
' ' ~ ;: , :~. ; ~' . .
1~2~1~q3~Ei 22:4~ U3 ~~;~9 6~ URl~ 71~;~7it~ `'3 Gijb P44
7~ g~
iron ~eel etc., ~nd oflight new cer~ic~etc.~hereinAfter, it
will ba c~lled 'wooden ~nd other li~ht ~econdar~ boRring
me~bers'), it is better to cGn~ider ~nid support-~trength ~g
th~ eguivAlence to the~upport syYtem of secondRry nonbearing
S menlbers' or to consider ~aid ~upport-stren~th as the mi~w~y in
the support-strength of 'support sy~m of s~condary bearing
me~bers' and 'support system of sscondary nonbearing members'
n~entionod D.bove ( in ca~es of g~ner~l u~ whl?n i t is pos~.ible to
support ste~l frRmes ~nd PC or the like), as there i~ not :nuch
differ~nce in both support-load of the secondary bearin~
mem~ers and the socondary nonbe~ring me~bers, e.~cept the
'~ support of large span beAms with heavy support-lond or the
; support o~ ool~mns that support s~id lar~e SpAn be~m5.
In the C~9e oE oonsid~ring as the equivalence to ' the support
~yste~s of secondary nonb~aring member~', it is bette:r to
consider similRr1y as the equiv~ence ~upport-stre~gth to 'the
support syste~ of ~econdnry beRrin~ ~o~bers~ of gonerul use
` mentionad ~bove, or to consid~r as th~ midwRy in ~h~
;~ ~upport-~trength of 'the support syste~ of second~ry bearing
~0 m~mbers' and '~he suppGrt systeni of ~ccondary nonbearin~
m~mbers', in the position of the ~upport of large span beam
, which enl~rge ~6 ~pportin~ lo~ds~r the ~uppor~o~ the bottoms
.~ of colums,~ which 9UppOl`t s~id lArge ~p~n bea~.
Also, in the ca~e of considering as the midway in the
support-strength of 'support sy~tem of sec~ndar~ bearing
me~bor~' and Isupport syst~m of ~econd~ry nonb~rin~ members',
ther~ n cAse when more structure rsinforen~ent is n~cessary
than in the c~ c.f ~he support of wAl1s ~nd slsb~ o~ 'support
~ystem of ~econd~ry nonbe~Iing ~mb~rs' in ter~s of th~
support-~trength of th~ walls and sl~bs of prim~ry structures.
This C~BO iS to support by the upper, lower, lster~1 sides ofthe
wsl1s and slabs or the ~o1umns and besms of ~ pric~ary ~tructure
which ~re structura11y roi~forced. Tho reinrorca~ent of ~sid
wslls ~nd slsbs is strue~urally desiBned ~o th~t th~y can
~upport the 3ccondsry be~rin8 me~ber& with ~tt~ching fini~hcs
,
. .
.
: - , , ~ :; :
. ~ ' . ` ' '' : ' ' ,' '' ~
: , ; .. , :: ~
1~.J~12~9 22:q~ 03 3229 61-f2 AUR1'l~-}~ ]~"3 006 P45
~ ?~
~uch A8 above-mcntioned la1~ge sp~n b~a~ls ~nd colum~ which
support ssid larKe ~pan be~ Ihereina~ter. it i~ called
'~xclu~iv~ Bupport ~y~t~m of wood~ ~nd othar li~ht ~ccondary
bearing ~mb~r')~
Al~o tho problcm of the hori~ont~lloAd i~cre~se oE the primhry
structur~ i~ the earthquak~q etc., e~plained in the chapter of
the above-~entioned 'supportsyste~.byprimaryve~tic~l plAne',
becomes 1Q~S import~nt even by th~ u~e of large spnn beams.
: ~ec~use the de~d lo~d has more important influenc~ on ~h~
horizontal load incre~se of theprim~ry structure thanthe 1ive
lond ~t ~arthquMk~ motion, and this system can nl~e said dead
Iond much sm~l~er than 'the ~upport ~yst~ s of secor1dary
bearing ~embars' of gen~rs1 use of steel or PC members
etc.mention~d above.
Judging ~rDm th~se fac~s, this 'exclusive support system of
wooden s~d other li~ht ~econdary b~ring m~mb~r' is ~n
economic~l method which decre~ses the cost o~ th~ str~cture o~
prim~r~ structure ~A~.
~ ~nchor clas~ific~tion.
Next, anchor~ (suppo~ting connection o~ prim~ry struc~ure of
~echanic~l f~steners which include the welding) whioh are set
up on pri~ry Btructure~ for secondAry ~em~ers which are
; necessAry with tl~ connection of ~condary structure~ will be
explsl~d. In order to ~et the structural ecorlomi~y and tho
:~ fle.Yibility of ~econd~ry ~truotures, it is better to divid~
them into thrae type~, heavy second~ry bearing men~bers which
influenc~ the 8trength oP primary struct~res (i~ cases o~ the
~en~ral usaincluding the steel orPC ~e~hers, excluding wooden
: 30 and other light ~econd~ry bearing members); secondary
nonbearing m~mbers which are notso hc~y with a less inEluenc~
on the ~trenRth And which Qre wldely used; Mnd second~ry
1lght-w~i~ht member8 which are more widely u~ed. It h~s to be
con9iderod the po~ition, the ~re~, And the position to which
: 3B anchor~ of prim~ry ~tructure~ ~re to be s~t. ~urther~are, it is
- Ø "", ~,"
,
199~12~31~ 22 4~ 03 32'Y 61;2 AUR~ 3 006 P4
:: 76 ~ 3
: udYal3t~vus to divide theR~ anchor~ into two; 'initial set up
type anchors' which are szt up in the initial construction of
prim~ry struc~ure; ~nd 'post-construc~ion set up type anchor'
which ar~ s~t up after con~tru~tion or ~et up accordin~ to the
change of secondary ~Ytructures in the fut~re.
l)An~horclas~ific~tion ~acc~i~din~ to the sup~)or~-strength~.
To r~lizethe structural economicalit,y ~rld the fl~xibility of
seeolldary~tructures,byclassyryingthes~c~nrl~ry merrl~ers into
- benrin~ members, nonbearing members and light-weight mem~ers,
nnd ~h~ anchors into 'ioitiul set up types' and
Jpos~-constructionsetu~ypes' whichwill be mention~d l~t.er,
and by fixing the po~itions, the arca, and th~ po~ition r~f the
set up is ver~ sa~e, certain and economical because supp~rting
bond str~ngth can be obt~incd according to rnember~
15 cl~ssifica~ion. N~reover, it iB vcry advantageou~ for
structural ~naly.~ nd structuralcalculation as tlle positi~n
orthe e~tenLof ~lle lo~d acc.ordin~ to the divisionor secondnry
memb~r~ is ~lready known at the initiql dcsi~ning of
~`construction. Also, comp~ret with mAking dll ~nohors to be for
~20 ~econdnry bearing ~embers, with the ca~es when the ~osition or
,.exten~ fDr setting ~nchors are not decided1 and also with the
~ca~es when the position~or Pxtent f~r setting anchore are not
:~. fixed according to the classi~ication of secondary bearin8
;memb~rs, this method largely decrzases the burden of bearing
25 capacity of primAry structures, and further more, takes aw~y
unnec~ssaryconnection member~of socondaryand anchorm~mbers.
Al~o, as ~ m~tter of co~rse, the support of lower rank
~econd~ry members by upper rank anchors i.s possible. For
exu~plo, nonb~arin~ members can be ~uyported b~ the ~nchors of
30 b~ArinB member~.
Whor1 secon~ary b~rin~ msmb~r~ a-e ~ood~n And other ligh~
~econdary b~Aring mombers, A8 shown in FIGS. 116 to 118,
anchor~ do not need to be divided i~to for ~cond~ry benring
momber~ And for fi~condary nonbearing ~en-bers, bu~ by le~tin~
~5 them ~o bs or bo~h ~condary beAring m~mbers ~nd 6econd~ry
`:
..... _ .. .. _ . .,__ , _. ....... .... _, __" ..,: ,
. :
. : .
: . ' `
.
.: . . . :
31~ 22:50 03 3229 6172 ~JRI~f7~ t~ 006 P'1
77
nonbearing members (hereinafter, th~y will be called 'anchors
for both secondary b3Aring and nvn-bearin~ members'l, the
flexibillty of ~.cc,ondsry members and ~econd~ry str-Jc~.ures
incren~es .
Simil~r~y, in ste~d of settin~ up the anchors for secondary
nonbearing m~mberR, itis possible to æubstitute by anchors for
secondary bearin~ member~ and set M~ny of them up. Also, in
cases o~ 1 floor/ 1 layer system in ,ground layers and
int~r~ledia~e layers, when ~dop~ing 'prin~ary d~pendent type
sec~r~dAry ~truc~ure', there are cas~.~ when ~nchors for
~econd~r~ be~rin~members are not nec~ssary.
This cla6~i~ic~tionisdone by th~ support-str~ngth of anchors
~rom the economic, fle~ibility, construction ~asiness points
cf view, andin ~ome c~ses, there is naad for only one kind, and
in o~her casefi, it mAy be more economicAl if divided into more
kin~. Hc.~ver, in cases when ~doptin~ 'primary d~pend~nt type
s~condary structure' in bl~ildingso~ apartment house le~el, in
CASe of 2 ormDre floors/ ] lay~r, the dividing intothree kinds
mentioned abovc i~ r~tional, and in case of I floor/ 1 la~er,
~0 divi~ing into two kind~ is rational. Alqo, in cases of 'primary
self-suppor~ type secondary s~rUC~Ure', in some cRses,
s~lecting anchor6 for ~econdRry be~riny members is rationsl.
2) Cl~ssification of ~initial ~et up type ~nohor' and
'post-construction set up t~p~s anchor~
Classifying anchors for secondar~men~bers intc 'initi~l set up
type anchors' And 'po~t-construction set up types anchors'
~cquir~ the flexibility and economic~llty of second~ry ~e~bers
(comparcd with m~king them all initial set up type~. The
construction labor can b~ saved at the initial con~truc~ion~,
and i~ alQo ~ble to ccquire n sure ~upport bonding s~r~ngtt
according to the ~ember~ clA~sific~tion (such n~ secondary
beRring ~ember~ ~nd ~econd~ry non-beArin~ m~mber5).
3~ AdoptiQn of 'anchor type settin~ ~xtent for snchor st
initial ~onstruction~ :
Whethorit i~ 'in~ti~l ~at up typos' or 'po~t-con~truction ~et
.
; ' ' ~ . ;"
~ 2~]2~31~ 2~:51 03 3229 6l72 AU~ f'7~ "3 0~ P4a
`
- 7~ 2~ 3
up types', fixin~ the positionor oxt~nt for set-ting up ~nchors
at the initi~l construction ~After constructicn also lf there
is no dar~ge to the str~n~th of primary structure) cn~ble to
dasi~n the support-~trPng~h And bonding stren;th ~t the initi3l
cor~truotion, ~nd therefore b~co~e~ very ~dvantageous for
str~1ctur~l unalysis and struc-tural calculation, nnd, cornpared
wi~h the c.ases when th~ position or extent for setting anchors
is not fixed ~t the initial construct.ion, the burder1o~ be~ring
ca~acity of primary struc~ure is d~lr,reased lar~ely.
4) Bonding of prin~ry ~tructure b~ each snchor type
': classification
Arnong th~e anchors, anchors for second~ry beuring members
,.
have R lot of ~pport-strength and have l~rge calihers, and
bet:ause they noed s~r~ngth for bonding to pr;mury strurtures,
~5 in many c~sas it i3 neces~ryt.o set up ste~l fram~s for bonding
(see FIGS. 1~-2 and 130-l to 130-3). Because of thii, in m~ny
cases, these ~nchors become ini tial sat up type anchors.
In that point, anchors f~r ~econdary nonbe~ring men~bers ha~e
compAr~tively lefis support-~trengthAn~ have fim~ rcaliber~,
and because they ~o not need ~uch str~ngth for bonding to
prim~ry etlucture, in msny ca~es it is not necessary to set up
~te¢l f~amas for bonding ~see FICS. 126-6 to l29-3 and l30-4 to
130~6). These anchors can be either of 'initial set up type
~nchors~ or Ipoqt-cc~nstructivn ~t up types ~nchors', but
25 because of the proble~s of the decrease of bonding strength by
opsning holes Or prim~ry structure ~A), it is bettar for them
to be ir~iti~l set ~p type ~nchor.
Anohors forboth ~econdary bearin~ nd non-b~aring members are
.`~ thought to have the support-~tren~th between that of anohors
: 30 for s~condnry be~rin~ membors and for ~econd~t y nonbe~ring
members, and in ~ome c~s~s there iB ~ need to ~et up anchorE~ge
r~inforcing burs. Inthose case8, a~ with anchors for secondary
bearin~ ~o~burs, in ~ost cas~s they become initial ~et up type
~nohor~.
Furthermoro~ ~ocondAryli~ht-woight~e~ber~ cAn be ~ettl~d for
. '
'
. .,,, :
, ~
]9~Z~12~31a 2~ 52 03 ~223 61~2 AU~$1'r~'7~'ri~ '`3 006 P49
:;
79 ~ 3~5~ 3
.~ ev~n li~hter ~nchors (see FICS. 131-1 to 131-3), ~nd can be
'pos~-construction ~et up type'.
5) Effc~ts of ~nchor cl~sific~tion~
To consld~r the position and extant of anchors according to
each sacondary m~mbHr~ classification, as mentioned above, and
: to consider th~ bondin~ method to p~im~ry structures, limits
: the positi~ of lo~d by heavy w~i~ht members of secondary
bearing me~bers ~tc. to primary structures. By thisl the
r; structurBl analysis andthe structuralc~lculation becomeseasy
and the load of primary structure deeres3es, and ~akes it
.. : possible for the structur~l economicality of prin~ry
~:;
structure~. Furthermore, it makes sure to ~et enough strength
of ~nchor connection accordin~ to e~ch sccondnry men~bcr, and
; compar~d with the set up of ~nchors when ~l1 of them h~ve the
ma~imu~ caliber (anchors for~eeondary bearin~ members), it is
possiblP to get economicality and con~truction easiness. As
eQch anchor isset up~ccording to th~ th~ necess~ry frequency,
: the fle.Yi~i~ity of forms ~nd quality of secondary structure
incre~ses. Also, because the stren~th can be considered
2C accordin~ to each anchorclassification by the using frequency,
th~ cap~ity can bc ~u~ranteed up to the future. Also, at ~he
- s~e ti~e, this solvcs th~ problem of the deerease in the
: bearin~ cap~city ofprimary struoture, which oocursby th~ Eree
~etting of the Anchor for secondary be~ring me~ber which
affeet4the b~rin~ c~pacit~ o~primary ~tructuresinnece6~ary
position~ aftcr the constructi~n of pri~ary structures.
O ~he Extent for settin~ anchors ut initial construction
:~ Acc~rdin~ to each ~nchor elassi~ication.
Ne.~t,'extcnt for~etting anchor~atinitiRlcon-Qtruction' for
anchors which Ar~ s~t ~p on the primary structurc for secondAry
bcarin~ me~bers, ~econdary non-bearin~ ~e~bers and secondary
liaht-weight ~mborr wll1 be ~xplained.
~1) The axtent f~r 8~tting ~nehors at lnitia1 con~truction for
; ~5 ~condary bearing ~smbers.
, . .
': :
.~
,
.. " ;. -
:, " , ~,,
. 1392~12~31~ 22:53 03 32c9 ~172 AU~ f~ri~P~I~"s 00~ ~50
~ 3
B~c~us~ sacondary b~aring ~embers are heavy ~nd have ~ large
influ~nce of stren~th to ~ri~ry struotur~s, 'initial s~t up
type Anchors' is better to be adcpt~d. It is better to fix the
set e.~t~nt at the initinl constructionof anchors for secondary
5 b~nrind member~ by adoptin~ ' ~upport s~tem of secondary
bearin~ me~ber by pri~lary column~nd ~eaD1', and make the e~tent
~o be upper, lower, l~teral r;id~s (~hrare the bond ~ren~th is
assur~d ~nd ~her~ i5 no need to cut the rei~fo~cing bars)or the
oolums or equivnlent wall~ ~such AS bearing wall~ and ri~i~
10 fram~ WAlls which h~ve the s~m~ lev~l of ~;trfangth as column ~,
beams or equiv~lent slab~ (such ~s void slAbs ~nd ~rid beamed
sl~bs whieh huve the snme level of strength a~ girder), oth~r
stru~tures considered to ha~P the ~me ~trength as colun1ns and
b~AImS Of B prim~ry structure ~A), including the prirnary
structure constructad upw~rd~ on the roor l~yer ( ~ee FTGS .
113-1 through l25).
~ t~nt for s~tt.ing anchor~. At i~ c~1~struc~ion' ~or
'suyport ~yston~ by primaly ~er~ioal plane'.
As shown in FIGS. 1, ", 3, 3-1 to 3-~ (s~condary; steel
frames~, FICS. 9~-1 and ~6-2 ~econdary: wooden construc~ion;
: ordinary, 2 X 4), it i9 b~tt~r to limit'the extent for setting
snchors atinitialconstruction' for 'support system by primary
vertical pl~ne' to the l~ter~l 6ide~ (ths extent which can ge~
the same bondin~ ~trength, ~nd which do not cut acr~ss ste~l
fram~s) of the colu~n~ or equivalent wslls of ~ prim~ry
~tructurcs. A1FO~ r~garding the ~xte~t.o~ the lateral sides of
the columns~r'equivalent walls' oFa primary ~tructure, there
is the case case that the extent 1~ limit~d in which the ~iddle
gl~or o~econdAry structure (B)i~pl~ced (limiting the cxtent
of th~ th~ flexibility oeverticAl levels ofmiddle floors. ~ee
FIGS. 3-3, 3-4, and 3-fi).
E~pociully, inthe l~tter ~A~e o~ 1ng the extent in which
the middle ~loor of ~oco1ld~ry structur~ tB) i~ set, the number
of ~nchors cAn be rcduced.
2) 'Ext~nt for setting ~nchor~ ~t inlti~l c:on~truction' for
: ,
: .
:~ .
I~YC~I2~31H 22 5~1 03 J~29 c~l/Z AURI7;~ r.~ "9 006 P51
8 1
~8upport sy~t~m by pri~ry horlzo7ltal pl~n~'.
1ike ~hown in FIGS. 4, 5. 6 l to 6-12, 7, 8, and ~ ~econ~ary;
.~ steel fra~esJ, And 96-3 to 96-6 ~s~condary: wooden
construction; ordinAry, 2 X 4 ), it 1~ better tn set 'the e~tent
S for setting anchors at initial construotion' for 'support
system by primarY hori20nt~1 plane' to th~ upper, lower,
lateral ~ides (theext~nt ofwhichc7~n as~ure the bond-stren~th
~nd should not. cut the reinforcin~ bar~) of the beunl~ or
'equivalent sl~bs' of a primary structure~.
I0 3) 'Extent ~or Setting anchors at in;tial construct.ion' for
'su~port system by bothprimary vertical cnd horizontal ~l~ne'.
'~he æ~tent for setting anchor at initial eon~tru~tion' ~or
.. secondary be~rin~ melubers o~ 'support syst~m by both primary
ver~ical and hori~ont~l plane' i divided into two cases;
'settin~ system extent for Anchors at init.al constructi~n on
: bothpri~nry v0rtical and horizontal pl~ne' ~n~ 'settin~ sys~em
oxtent for snchQrs At initi~l construction on primary
hvriæonta1 plar~e'.
l. 'Setting ~ystem extent for anchvrs At ini~ial construction
on both prim~ry vertical and hori~ontal plane'
Firstly, ~ettin~ syst~r~l e~tent for snchors at initi~
construction on both prim~ryvertic~l ~nd hori~ont~l plane' i~
; ~ho~n in FIGS. lO, ll, 12, 12-l to 12-lO (secondary: steel
fru~e~ nd in FIGS. 96-7 ~nd 96-1~ (s~condary: wooden
c~nstructiorl; ordin~ry, Z X ~). 'Theextent for ~etting7lnchor
at initi~l con~truction' forsecondary bearin~ members in thi7i
sy~tem i9 ~et o~ the upper,~ower, lRt~ral sido~ (the ~xtent of
whic.h can as~re the bond-strength and should not cut the
rcinrorcing bsrs) of the column~ or 'e~uivalent wall9~ ,~nd the
20 bc~m~ or ~e~uivAlent sl~bs~ of a prim~ry structuro. Al~o,
r~a.rding the ~xtont of the later~l sides of the columns Or
,'i 'equivrLlerlt w~ ' of B prim~ry structure, th~re i~ the case
:~ th~t th~ extont i~ limltod in whioh the middle floor of
seeondary structure ~B) is pl~c~d (linlit the ex'cent of the the
35 flexibility oi` v~rticel l~vels of ~idd1o floors, see FIGS. 12-7
~,
.. ... .. __~ ... ,., _,...... ...... _ __
. :~
., . ..
, . ~. : . . :
, . ,
A ~ c' 2: 5 '1 u 3 ;~ ~ 2 3 6 1 -1 2 ~U~ i f ~ OCl6 P52
8~ t ~ ~ ~
.
~nd 12-8).
~ specially, inthe l~tter case of limiting the cxtent in whieh
the middle flQor of secondary structure ~B) i~ ~e~t, the number
~f ~nchors cnn b~ reduced.
2. 'Sotting 6y~em extent for Anchor~ at initial construction
on primary horizontal plane'.
Ne~t, 'the setting system e~tent for anchvrs ~t i~ ia].
construction on primary hori~.ontal pl~ne' is shown in ~IC~ .
96-13 ~nd 96-1~1. 'The e~tent for setting anchor ~t initial
construction' for secondary bearing me~bers is set on t~le
upper, lo~er,~er~l sides ltheextent of whichc~ntls~ure the
bond-strength and should not cut the reinforcing b~rs~ of the
be~ms or 'equiv~lent slAbs' of a prim~ry structure. It is
system in which 'the e~tent for setting ~nohmr ~t initial
construction' for secondary bearing members is no~ set on th~
vertical plan~t such as columns or '~quivalont w~lls' of a
prim~ry ~rllcture.SecondAIy be~rin~ mbersetc. ~re su~orted
by v~rtical planes but not connected to ~ld v~rtical pl~nes.
This qystem, as mentioned lu~r, does not reguir~ nnchors on
the vertical pl~rle~. The hori~ontAl force ~tuch ~s sei~mic lo~d
vl' s~condary beArinB ~mb~r cr~n b~ tr~nsf~rred to the column~
or 'equivalQnt walls' of aprimary structure ~A). The second~r
besring members c~n be connected by the ~nchors for secondary
besring ~e~bers which are set ~t the beAms or 'equivalent
sl~bs' of the primary ~tructures.
.~ 4~ Roof l~yer.
The roof la~er tak~s the s~me '~xtent ~or setting anchor~ ~t
initi~l construction' accordin~ to each 'support system' as
mentioned ~bove, ~nd lt will tak~ the form As followings.
l. Pri~Ary non-con~truct~d-lpw~rd typ~ on roo~ ltly~r~
A~ shoun in FICS. 87-l, 87-2, And 89, ~the ext~nt for set~in~
anchors ~tiniti~l con.~truotionfor secondtlryboAring members'
of tsupport 9y8tom o~ primary non conctruotion upw~rd type on
~ roof l~er' i8 ~lmo~t the sama ~ ~the ~xtent for ~ettin~
: 35 anchor~ atinitiAlconstruction'for'~upportsyst.om by primary
:
, ,
: , ; .
.. : ,: "
'
199'J~]2~31EI ~ 55 03 32?9 6i7~ AURl'~i~71~ "3 1~06 P')J
83 ~ J 3
horizontal-pla~e' mentio~ed above.The differenc~ from that on
the ground l~yer and int~rm~di~te layer~ is that there is no
suRporting horiz~nt~ ne of upper ].ayer in the upper par~.
Thnt i6, ' the extent for ~etting Anchors ~t initi~l
5 ~onstruction for secondary be~rin~ momb~rs' i~ the upper and :~
laternl sidss(the extent ofwhic,h CAn assure the bond-strength
and whi.ch doesnot cut AC;~o~S the reinforcing bRrs)ofthe beums
or 'equivalen~ ~labs' of the roof of ~ primary structure.
~ 2. Prim~ry upw~rd construction type on roof layer.
; 10 As shown in FI~S. ~0-1 thl~ough ~4-1, 'the extent ~or setting
~nchors at ~he initial construction for ~;econdary b~arin~
members' or'supportsy~temo~prima~y upwardconstruction type
on rvof lnyer' i~ almost th~ 5anle n5 'the ext~nt for s~ttinX
Anchor~ ~tiniti~1 construction' for 'support~ystem by primary
vrrtical pl~ne', for 'support æysten~ ~y primary horizont~l
plAne', an~ for 'support system by both prim~ry vertical ~nd
hori30nt~1 plane' as ~ention~d a~o~e. The differ~nce from th~t
on the ground lay~r ~nd;ntermedi~te layers is thst there is no
supportint horizontAl plane Or upper lay~r in the upper part.
~2) Extent for ~etting anchors at initial construotion for
s~cond~ry nonbe~ring ~embers.
N~xt, r~g~rding to the seoondarynonbearin~ member that is not
h~avy and has less influence on the stren~th of primary
~tructure, for itq wide applio~tion, 'the extent for setting
anchor~ at initial construction~ of a primary s~ructure for
secondary ~on-be~ring members should be at over~ll the uppe~,
lower and laterA1 ~ides of the columns, walls, be~ms And slab~
of the prim~ry structure, including th~ prim~ry constructed
upwnrd p~rts on a roof l~yer ~thi.~ ext6nt should asxure the
~0 ~ond-~ren~th ~nd Ahou1d not cut the re~nforc1ng bars; see
~IGS. 113-1 through 128, 132, and 133). ~Ynitial set up type
: ~nchor' to a primary ~tructure i8 ~n advant~g~ou~ method to
evoid problem4, but 'the extent for ~ettln~ anchor~ at initi~l
construction' of ~ prim~ry ~tructure i~ limited precisely
between the rainforaingb~rs of~ pri~ary ~tructur~ o th~t it
i, ':,
~ ~ . . . . .
1 9 9 ~? ~ 1 ? ~ 3 1 E~ 2 '~: 5 i~ 0 ~ 3 2 2 9 6 1 r ~ A UR l ~ ; P 5 -1
'' '
~ 4 ~ ~ ~3
wouldn't harm th~.~ (in case of a col~domlnium buildin~, ~et ~
r~gulation, considering this p~rt a~ a monopoly part), ~nd
~ter the oon~tru~tion of A pri~ary structure individual
dwellor can rreely ~et up anchors. Thi~ method c~n be ~plJ]ied
to th~ casc of ' anchor for secondary be~ring ~ember' and
'Rnchor ~or ooth seoond~ry bearing and non-be~ring memb~r'.
: ~3) 'E~ton~ for setting ~nchors nt initial con~truction' fur
boLh ~ccond~ry b~nring ~nd no~-bearin~ n~m~er.
Inthe ab~v~--men~ioned'~clusive sup~ortsystem ofwooden and
other light secQndary bearin~ member', when settin~ the medium
supporL-str~ngth between secondary bearin~ ~mbers and
secondary non-bearin~ members, it is advant~g~ous to use
~` 'anchor ~or both seoondary benring ~nd non-benrin~ member' as
the middle si~o ~ne~rly 13~) of the both anchor diameter.
: 15 I~ suoh cases, 'the a~tent ~or se~ting anohors ~t initi~l
construction' l~ to be ~ho abov~-mentione~ 'the extent for
setting anchors at initial construction' for s~condary
nonbe~rin~ members as the same case as thAt ol''~upport systen
of secondnry nonbearing member~'. For the position to support
.~ 20 the b~sm of lon8 span with ~ large support-lo~d ~nd to support
the botto~ end of col~mn to -~upport the bea~, ~he above
.~ mentioned 'extent for settin~ ~nchors at initial con~truction'
..
~or seoond~ry be&rin~ ber~ i~ set, and also 'extent for
setting anchors~t initi~l construction'which Rrestructurally
~ 25 rein~orced tD be sble to support the said lurg~ be~m of lon~
span or the column to support the snid large b~3~m, is 52t on the
upper, 1ower, l~ter~l ~idos of thowal1~ and slabs of ~ prim~ry
j ~tructure, including primary constructed upw~rd part on roor
l~yer (8~0 FIG~. 11G throu~h 118).
(~ Exterlt for B~tting anehor~ Bt initi~l co1l~truotion' for
second~ry light-wei~i1tn~mber
'The ext~rlt for s~ttin~ ~in~hors at inl~lal con~truction' for
: seoond~y li~ht wei~ht member3 which ar~ v~ry light but quite
u80fUl ~nd most fr~quen~ly used in mAny places, is set at the
'! 35 ext~nt bctweon th~ roinforcin~ b~rs of ~ primary structure so
': " ' ;
. . .
, .~
:, ~ , . :
-
. :
: ~ :. , , - :
: . .,. :
, . : i : :
2~ 1 a 2 ~ O ~J ~3 2 ~ `3 b l i 2 ~u~ f ~J l`iu~ ) 0 6 r~, s
~h~t it would not harm it, or is s~t ~ the p~rt and extent of
~xtra additi~n~l concret~ of primnry structure shown in FI~S.
131-1 throu8h 131-~ (outside o~ dottad lineY of ~IG.).
I~ n)ay be convcnient to ~ppoint this purt and e~tent
5 ~h~r~inafter, it will bo CRllHd a~ 'extent ~or sett.ing freely
~nchor in post-construction' and this extent can be the
monopoly part in the oase of the condo~inium buildinK) as the
e.~t~nt wher~ individuAl user can set up anchor freely after
construction and set up ~ ~econdary light-weight members
1~ freely.
Anchor arrRngement,
Ne~t, the anchor a~r~n~ement is ex~lain~d. Thi~ is i~portnnt
especi~lly for 'initial set up type anchor', but ~lso could be
15 ~pplied to 'post-con~truction ~et up type anchor' if it has
eno~gh strengtb.
~1) Anchor diumet~r nnd ~nchor int~rval
The proL~le~ of keepin~ th~ anchor dia~eter of 'ini~ial set up
type nnchor' con~t~nt, ~ssurin~ th~ flexibility of second~ry
20 ~tructure~, in involved with the proble~ of Anchor interval,
: leading to a problem of load of tho secondary me~ers which is
held by the anchor. It is bett~r to use anchor~ of almost the
3Am~ 6upport-~tren~th, but d~pondi~ on the s~ondary mernber
wh.ich the ~nchor nupport~, ench anchor will have a different
25 support-fitren~th accordin~ to the lo~d it bear~ But by
- above-mentionr3d ~nchor cln~sification (suppor-t-strength
sep~ra~ion), th~ big diPferenoe of supporting load can be
~olved. Within the sume cla~sified anchor type, regardin~ the
differ~nce of ~upporting lond, the lond urea of ~econdary
: 30 member cupported by ench Anchor i~ limited by usin~ the
con~t~nt andequal int~rv~l ~nchor~the anchor intervnl si~e i~
diff~rent by each cln6sified anchor type) and the load ls
limited by thi~, ~ndin th~ c~ that the loud excoedsthe limit
of ~nchor ~trength, lt wlllbe po~ible to keep anchor str~ngth
35 And the ~nch~rdiametercon~tantbyuuing l~ter-mentioned 'flex
" :
,: ` '~' ':, ' ' ~,
,- ~ : , :
I'J9~112~Jl~ S~ 03 322~ ~l7~ rit'J~t~ 06 lJrJ6
8~
sup~ortingconnection'or'superficial anchorfra~e and wr~lding
anchor ~ystern' (it is pos~ible to re~ul~rize the ~nchor
dinmeter for exam~l~, Anchor ~iameter for secondnry bearing
me~ber i~ ~round 20 ~m~ the unit is '~'; hereinafter, 'mm'
~ill be ~mit~ed~>, anchor dihmeter f~r ~econdary nonbearin~
~ember ia around 9~, ~nd anchor dismeter for both secondary
bearing and non-bearing member is arQund 13~).
N~, about the .interval of anchor, if thc interv~l of the
an~hor gats longer, th~ section ~nd th~ ~ize of the reeeptacle
IO such asbrack0tetc. will become lnrger, and thi~will need more
pls~e to hide the recep~cle for tha finishing. On the other
h~nd, if the anchor interval b~co~es too n8rrow, the number of
Anchor will increase~nd causo waste nnd uneconomicality.So it
i~ neoessary to ex~mine ~ach cnse of th~ secondary benrin~
1~ member or s~c~dnry nonbea~in~ mcmber depending on the
frequ~ncy of u9~e ~nd the ~cale of ~uppor~ing structur~, an~
; decidz the rnost aconct~ieal width of interval and the plrce to
- ~et. ~Ip the ~nchor. There are ti~es wh~n the interv~l need be
chan6ad dependin~ on the fr~quency of u~n~e ~nd the siz~ of
suppo~t-strcngth, but in most cases, cor~sta~t intervals and
e~uQl int~rv~l set up i~ often chosen trefel to Fl~. 128 to
113-1~. Since it is convenientin the de~ree o~ free extent and
when ~kinB pl~n9, the anchor interval is profitable ;r wel~
used ~odule ~such as 300, 450, ~00) i~ used.
Whandiffart3n~ typeo~ anehorsare set in the same position for
s~condary be~ring me~ers, s~condAry non-besring memberY and
~econdary li~ht-weight~embers, theanch~r with higher bcarin~
~ cnpacity (the onc which has ~ore supp~rt-~tren~th3 i~ set
., in~t~d of th~ Anchor with lower be~rin~ c~p~city, t~kin~ all
load in ch~rge.
(2) Anchor ~rrAngcm~nt and secondarY ~tructuro com~ositi~n.
1) Anohor crrangement for 8eoond~ry beRring member, and
~ocondary struct~lre compo6ition.
Anchors for ~ccond~ry b0aring m~ber are arranged on 'the
~xtent for setting anchor~ at th~ inltial oonstru~tion' for
,
. .
.
. ~
.. ~ : . - .. . . . . .
. ,, . :
1~2~i2~31~3 22:5~ ~J3 3229 61~2 hURI~it7~ ?fp~ 3 o~)~ p~,~
S 1 3
~7
second~ry be~rin~ men-bers as mention~d sboYe. N~m~ly, nnchor~
for secondary m~ber~ Rre arrang~d on the upp~r,low~r, l~teral
sida~ of the columnr or 'equiv~lent w~118' (bearin8 w~ll or
w~11 etc. of ~ type rigid frame), th~ beams or 'equiva1ent
slab'~ b part to havcstruotursl functionequiv~lenttv b~am:
voidslab, lattice beamsl~b or the like) of A primary structur~
by ~dopt;n~ 'su~port syste~ of ~econd~ry b~aring member
primary column and be~'. And th~ ~nchor intervnl is chosen
dependin~ o~ the frequenGy of usage and the suppor~~~treng~h.
For exampl~, it i~ profitable thAt the anchors for the
secondary b~aring member in th~ casa of 'support by ~imary
vertic~l plane~ ('support sys~emby prim~ry vertlca1plane' or
SUppOl`t by pri~ry vertical ~lAne of 'support sys~el~ by both
primnry vertical ~nd horizont~1 p}ane'~ ~r~ set within th~
li~ited ext~nt wher~ the intermedi~te floor will be p1Rced.
Anchor for ~econdary bearing nnember c~n be ~1~o used us ~
substitute of anchor for seco~dRry r~onbearing me~ber and
therefore, anchor far seeondary be~ring member need be pl~ced
corres~onding to the interval ofth~ anchor arrsngementfor the
~econdary nonbe~ring memb~r a~ mentioned later. ~or that
r~ason, excluding 1imited arr~n~am~nt, the const~n~ and equal
lnterv~lof the ~nchor i~ likelyto~e ~dopted ~xcept the n~rrow
interval for th~ fro~uen-tly used anchor.
1. Intermadinte l~yer ~nd ground lay~r.
FIGS. 113-1 through ~18 sho~ the ~nohor arr~n~emeo~ for
s~oondary bearin~ men~.b2r of 2 floors~ 1 laysr CB~9 in the
in~er;nedi~te l~yer of n primary structure.
a.Anchor arrang~ment for ' ~upport sy~tam by prim~ry vertical
plane ~ it~d)'
~ 30 Floor franlin~ plan, FICS. l13-3 through 113-4, ceiling pl~n,
,." FIG. 114-2 and section lnteriorelevAtion~1G. 115-2, sh~w the
: anchor arr~ngoment for ' ~upport Byste~ by pr;~ary vertica1
plAn~ ' .
~h~ anchor interval for ~econd~ry b~nring mcmber(6-l~ is
con~tant or equal ~For the hori~ont~l dlrectiorl, the module
.
- . j, . .
. . . .
,
-.
lYY2~23:~0 03 3229 ~l72 AURI~i~'7~ "9 006 F'~!
8B
(~uch aY 300, 450, 900) are u~d which i8 oft~n u~ed in
architectural desig~in~). This anchor for secondary bearing
member (6~ set ~p on th~ lateral ~ides of the columns or
'equiv~lent wall' of the primary ~truc~ure (.~ nd i~ limited
within the areaof intermediato floor ofa secondary struct-lre,
and mainly supports ~nd connects the hori~ontsl members~uch ~s
b~ams and slab~ of the int0rmediate floor of the secondary
~tructur~.
In th~ c~se of 2 floors~ I laYer of a primar~ structure, t~.e
minim~m cei~ing hcigh~ for a room i~ defined by law and c~nnot
be leqs tharl tha~. So the free ~xtent of the ceiling height is
limited by the officially re~ul~teA height, ~nd also usually
does not need tho fle.Yibility e~ceeded the limit (For example,
if the coiling heigh~in ~he ~pper arld lower floor isboth 2~00,
~lS and the total is 4800, the lea~t offieial ceiling height
;~allowed aR a room i~ 2100,so tha flexibility of ceiling height
is 300 for eachfloor). ~t is-on~iderad to be su~ficien~ if the
fle~ibilit~- of the po~ition of secondary flocr is 300 ~Im in
vertic~l direction. And ~his anchor arrange~lent is in ~he same
arran~ea~ent as in the case of FIG. 3-3, and is po~sible-to move
the s~condAry floor level up Anddown shownin FIG. 3-4 and 3-6.
In FIG. 113-~ wh~re secondary non-be~ring members are not
placed ~n the sl~b sid~, ~hereis swnterpreof lay~ron the slab
s;d~, and 'putting found~tion ~ystem' mentioned lnter i
~dopted.
In this c~8e~ this system isn't suitable for supporting
'primary self-support type ~econd~ry ~tructure'. However,
~primary sclf-support type second~ry 3tructure' can be
supported inthe methodthat anchor~ are setup ~t the upper An~
low~r ends (which ie no~r to boam ~nd slab) of the vertical
planes s~ch as the c~lumnsor 'eguivalent walls' or the like of
prim~ry ~tructure or wi thin the area where the intermedi~e
flo~r is plA~ed.
b. Anchor arrangement for 's~ppcrt ~yste~ by prim~ry vertical
plAne (overall)'
~ 9 ~ ~ ~ 1 2 ~ 3 1 ~1 2 3: O (~ 0 3 3 2 ~ 9 6 1 7 2 AUF~ f '7 1~ O b P 5 3
89 ~3~5~3
Floor fr~ing plan, Fl~. 113-3 to 113-4, ceiling plan, FIG.
114-2 and section interior ~levation, FlG. 115-1, are the
~nohor arr~nge~ent for 'support syste~ by prLmary vertical
pl~ne' in case th~t the supportin~ e~t~nt of verticul plane is
not limitsd.
Anchors for seoondary be~ring menber (6~ re xet up on the
laterAl side~ of oolumns or the 'equi-~lent wall' of a prjmary
~tructure. Anohorintervals for th~ are~wh~re anchorsare used
frequently to support intermedia~ floors of secondary
structure Are set narro~ (if necessary~. For oth¢r area,
constant and ssme intervals are set. The ~nchor arr~ngement i~
the same a~ FIG. 3-1, to er~able th~ fre~ po~ition of the
intermedi~te floorof second~ry ~tructure shownin FIG~ 3-2 and
3-5. ~he f~ib;lityof th~ positi~n of thisintermediate 100r
1~ is more th~n above-merl~ioned '~upport system by primary
verticul plane ~limited~ IC. 3-7 shows the compo~i~ion of
secondary bearin8 mernbers by the anchor arr~ngement for this
support sy~te~ in the c~e of 3 floors/ 1 la~er.
In FIG. 113-4, waterproof layer ls ~pplied on the sl~b, and
anchor~ for secondary ronb~ring m~mbers ~re no~ set on the
upper sid~s of t~e slabs, ~nd 'putting foundation system'
melltioned later ls adGpted.
In this _E~.~, the ~y~t~m is not ~uitable for s~pportin~
'~rimary ~elf-support type second~ry structure' ~s wall as the
d. 25 ~bove~menti~ned ' s~pport system by prim~ry vertical plane
; ~limited)'. But 'priolary self-support type ~condary
tructure' c~n bc supported in the method that anchors are set
. . up ~ the upper and lower ~nds ~which is ne~r to beam and ~lAb)
of the ~erti~l plane6 ~uch as the columns or 'equivalent
wAlls~ or the like o~ A ptim~ry ~truoturo.
C. Anohor arr~ngement for 'support syst~m by prim~ry
horizont~l plane'.
~ 'loor ~ramin~ pl~n, PIC. lt3-1 to 113-2, ceilin~ plAn, FIa.
114-1 ~nd section lntarior ~lev~tion, FIU. 115-3, ~how ~nchor
~rr~nBcm~nt ~or '~upport ~yst~m by pri~ry horiæont~l plane'.
'~
. :~
. '- .
~'
;i ~ . . - ::. .
'! `, ~: , , . :
,': . ' ' . . ' ,. : ' `
' " ~',' ~ , ' . . . . : : I "
I`3Y~I2q3~H 2~:01 0~ Y 61~ k'!7i~ tl~"3 ~ b l'~j
~ 59 ~6~
Anchors for ~cond6ry b~aring m~b~r(6-1) aro set up on ~he
upper, lower, l~teral ~ides ~ofth~ be~ms etc.) of the beams or
'equiv~l~nt slQb' of~ pri~ry struc~ure (A~, and th~ ;ntervals
o~ anchors nre con~tant or equal. Althou~h the prim~ry
~tructure ~hape is different, this ~nch~r arrAng~ ellt is th~
same as in ~IG. 6-1 to enable the composition of the second~ry
bearing ~ember sho~n in FIGS. 6-2 to 6-11. FIGS~ 6-12 showq th~
composition of ~econdary bearin~ m~mbers by th~ anchor
arrangenlent for this su~port s~stenlin the cn~e of 3 floors/ 1
,: 10 lsyer.
In FlG. 113-2, ~nchors for ~econdary bearin~ m~mber (6-1) are
3et Up on the benms of the primary ~tructure (A~, and ars ~sed
also AS the ~nchors for second~ry non-beRring ~ember (6-2)~
Because of th~ waterproof ~ayer on the slab, nnchors for
secondary nonbearing members ~6-2) ~rc not set on the upper
sid~-~ of the slabs. In this case, Iputti~ uundation sJstem'
mentioned later is adopte~ above the w~terproof la~er.
This s~stem is nl~o sui~able for ~upportih~ 'pri~ury
: 8elf-support type second~ry structure' which is shown in FIC.
: 2~ 6-11 ~nd ~6.
~ d. Anchor arrnn~ement for 'Suuport sy~te~ by both primnry
:; v~rtical ~nd horizo~l plane' [support~d by over~11 vertic~l
plane).
Floor ~raming plan, ~IO. 113-l to 113-2, ceiling pl~n, ~'lG.
25 114-1 and section interior ~l~v~tion, Fla. 115~ hows the
~nchorarrangsm~nt for'support systemby ~othprimary ver~icAl
and h~ri~ontnl pl~n0'.
~his ~nchor arrangem~nt is the c~mplex of th~ Above-~entioned
~nchor Arrang~ent for 'support By~tam by pri.mary vertic~l
pl~ne(overall)' And the~nchor arr~ngementfor ~s~pport ~ystem
by prim~ry hori~ont~l pl.ane'. Namely, anchors for 6econdary
b~aring member~ (S~ are ~st ~p ~t the upper, lower, ~nd
laterAl sides of tho columns or 'equivalent w~lls~ Rnd thc
be~m~ or 'oq~iv~lent ~lab~' of the prim~ry structure (A). The
~nohor int~rval on th0 area wh~rb tho anchors ar~ used
; :
.. , ~. . ~ : . .: . . -:
, .. . . .
.. . ~ , ~ ~ :. :
:, - . - : ~ : :
I ~ ~J c ~ ,? ~) J ~ b I ~ UR I '~ ! f ~ ~ f ` 3 ~ ~ 6 P ~j (
g I b~
frequently to ~upport the interoediate rl~or Or the s~coadary
s~ructur~ i~ sh~rtened, nnd at the oth~r placeq constant ~rd
~ equal interval~ aro ~et up. Anchor~ ar~ ~et up extel-ding fro~
: Lhe ceiling slab to the f]oor sl~b ~t the latera1 sides of a
S column or 'equivalent wall'.
I'hi~ type of anchor arrange~lent. has the most flexible e~ten~
in thc ~prim~ry dep~ndent type secondary structure' ~nd i5 the
aam~ ~lS showl~ in FIG. 12-t. This anchor arrange~ent ma~es th~
~econdary s~ructure composition po~ible ~s in FIC. l2-2 to
I~-G, and also makes the s~cond~ry ~tructure composition
possible in the c~se of 'support syst~m by pri~ary Vel`tiCal
pl~ne (overall)' in FIG, 3-5 nnd in the ca~e o~ 'support system
by primary hori~ontal plane' in FIGS. 5-7, 6-8, 6-10 and 6-11.
In ~lG. 113-~, anchors for ~econd~ry hearing member (6-1) are
~et. on be~ms of the primary structule (A), ~nd the~ are used
also ~s anchors for secondary non-be~ring m~n~ber ~6~ rl~
Anchor~ for s~condsry non-bearing member (6-2) are not ~e~ on
the s~lrf~ce of the flo~r slab ag w~terproof layer is done on the
. surf~ce of the floor. In this case the 'putting foundation'
~20 which will b~ m~ntioned la~er i.~ to bc Adopted.
.~By this system, 'pri~ ry self-~upport type ~econdary
structure' can ~iso be ~upported, as well AS above-mcntioned
'support system by primary hori~ontal planc' which is ~hown in
~IG. 12-9
:25 ~. Anchor arrange~en~ ~or 'support system by both pri~.ary
vertical ~nd horizontal plane' ~supported by li~ited vertical
plane).
Floor framing p1an, FlCS. 113-1 and 113-2, ceilin~ plan,
114-1 ~oction interior olevation, ~I~. 116-~ show ~nchor
~rrnngément in c~se of'~upport by limited suppor~-position of
the vertical pl~ne' of 'support sy~tem by both primary vertical
~nd horizontal plarle'.
This ~upport ~y~tem i~ ~ combined sy~tcm o~ 'support systcm by
primaryvertic~lpl~ne'(limited) ~nd ~supp~rt~y~tem byprimAry
hori~ont~l plane'. Anchor ~rr~ng~ment is ~lso their combined
.' .
'''
.:
.....
~ '' ' . . :~ ,
. ~, - .- .
.~ . - .
03 :J ~`29 ~)17 2 A~IF~ ? I`~ " 3 ,1 0
~2
~rrangem~nt. Anchors for second~ry bearin~ ~e~bers (8-1) are
set up on th~ upp~r, lo~r, l~ter~l sides of the columns or
'uquiv~lcnt w~lls' and the be~ms or '~quivnlent sla~' of a
primary ~tructure (A). Anchor interv~l~ for the nrea where
anchor8 ~re used fraquently to support thc in~er~adiut~ ~loor
of secondary structurss are se~ narrow, and anchor intervals
~or the other are~ are arran~ed to be constant and equal.
Anchors are set, within the extentwhere theintermedi~te ~loor
o~ sccondary structurescan~e set,onsaid l~t~ral side~of'the
columns or 'equivalent wAlls'.
This anchor arrnng~e~ is iu the s~m~ way as FlC. 12-7 nnd
12-8, and c~n r~alizc almost the same composition of secondnr~
structur~s as th~t of above ~entioned 'support system by ~oth
primary verticsl nn~ hori~ontal plAne ~supported by overnll
vertical planes)', e~cept the fact that there is less
fle~ibillty in the verticaldirection forhorizont~l secondary
member~.
By ~hi~ s~st~m, 'primAry s~lf-suppor~ ~yp~ ~corl~ary
~truct~lre' can also be supported, ~s well ns abov~-mentioned
'support ~yst~m by prim~ry horizont~l pluna'.
f. Anchor arr~ng~ment for 'support ~y~tem by both primary
verticaland horizontal plnn~'(settin~ ~nchorsli~ited ~nly on
horizontal pl~nes).
~ loor framinB plan, FIG. 113-1 ~nd FIC. 113-2, c~iling plan,
FIG. 114~ ection interior elev~tion, ~IG. 115-3, show th~
anchor ~rrange~ent for'support sy~tem by both prim~rY vertical
and hori~ontal pl~ne' ln the ca~e th~t anahors for sccondary
b~ring ~emb~rs arc not s~t up to a ~erticnl plnne. Anchor for
secondary beAring ~bers ~ 6-l ) is ~et up on th~ upper) low~r
~r lnt~ral jide~ of beams or '~guiv~lent sl~bs' of ~ primAry
structure (A). Anchor interval i8 the constant or ~qlla1.
Thi~ an,h~r ~rrun~m~nt is applicable to tho case of
~bove-m~ntion~d ~s~tting srstem extent for ~nahor~ nt lniti~l
:
construcitiononhoriæontal plnne~mone 'theextent for BattinB
anchor~ At initi~l construction' for '~upport 8y8te~ by both
.;, .
,......................................................................... .
: ,
''`
''. ~ '' ~. : :
::: , ~ : : - ,
. :: :: :
I Y ~ 2 ~ 4 ll J 3 2 2 9 6 1 7 '' f~lJR l 'J j~ '7 ~ .idm~ ` 3 ;~ 0 6 f ~ J
9 3 i~ D ~
prim~ry ~ertlc~l and horizontal plane'. Of cv~rse i~ i~ al80
possible to ~dopt. this anchor Arrangement for the case of
~bove-mention~d 's~ttin~ ~ystem extent for anchor~ at initial
construction on both primary vertical ~nd horizont~l plana'.
This ~nchor arran~e~nt ara to be done in the same w~y ns the
anchor arrangeDIentth~t for 'support eystem by prim~ry
horizontal plane'. Anchors forsecond~ry bearing members (6-1)
srP set on ~he upper, lower, lsteral sidcs of the beams or
'equivslent slabs' o~ a primary structure (A~. This ~nchor
rran~ement has conat~nt or ~u~1 interva1s.
The speci~l featur~ of this ~y~tem is not to set anchors for
s~condary benrin~ ~smbsrs on th~ vertic~l plane of ~ pri~ary
str~c~ure, and secondary bearingmombers are supported by said
~erticAl plnne~ without being connected to said vertical
16 plane~. By thi~ syst~m, n~ al)cJlor i5 required on the v~rticAl
plane of a primary structure, however seis~ic load~ etc. of
: secondary be~sing memb~rs c~n be transmitted ~o the col~lmn~ or
~equivalent w~ ' o~ a pri~nry strueture. Secondnry bearing
members ~re con~ected byanchors for secondary bearing members
which nre s~ o~ th~ b~a~ns o~ '~quivalent slab' of A primary
s~ructure.
This anchor arr~ngemen~ is in the s~me way ~s FIG. 96-13
~lthough the shAps of A primary structure isdifferent, and c~n
rosli~.e thc sa~e sccond~ry members c~mpo~ition ~s FIGS. ~6-14
~hrough 96-15.The secondarymemberscomposition in thissyste~
looks ~l~o~tthe s~me ~s in s c~seof 'support sy~tem by primary
horizorltal plsne'. But in case of this '~upport system by
.~ primary horizontal plan~', the v~rticsl ~mbers such as th0
columns or thc like which support intermediate ~loor of
second~ry structure (~) ~re supported o~ly by the hori~ont~l
pl~nc~ of the bea~s of or the llke the primRry struct~re (A),
~nd no ~ei~mic lo~d3 of ~id second~ry ~tructure ~re
trAn~mitted to the vertical plAnes of a pri~sry ~tructure (A).
As ~ result, the ~esi~ic resi~tin8 w~lls or br~ces ~re
neces~ry for the ~econd~ry structures ~B)~hown in FIG. 96-12l
:,
.
.;
. ~ , . ' .
. .
~ Jfl31~ c.3:05 03 ~22~3 6~72 ~1Ri~f~'r~ "3 0~6 P6~
. 94 ~3~
or th~? consid~r~blt? stiffnes~ is required to the veltical
memb~rs ~uch as the colum1~s etc. of s~o~ndRry structur~s 1,he
top nnd bottomend of which sre~upported by aprim~ry structur~
(~), shown in FIC. 96-1l. In thi~ ~y~tem, howsv~r, the seismic
; 5 l~ads of secondary ~tructures (8) oan be transmitted to the
vartic~l planes of primary s~ructure (A) ~s snid v~rtical
members ofsecondurystructurescontuctsa1d vertic~l planes of
primary structure (A), and therefore, the stiffness of tht?
vertical ~embers such ns the oolutllns o~ ~econdary structures
lO (B) ;~ not so requirQd, ~shown in FIG. 96~1~ througt1~6-l5, no
seismi~ resistin~ ~ll and `orac~ is n~?Qd~?d, and the 2 x ~
wooden structure withou~ the continuous colu~n between uppcr
and lower ~loor~ can ~lso b~,used.
: By th;~ sy~tem, `prim~ry self-support type secondary
l~ 6~ructure' can ~l~o be suppor~ed, a~ well as above-mentio1led
'sup~rt system by prl~nry hori~ont~l pl~n(?'. 2. ~oof layer.
In a roof layer, ~nchor ArrQngement for eAch support sys
are applied in the snma wa~ as mentioned ~bo~e as ~ollows.
.~ a. Anchor ~rrang~mant for '~oof lay~r support systel~ of
.~ 20 pri~lary no upw~rd ~on~tructing type~ :
Floor framing plan, FIG. ~l9~ ection interior el0vation,
FIG. 120-l show anchor arrangement for 'roof layer support
sy~tet~ oE pri~ary no upwa~d constructing type'. A~ well AS in
the c~se of ~bove mentioned ~upp~rt ~ystem by ~rim~ry
~ 25 horizont~l pl~ne', th~ ~nohor for secondary beari1~g member~
; t6-1) is sut up to uuper sides tlnd later~l sides of beams or
,.: 'equival~?n~ sl~bs' with fi~e~ intt~rbals. In Above ment.ioned;; ~support system by prim~r~ horizo~tAl plane' secondary
3truoture c~n be support~3d by ceiling side~ (undt3r b0ams and
30 ~labs), ho~ever in this o~s~, it is limited Wit}1 only upper
- sides of b~ams And slabs ~hown in FICS. 87-l through 89 which
.' ~hould ba ~xpl~ined ~ 'prl~ry ~elf- ~upport type secondary
~tructure'.
b. Anchor arran~emant for 'roof layor support ~y~te~ of
'. 35 primnry upw~rd aon~tructing type~ (~support system by primary
, . ,
199~ 131E1 23:u6 03 3229 ~ ,2 AURlq~J~ tl ju"3 ~ 6 P55
vertic~l pl~ne')
Floor fr~ming plan, FIG. 1~1-2, and section in-terior
eleYation, F`I~S. 122-1 and 122-2 show ~nchor arrangement of
'support systsm by primary verticnl pl~ne' ~mong 'roo~ laycr
~upport ~ystem of primary upward c~nstructin~ t~pc'. In th~
sAme way a~ the 'supporL system by primary verticnl plnne',
unchors for sec~ndary bearing members t6-l) m~ntioned above,
are ~tup to the lateral ~idesof thecolu~ns(l~or 'equivalent
walls' of the primary structur0 (A). In this sy~tcm ther~ Are
I0 two ways o~ anchor arran~ement. In one case, the set up extent
o~ the ~nchor(6-1) conce.^ned, is limited within thc
intermedint:e floor of secondarYstructure (see FIG. 122-~). In
oth~r case, anchor~ are arrangod from the floor slao extanding
- to the c~iling slab ~see FIa. 122-1). Moreover, when anchorsare arran~ed at the uppar side of the co1umn or 'equivalent
~ wall', the roof of secondnry ~ructures ~B) c~n nl~o be
: supported. ..
;~ The composition o~ secondAry structures shown in FIGS. 91-l
throu~h ~1-3 become,~ po~sible.
c. Anchor nrrange~ent for 'suppo~t syste~l o~ prin~ry
con~tructcd upw~rd type on rooflRyer' ('support ~yst~m by both
prim~ry vertical and hori~ontnl plane').
Floor framin8 p1nn, FIG. 121-1 and, section intarior
elevation, FIGS. 122-1 and FIG. 122-2 show~ nnchor arr~ng~ment
for 'support system by both primary vartical ~nd horizontal
plane' ~or,g the 'roof l~cr support Yystem of prlm~ry
conYtructin~ type'. This i5 a combined sy~tem of anchor
. nrrangam~t, of ~b~vementioned'primQrynoupw~rd construc~i~g
'~ type roof lnyer compo~ition 3yhtem' and 'primary upwnrd
30 constructing type roof l~y~r co~po~il;ion sY~tem' ~ ' ~upport
3ystem by primnry vertical plane'). Anohor arr~ngem~nt ~or
~ond~ry bearin~ m~bers ~6-l~ nra to be on the upper, lower,
lataral sid9~ of column~ or ~guivalent walls' ~nd bea~s or
'~quival~nt slAb~' of the pri~ry s~ructure (A), and is
:~ 35 ~p~r~te from 2 method~ of the over~ rr~n~ement ~nd the
., ~.
'
'';
' '. ~ : ,. .
:
I~`J~ s'l~ b l~ 3~29 6l72 f~ 3 ~106 P~6
96
restricted ~rran~e~ent on the lAt~r~l ~ido of th~ column or
~equiv~l~nt wall' of the prim~ry structure ~A~. similarly to
the ~nchor arr~ngement for 'roof layer support sy~tem of
prim~ry upward con~tructing typa' ('support system b~ primary
verticAl pl~ne') mentioned ~bovo.
Anchor arr~ngem~nt of this type, AmOng th~ 'primar~dependent
type secondsry structure' of t~e ~oof layer, this sy~tem can
g~t the most fle~ibility.
d. Anchor arr~nge~-en~ for 'with ~nd without primnry up~rd
constructing type roof l~t~er composition system'
Floor framirl~ pl~n, FIG. 123-1 ~ndgectioninterior elev~tjon,
FIC. 12~, ~how anchor ~l~rAngementfor 'with and without primhry
- upwardconst,ructingtyperoof lsyercomposition system~ ~ Anchor
~rr~n~ement of this system~ ic A co~bin~tion of the abovo
mentionod 'primary no upward constructing type roof 1E~;er
compo~ition system~ and 'prim~ryu~w~rd con3truct.ing type roof
yer composition sy~te~'.
Anchors ~r~ ~rran~ed ~ccor~ing to th~ situatio~, th~t is, for
:, the place where no primary str~oture is constructed, ~bove
,, 20 ~entioned 'support system by prim~ry horizont~l plane' is
elected f~rthe anchor arrangement, while, for the plAoe wher~
prim~ry s~ructure i~ constructed, either 'support syske~ by
; primary vertical pl~ne' or 'support system by both prim~ry
,:~ vertical Andhorizont~l pl~n~' ohn bechosen. Therfore, by this
25 system~ there ~re more choices for the strùctur~l plunning of
the primary Ytructure, hnd the co~-position of secondary
~, strLIctures. A~ong All those cholce~, FIG.123~ nd ~IG. 124
show two dif~errent types of anchor urrAngemant x~ste~
.~ nam~ly, for the place where no pri~ary stru~ture is
con~truc~ed~ ~nchor ~rr~n~ement for'support ~yste~by primllry
horizontal pl~n~ i8 selected, ~nd for the pl~ce where pri~ary
~tructuru i9 construct~d, 'support sy~t~m by both prim~ry
vertic3l and horizont~l plane~ i8 OhO80n.
'~' Bythe ~nchorarrangoment forthis~upport~ystem, composition
o~ secondary ~tructuros 8hown in ~IGS. 92-1 ~nd 94~1 become
. .
~. . .
.;.
~: . :
: .
.... : :.. . , :
9 ;~ 3229 6 1 7 2 AUF~ J~ ` 3 1!11~ I~;J ~
97 2f~Y3~3 3
possible. As it is expressedat SUppOl~ system, in thls system,
the 'primary ~elf-~upport type secondary ~structure' is used
tog~therwithth~ 'pri~ary dependenttyp~ sscondary structura',
and conscquently, the ~l~xibility ofthee~ternal shapeas hell
as thnt of the int~rior planning are provided ~o the secondury
structurc.
21 Anchor arrang~ment forr~eco1-dary r~vnb~ario~ members And the
composition of second~ry structures.
~nchor arrnngement for s~cot~dary non~earin~ m~mbers is made
According to 'the extent for setting At the initial
construction' of anchor ~orsecond~ry norlb~alin~melnbers (6-2)
mentioned above. Anchor~ are set all uver the upper, the lo~er
~nd the lateral sides Gf colu~ns,w~lls, beams, and slabsof the
prim~r~ ~tructure, including ~he roof l~yer where primary
structure is ~on~tructed u~ward, within the limi~ 90 tha~ it
would not cut reinforcing bars ar,d it would ~eep enou~h bond
strength~.
P`or the area where anchors ~rc used ~reaqu~n~ly, unchor
interv~ls are set n~rrow, while in gcner~l, constAnt or equ~l
2U intArv~ls are ~et ~in ca~e different intsrvuls can be cho~en
parti~lly, or between verticAl dir~otion and horizonta~
diraction, ard ~ore thun 2 differert kinds of intarv~ls may be
used). Intervals of anchors for inter;or foundation~ ~nd that
of for~ separ~tors are inte~rated (same dist~nce i~ cho~n),
and both ofthem can be u~ed as anchors forsecondary nonbe~ring
snemb0r~. In th0 o~her ar~a th~ s~nle intervuls oan ~1SD be used
(~s a result approximately 450 X 900 intervals ~re often
schosen ) .
To uGe ConstAnt or equAl intervAls for vv~rull Anchors s~ up
30 in the prim~ry structure, will contribute not only for the
flexibility ofpl~nning, the st~nd~Idi~tionof the diameterof
,~Anchor~, but ~190 ~or the later mentioned recept~cles ~d
;inter-struGtur~l members to r0gur~te support-stlength of
econdary nonbearing member~ ~nd to givc ~ po~ibility for
35 m~nu~acturing m~s3-production of common p~rts and
:',
ii''
- - ~ -_........ .... _
~,.
~, :
" - . ,
~: ; . . .
: . . ,
: , - -' - ; .. ' : .
1'19~]2~3l~ 23:0~ 0~ J229 ~17~ AURI~i-f~ "3 0~16 ~6
98 ~ , ,.L
st~ndardizAtion .
Moreover by usin~ the same length ~8 UB~d for co~mon in~rior
finish foundqtion(ex.ceiling) and for~ ~eparators, most part~
~ncho~ e~n bo substituted, which ~e~arkabl~y econo~i~.e the
S quantity of ~nchors, nnd re~ur~te size~ of materials ùsed in
c.onstruction site ~nd n~unufacturing common parts and the
standardization i~ also po~sible for receptacles and
inter-structural members.
Especially in c~se of the adoption ~f 450 X 9G0 ~nchor pitch,
which i8 the 6a~e ~6 the finish foundation(such as ceiling~,
ths e.~ternal w~ll, external doors nnd windows frame, interior
purtition for a furring strip ~embers, interior flnish
foundations c~n b~ connectod and supported by a ~oDImon ~nchor
~nearly 9~. The s~me mP~bers are used for the receptacles,
inter-structural members (in c~se of the adoption of
~around)q50x900 pitch with the ~p~n of (around)~00 for the
.~ inter-structural member and ~around)l50 for the recept~cles,
the plate o~ 50~6 (or 65~ in ca~e of angle) is erlough e~cept
th~ 50x9 connectin~ member of upper pnrt of exterior doors und
;l~ 2n w:indows frs~e). Al~o i~ will clsar the detail problem, and it
`~ has the co~mon part with the Anchor for th~ finish found~tion,
economic ~ith the exchangable p~rts. If the concrete for~
~ sspar~tor i~ us~d in the samo interv~ th~t of ~Mohortand it
'~ i9 po~sible), this separAtor c~nbe us~d ~s the anchor ~nd thu~
e~abling the flexibility with th~ same level of cost of
existin~ ~ethod. Str~n~th of frAme s~paraters can be adjusted
to fit for secondary membars, ~8 ~entioned l~ter, and free
choice of the OAp nuts, bolts are po~lble. Also anchortype and
dismeter can be unificd.
~0 For tho ~l~b wh~re waterproofin~ i~ made~ ~the putting
foundatiDn sy8tem', mentioned l~ter, can be adopted so th~t no
., unohor iB necded.
~ Aneh~rs ~Ol' s~condArybeAiring ~om~or~ can b~s~t atupper sidos
.; of columns ~nd 'oguiv~l~nt w~ 'of~ primary structure upward
36 constructin~ type on roof layor to siupport roof membors of
__ , .. _ ... _ .......... . . . . .... , .. _ ___ _ ... ,, . . ..... . . _
, :
'
... . . , ., -: :
.;: :;., . . . :
:: i ..
: , .. ,:
.~ ,: .::
,: :. .
:- ,-: ,. ::: ::
~. . :.
1932~12~31a 23;~g 0~ 3229 61~2 I'~UR~ 71~;~'r~*~ 0(15 Pl;3
99 ~ 13
secondnry str~ctules ~B).
FI(~S. 113-1 throu~h 115-3 And F:ICS. 11~~1 thrt~ugh 128 s~h~w '~h~t
Anchor for the s0condary nonbearing mernber~ (~-2)' for settin8
external wall~ boundary w~ll, p~rtition, doors ~nd window
frame, which are set in constant. ~nd equal interv~ls, except
the anchor for socondary baaring ~emb~rs ~6-1). Amon~ them,
FIGS. 113-l throu~h 115-3 show the ~nchor arran~e~nt in the
ca~ o~ 2 ~loors/ 1 lay~r of the in~ernlediate l~yer of primary
structur~, and FIGS. 12fi-1 through 128 shGw thAt vf 1 floor~ 1
layer, FIGS.119-1 and 120-1 show that of 'composit.ion system
prim~ry no upw~rd con~tructing t~pe r~of layer'. FIGS. 1~1-1,
121-2, 122-l and 122-2 3h~w the AnchorArrsngementfor 'support
sy~tern of prim~ry upward con~tructing type on ~oof l~yer' and
: FIGS. 123-1 and 124 show the anchor arrangement for 'support
. 15 cystem of pr~mary upward constructing typ~ on roof layer~
! In the~e figur~s, all interv~ls ~se ~rr~nged by ~n ~bove
:~ ~entioned 450 X 900 pitch,and the ~xternal~ll, outside doors
~nd window~, interior p~rtition, furr.in~ strip mambers, cQn b~
.; support~td and f i~ed by a common anchor, and most r~cept~ol~s
nnd inter-structural members c~n ~e the ssale ~ype.~Th~re would
be some exception).
The difference between the compo-~ition ofl ~loor/ l lAyer ~nd
2 floor~ l lr~yer of 'prim~ry dependent type secondary
struc~ure' when ~et on ground layer and intermediate layer are
to be mentioned in the next para~raphs.
;~ a. 'Prim~ry dependent type secondary structur~' in 2 floors/
1 layer.
FIGS. 113-l through 115-3 show the anchor arran~ment for a
prim~ry structure of ~ ~loor/ 1 layer. In ca6e of setting the
. 30 'primury dependent type ~econdAry ~tructure' in the primary
'~ structure~ tho rel~t;on of secondary nonbe~ring menlbers wlth
:, ~ocondAry be~ring me~bers~nd the prirnAry ~tructure is shown by
the section det~il drawing of FIGS. 207 through 209, In these
cas~ ~econdAry nonbeArin8 mo~erB such ~ extcrn~l w~lls and
. 35 door~ ~ndwindow~orthe like Ar~ ~,onn~cted ~nd s~pported by the
.
.. ..
:'
:' ~;, ~ ` '
' ~ ' ' . ' '' ' , ~ .
,, ~ ,.. .. .
199~12.~23~ 03 3~29 ~ AU~ `3 0~6 1-'i0
100 ~`~$~
primary 3~ructure, except th~ Ch~ that they are su~ported by
~cond~ry be~rlng members such as b~am~ in the intermediat~
floor of ~econdAry ~tructur~.
b. 'Prim~ryda~ndent ~ype second~ry ~tructur~' in 1 f]oorJ I
l~yer.
FICS. 126-1 through 128 sho~ th~ anchor arr~ngement for the
. prir~ry structure of l floorJ l layer cn~e, When the 'primary
dapendent type secondary structur~'is ~dopted in thi~ primary
; structure, the internal ~pace is 3hut out fro~tthe outside and
is constituted by the secondary nonbearing me~bers without
secondary bearing members, requri1~g eve~tunlly no ~nchors for
r~oondRry bearin~tnembers. FI~S. 126-1 and 126-2 ~re the floor
fr~ming plans, FI~. i27is theceiling plan,~nd ~IG. 128is the
. interior eluvation. In ~IC.126-2, 'puttingfou~d~tion syste~'
::15 etc. ~9 mentioned lat~r is ~dopted for the w~terproofed layer
~~ithout nny nnchor 58t U~ to th~ floor.
i~The differ~nce be~ween the ' primary ~el f-support typ~
:fiecondary struct~r~' and the 'prinlary dependent type secondnr~
structure' i-Q remArke~ble especi~lly in 1 floor~ 1 layer type.
.20 Thoueh the 'primary self-~upport typo second~ry structul e'
would need sscond~ry bearing n~er~bers, the 'primary d~p~ndent
type gecond~ry structure' doesn't need s~condary bearin~
'm~m~ers, or the ~nchors for seaond~ry bearing members.
.~Therefore, for 1 floor/ 1 l~yer oa8e~ ths 'prim~ry deper1dent
t~Ype seoondary structure' is adv~nt~geous. ~cnsideri~g the
'!~story height, when the 'primary self-support type ~econd~ry
~tructur~ adopt~d, th~ 1 floor~ yer ty~e is qui~e
,~disadvant~eou~. That i6~ when primary s~lf-support type
r~lsecondary stlucture i~ adopted, in case of 2 floor~/ 1 lAyer
type, one set of the doubl~ bs ~nd b~ are requir~d for 2
floor~ of secondary ~tructure, whioh mear~6 th~t each floor of
seco~d~ry structurc needs half depth of bcam6 and slabs,
contributing the ~tor~y height reduction. Howevar, ln case of
~l ~loor/ llay~r typa, tha d~pthof ~eam and ~l~b i9 count~d for
'~35 aach floor le~din~ l~r~er ~toray haight, l~ttin~ thi~ system
..,
:
~" ~ ~ ,; - .
.
- : ~ .: . -:
l~2~Z~3l~ ~3:~l 03 ~22Y 61~2 ~ 7~ " 3 1~
10~ 3
verydis~dvantng~ous.Inthi~ Q.~peCt, a~ the 'primarydependent
typ~ seco~dnry ~tructure' doesn't have the double ~lab and
bcnms, the only proble~ i6 the rp~co und~r the floor ~or thæ
free sew~e syst~,which could be ~olved by'the storey h~ight
reduction system' ~ntioned l~ter ~this ~ystem cou]d be
applicable to both type of secondary structure~. Thus, it is
qui te ~dvatageolls to adopt the prime.ry d~,pendarlt type ~econ:l~ry
structure in case o~ 1 floor t 1 layer, and for the primary
~elf-support type secondary structure, it is better to adopt 2
or more floor3/ 1 ].Ayer nnd there wou}d be less disadvanta~os
for more floors/ 1 layer.
3) Anchor arrangeR~ent ~or both second~ry bearing and
non-beAring members, ~nd 3econd~rr structure composition.
~ IGS. 116-1 throu~h 118, 119-2, 120-2, 121-3, 122 3, 123-2,
and 125, show the ~nchor6 arrRngement which is used ior
'anchors for both secondary beAring Rnd non-bearing member3
l6-3~' taround 13~7). This is used for ~e~clusiYe supporti~lg
system of wooden and other light second~ry b~arinB ~ember~'.
These anchors are ~et up on 'the extent ~or setting anchor at
ZO initial construction' for both ~eoondary be~rinE and
non-b~rin~ m~mbers ~6-3~ ~9 mention~d abov~. NamelY, thi~
~nchors arran~ement i8 re~a~ded as ~h~ same as '~u~port s~tem
o~ secondary nonb~arinx msmber' and i~ Adopted the
~bove-mentioned ~ anohor~nrr~n~eme~t for~econdary non-~earir!g
members'. In the supporting pl~c~6 D~ large -cp~n beams or the
columnswhich ~uppDrt~he1ar~o span beA~s,the ~bove-m~ntioned
'~nchor~ for s~condary b~arinB ~mbers' ~re ~rran~ed, or ~re
set in the upper, lower, later~l sldes of the walls and sl~bs
iinculuding the upwnrd c~truction parts) of primury
~ructure~ which ~re ~tructu~lly reinforced to be able to
: support sAid large ~pnn beams or the column~ to support the
14rge op~n beam~, ~nd the anchor3 ~rrungement ~n the~c par-ts iq
8~ a~ tho s~me ~8 ' Anchor~ arrangcmen~ ~or sccondury
nonbe~ring member'.
The~ embodimsnts 8how th0 4nchor ~rr~n8~mon~ for the walls
. ~
.
, ~ . .
: . .
.
, ' ~ ~ '' '
1992~12~31~ 2~:12 C3 ~22~ 611~ AUR1~it7~ tl~"3 O~JS P7
102
~nd ~ab~ ~hich ~re 6tructuAlly reinforced ~f th~ primnry
structure. Namely, anchors for both second~ry be~rin~ and
non-bearing ~embers ~6-3) ar~ sat on the upper; lower, lBteral
sides of th~ ~olumns or 'equivalent walls', the beam~ or
'eq~ alent ~lQbs', and the walls and sl~bs which is
structually reinforced ~so AS to bc able to support long span
bea~1s or th~ columrs ~o support said lon8 span beams) of the
primary structure ~A). The anchor interYal for th~ Area where
anchors are used fre~uently such ns in the place to set the
1~ in~ermediate floors of seconr~ary ~tructure is r;et narrow, and
is set con~At1t and ~qual in the other ~rea.
~ egarding the anchor intervAl, 'the anchor ~rrangement for
s~condary nonbe~rins members' is ~pplied to the upper, low~r,
l~teral sides of w~lls and sla~s which is structually
reinfor~ed of ~he pri~ar~ structure ~A), while 'the anchor
~rran~em~nt for secondary beAring m~mbers' i9 ~pplied to the
i,' upper, low¢r, later~l sides o1' ~he columns or '~qui~ nt
walls', beams or 'equi~a~en~ slnbs' or the li~e of the pri1nar~
~truc~ur~ (A~, ~nd the anch~r nrrangement for seoondnry
nonbe~ring members i~ nppli~d, as the an~hor.s on thes~ plaoes
are also to be used as anchors for secondary nonbeAring
members.
In thi~ c~se, thc Anchors ~r~ used both for secondsry
nonbe~ring m~mber~ and second~ry bearing members, assur~ing
more flexibility of secondary ~tructure. As tho difference of
dia~1ete~ betwoerl this 1~nchor for both ~econdary bearin8 and
non-be~ring ~embers' and '~nchor for ~econdary non-beAring
members' is sm~ this does not brir1g the direconomy.
In tho other hand, when thc w~lls and ~l~bs of ~ prim~ry
3truoture ~re not structu~lly reinforced, Anchors Arr~n~oment
for ~ccondaryr~on-be~rin~ member~ ~re ~dopted, and anchor~ for
both seoondary b~aring and non-be~rin~ ~mber6 Are s~t only on
the column~ or 'equivalentw~ ', beams or ~equiv~lent sl~s'
of tho primary structure (A).
~nthiscAse, al~o '~upport syste~ by b~thprim~ry vertical and
. __,, _ ... ~. " , _____, . _,",_, . _ . .... .. ~_ ....... _
.~ '
:;
. . .
' ~ , '." '~ ;, ''' -",;" '' ''' ~'
: ' . ' '
,,
I ~l Y ~ 3 (J J J 2 2 9 b l 7 2 AUI~ s
1 0 3
hori~ontal plane' can ~o adoptcd, howev~r the flexibility i~
limited, a~ cornpared with the ca8c of the nbove-mentioned
struct~lly reinforced wsl1s ~nd slnbs. In such u e~se, when
anohor for bot~ ~econdary b0arin~ and non~bearing mambers are
5 set up only at the coiumn~or ~equival~nt w~118' of the primary
structure ~A), it becomes the 'support system by prim~ry
~ vcrtical pl~ne ' ( there would be 'support system ~y pri~ary
- verticAl plane ~limitad)' And 'support syst~m b; primary
~irtical plane ~over~ll)', as the s~me AS above-ment.ioned
10 'support sy~tem by prim~ry vertic~l pl~n~'). When anehor for
both secord~ry be~rin~ ~nd non-bearin~ m~mbeIq are ~et up only
:~ ~t the b~ms or 1equi-~alent slabs' of the primary ~t.r~cture
(~), it becom~s tile 'support system by primar~ horizontal
plane'
15More, floor ~r~n~ing plan, FIG.116-1, FIC.116-2, ceiling ~lan
, section interior e1evation, ~IG. 118, show 'the anchor
rranR~ment forbothsecondaIy be~rin~and non b~arin~ ~embers'
by '~-lpport system by both pri~r~ vertical and horiz~ntal
pl~ne'. By this arr~ngem~nt, the co~position of the secondRry
ætruQtur~ have the flexibility ~lmost the sAme or even more
th~n the cas~ ot' FIC. 96-5, FIG. 96-6 ~nd the case of
s~bove-msntioned 'support system by both prim~ry vertical slnd
hori~ont~l pl~ne'.
~oor framingplan,FI~ llg-2 andsecti~ninterior elevs~t~on,
.,,
2~ FIG. 120-2, ~how 'the snchor ~rran~em~t for both sccond~r~
b~ring ~nd non-be~ring mecbers'by '~pportssy~t~ of primary
non-con~tructed upw~rd typ0 on roof l~yor'.
Fl~or framing ,olan, FIG. 121-3 and sectional interior
ele~tion, FIC. 122-3~ show 'the ~nchor arr~n~ement for both
30 sooorid~ry b~aring ~nd non-boAring nlombers' by '~upport sy~stem
by 'ooth prim~ry verticAl And horizont~l pl~ne' ~ong 'oupport
systom of primary constructed upwe.r-i type on roof l~yer~
For f loor fr~n~ing pl~n, FIG. 123-2 and ~oction int~rior
elev~tion, FIG. 126, ~how 'the ~nchor arrAn~omellt for both
36 6econdary be~rin~ and non-be~ring ~emb~rs' by '~upport sy~tem
'
,
. . .
. , . . ~ . ;
. IY~12~ J:I~ 0~ ~22-j 6llZ ~U~ `3 ~l06 i~7~
.:
104
by both prim~ry vertio~l ~nd horizo~t~l plane' ~mong 'support
~ystem of ~oth primary con~trtlcted ~pward and non-construct~d
upw~rd typ~ on roof layer'.
All the floor framinB plans except FlC. 116-1 show the ca~e
wh~n 'the anchor for both secondary beRrin~ and non-bearing
n~embers'(6-3)or 'th~ anchor for~econdarynonbearing me~bers'
(8-2) Ar~ nots~t on th~ sl~b, as ~t~rproof l~ycris set on the
floor. The method of 'putting foundation system' ~s ~entioned
later should be adopted on this waterproof layer.
Anchor details
For anchors, support strength~ dur~bility, ea~e o~
con~tr~ction nnd preci~ion of cOn~trUCtiGn of the ~ettin~ up
po8i tion are pnrticularly import~nt.
~1) 'F~rl~ s~t~ing up ~nchor'.
FIGS. 129-1 ~nd 129-5 are e~ampl~s of th~ c~st-in typ~. FIG.
129-1 i8 an oxAmple gOI' secondary bearing .~e~bers, and FIG.
t~9-5 is all e.~n~ple for secondury non~earing membors.
~2) 'Anchor fr~e sy~t~m'
.. 20 Thoughitcould be considered asgeneral type. the anchor frame
: system expressed here is thught from th~ point of simplicity,
precision and ~conomy ofcon~truction, ~nd within thi~ syste~,
.~ an intcrior 'snchor fr~me ~y~t~ a sy6tem that is
restricted to nn initial set up type ~nchor.
26 1) 'Intcrior anchor frame systa~'
This is an explanation of the case when the anchor i~ composed
: from anchor nuts or cnp nuts (8) with th~ ~nchor frame (5~. The
~nchor frAme ~5) is laid under tho ground inside concrete,and
;~ we1d~d to reinforcin~ ~teel 18 in concrete, ~ccompanied wi~h
~nchorage reinforcing steel which i~ fixed to anchor frame (5)
(~ee FI~S. 13 through 28~. Forthc ~nchor frame (5), ~tee1 bars,
~ntle~, H And chanll~1 seotion~teels or the like are used. Over
the whole thore ~re multiple penetration hole, and on the
surf~o~ and baok ~lde of this ~ach ponetration hole, multiple
;; 36 anohor nuts or a~p nut8 8 ~ro set up by woldin~, directly or by
' :
.-- . ._,
.
, . ~ - , , , , ". ,~. .,; ,
.
,. ~ , . . ..
.. . ..
1992~]'~31~ 2~:~9 03 3~23 6172 AURI~,~7~ `'3 ~l6 P7-,
105 ~ 3
ins~rtion. T~o or more anchor nut~ ~8) ar reQulred are 6et up
repeatodly, enhnncing the strcn~th of the ~nchor.
On th~ c~ncrete ~urf~ce ~hown in FI~.13 to ~8, of columns ~13,
be~ms (2), w~ 3), ~nd sl~hs 14). the ~nchor holes 6 ~rc
bored ~uccessively tG the above ~antion~d ~nchor nut~ and cap
nuts l8), so as to unite the fixin~ bolt~ ~10~ to the snchor
nut~ or c~pnuts (8). FI~. ~8 shows c~p nuts typa by the method.
:E1sewhere, there is ~lso ~ compositio~ that, ~or th~ whole
frame, multiple anchor bolts (7) with intervals, are set up b~
~hru~ting the #nchor frAme (5) into conoret~, with its end
st~nding out super~ici~ to ~n ~ppointed length, by means of
this,fixing nut(9) sre ~ble to be fixed to thi~; projecting p~rt
, ( ~ee FIGS, 2~ to 33 ) .
2) 'Superficial anchor fr~e syst~m' and 'We~ding anchor
5y5tem~.
The setting up m~thod of ~nchor fr~me t5) and snchor nuts Ol'
cap nu~ ~8), i~ the method sh~wn ~lso in FIGS. 34 to ~7.
~To e~plain this rnethod, not all the ~nchor frame ~5], anchor
: nuts orcap nut~(8) ~reperfectlyinside the concretc, on1y the
~nchor nuts ~nd c~p nuts(8) ~re burie~ inslde th~ concrete ~nd
thc ~nchor fr~me ~5) i~ set level ~ith the ~urf~ce of the
concr~te. The anchor frAme (5~ ls ~ixed by wol~ing to the
reinforcin~ steel (18) in the conGr~te~ or fixed by the
~nchorage reinforcing steel of the anchor fr~me ~5J, or fixed
by 'nut forfixin~ anchorfrAme't17) to '~nchor bolt for fi~ing
anchor fr~m~'(15) which is thru~ted into the surf~ce, or fixed
by 'bolt for fixin~ enchor fr~me'll6)to 'anchor nut or c~p nut
for fixlng ~nchorframe'(l4) buried in~ide the conc.rete, or the
like (Herein~ter, '~nchor bolt for fix~ng anchor fr~mo'(l5)
~rld '~ncho~ nut or cap nut for fixing ~nchor frame'(l~ r~
called ~nchor for fixing ~nchor fr~e' ~14)(15)). Similarl~,
FIGS. ~8 to53 ~how ti)e ca~ of anchori~olt~7) u~ed instead of
:th~ ~nchor nut~ or c~p nut~ (8).
Inca~that~econd~ryi~lembo~ cnd~1ux ~uppor~ ln~ ~onnection
memb0r~' ar~w~lded ~o these ~upQrfloial anchor Pr~ma(5~ Qhown
:
. ' -
t 'l '~ 21~ 'J l E3 'c' 3: 1 5 0 3 3 ~) 2 '1 6 1 7 2 AUI~ I ~rx-~'7 1~, t ~ 6 ~ ' ~ t
10~ 5~
FIGS. 5~ to 56-4, the s~ttin8 po~iti~n o~the ~econdar~ m~mber~t
~nd the 'flex ~upporting connection memb-3r~' b~comes ~r~e
; within ~he extent of th~ direc~ion and the width of scttin~ up
the superf iGial ~nchor frame, Thi~ ~eLhod al~o contributes to
j 5 stand~rdi~e tha ~nchordiama~er of'initial s~tuptype anchor'
.~ (In this case anchor dia~eter of 'anchor for fixin~ anchor
frame'(I4)(15) contribute~ to ~tandardi~ing. I~ could b~ alsD
thought th~t an anchor fr~me became~ a receptacl-3 in this
~cAse~. In thi~ cace. each anchor i~ not necessary, and the
.~ 10 required supForting connecting strength is ea~ily secured by
changing the si~e of the welding connectiv~ side with
recept~cle (12) and anchor fram-3. Standsrd~zing the anchor
dia~teter of '~nchor for fixing anchor ~rAme' will be a~o
possible. That i~ because ~he support strength increa6e~
r~mark~blly compared with th~ support ctr~n~th of each anchor,
due Lo the stiffne~s of th~ whoIc anchor frame~ so there i~ no
fe~r that thc r~tquired support s~rength isn't securcd.
Al~, in case of lim;ting Lhe connecting method for secolldary
: members and 'fl~x supporting connection me~bers' w.ith these
- 20 'superfici~l nnchor ~r~mes' (~)to welding, it isn't neGessnry
to se~ up ~nchor nut~ cap nuts ~8) nor snchor bolts (7~ ~s
mcntioned abov~.
- Like thi~ king ~he ~nchor fr~ 5) flush with the ccnc~ete
surface, as it will be even ~ith the ~round comp~red with a
c~ncrete ~ur~ace, the frictionconnection of hi~h~ensionbolt~
: etc. ~nd recept~cle connections etc. can be connected
cert~lnly. By mak;ng the compr6ition of fixing, the anchor
frame (5~ and nuts or bolts~ in c~se that anchor nuts or cap
nuts ~8J b~come unu~abl~ for defncem~nt~ the snchor frame (5~
; 30 of th~t part c~n be tak~n of, and Rnchor nut~ or CAp nut~ 18)
which becnm0 unus~ble CAn ~ repAir~d,or anchor fr~me 5 could
be exchAnged. Al~o, in c~e th~t 4 desiBn chan~e happens to
~econdary ~tructurc~ B, r~ceptnclos (12), ~nchor frame (6),
~nchor nut~ or c~p nut8 (8~ can bc replAced to other on~s which
36 suits the form, m~tcri~l And 3tructure of the ~econcl~ry
, , ,
,: , ~ ~ : . ; .
.: , :
.:. , :.:
c~ c3~ 3 32~9 r,l~2 AUF'~l'rit'i~ri~3:~"3 ~ P17
10.7 ~ 13
structure.
U3in~ ~ny of the methods ~entioned above, enough
support-strellRth of ~nchor bolts, nnohor nuts, c~p nuts~8) cnn
be secured, and the corrosion of the ~nchor frnme 5, arlch~r ~lt!~
or CAp nuts 8 are prevented ~s~e FIGS. 13 to 28) when they Are
buried inside concre-te, alld their se~iperm~nent use becomos
possible.
; (3) '~ree anchor frsme ~ystem'~
This 'free anchor fr~me system' i9 a kind of transformntion of
1~ the weldod ~nchor frame, And the ~bove-~nt.ioned nnchor frnme
to the rail-shaped one with guide ~see ~lG. 57). Sometimes this
system, is also set up to the appointed part with cert~in nnchor
~rrnn~ements with a cort~in length (~ee F~G. 58).
F~G. 67 to 59-5 show the system for ~ottin~ up fre~ ~nchor
; 15 frames t~-1) which h~ve channel type, rid~e type and rib
chunnol type or the like, or movemerlt adjustin~ rnil~ for
ancher fi~in~, on tho pri~ary structure (A~. On this rail, ~ree
: mG-ement of the ~nchor and po~ition ~djust~ent oF secondary
member with 'fle~ ~uppo~Sng connection mcmbers' will be
: 20 p~ssibile.
This free anchor frame (5-1) is set up on primary structure IA)
with anchora~e reinforoing 9t~ei or the liko, or, on a pri~lary
structur~ ~A) At an nnchor of a ~Ht Up typ~. With a free
position possible, ~nchor~ are fi~eà br welding AS in FIGS.
59-1 through 59-5 .with a mo~em~nt adjustlng mnil, or by
securing with bolt~.
By n rnett.od ~f ~ 8~ ~p in th~ direction of this r~il,
Adjusting an ~nchor will be free inths snid direction, an~ so
in tho width direction, by the size and width of the rail.
I~ tho aupport-~ren~th is obtni~d by weldinB or thë L:ihe,
thls method could be used not only on secondary nonbearing
c~pnol~y and li~ht-~ight mombers, but nl~90 on socond~ry
benrin~ ~omb~r~.
~4 ) ~orrl~ sepAra-tor ~yStem
There is one ~othod to uso ~nchor in the lnteral sidog of b~am
':
. ~
- ~ .
.~,.
1`J~ 2~: 17 0;~ 2Y ~ 172 AlJFi l ~;PJ~ t .:"3 JC5
1 0~ ;> ~ ~
Z ,poll 1 and wall 3 without withdr~win~ th~ form separa~or to
b~ use~ wh~n constructing the fra~e, and another i9 to choos~
the . a diamst~r of ~ for~ ~ep~rator,~djusting its strength
responding to the support-stran~th o f the second~ry ~embers on
5 ~orm setting. For form sepa~ er, ther~ ~re cap llUtS t~pes,
bolt types and fem~le scre~ types.lhis system is the syste~
that i~ r2s~ricted ~o ~n initihl s~t up type anchor. By using
~ hi~ m~thod severnl ~nchor's members cun be o~itt~d and is
- e~tremely economio for being abls to save many p~rts. ~
10 129-2 is an example of 'an anchor for fl second~r~ beAring
memb~r', and FIG. 129-4 is one for 'an anchor for u ~econd~ry
bearin~ member'.
(5) 'Anchor hole ~y~tem I'
In FIGS. 60 throu~h 63, on the surf~ce of columrl ( 1 ) of ~
15 primary s~ructure IA~, be~m (2) ~nd wall (3) al~o h~ve ~nchor
holes of an nppointed depth bored at inter~als with anchor
bolts t7) inserted thi~ anchor hole, fi~ing anchor bol~s (7) to
the column 11) o~ the like Or prim~ry struc:ture ~A) ~nd fi1ing
up ~rout material Rround it to fixing r~ceptacles (1~). using
~0 anohor bolts (7~ by fixing nuts ~9).
~I~S. 6~l through 67, show mult~pl~ ~nchor holes bored at an
~ppointed intervals ~nd depth~ into th~ column ~1)of ~ pri~ary
;~ structur~ ~A), ~nd al80 be~r~s (2) ~nd walls (3), layin~ anehor
bolt~ ~7) of ex~ending style under the ~round of a conc~ned
: 25 anchor hole, to nut receptacles (12) on ~nchor bolt (7)of this
; extendin~ style by fixin~ nuts (9).Fixod fi~ing nuts on anohor
bolk~ 17) of this ext~nsionstyle forthe method ~re ~lso sho~n.
Moreover ~IG. 129-3 is ~n exAmple for an anchor nut and cap nut
type of ex~nsion styl~, ~nd FIa. 129-6 i~ nn ex~mple for ~ CAp
30 nut type rssin ~nchor, ~nd both ~re for 8econd~ry non~eurin~
meinbers. Anchor of exten~io~ ~t~le anchor nut~ and Cap rluts
type of FIG. 129-3, and the case iY shown for r~o~ptacle8 for
: ~eccndary non~e~ring ~ambers are fixed ~nd supported.
; For this ~y~tem, therc i6 a typc to 8et up a hole sfter
36 oonstruotin~ th~ pri~ury ~tructure, the holes deep and wide
.,
. . - . J ~
., .
. '~, . . .
. :
-, , : , ~
~,. .
:-.
~ ' . `' ~,' . ,,
1 9 ~ ~ ~ 1 2 ~13 1 e '~ 3: 1 8 0 3 3 2 2 9 ~ AUR I ') ~ " 3 J l) 6
enough for the ~n~hor expeoted r~qulred for the ~upport o~
second~ry ~mbers at th~ initi~l con~truction of the primas~y
: structure, tho hol00f aca1iber ~ize ~o tha~ secondary ~embers
c~n be add~d onto the conco2 nod nnchor u~ln~ c~p nut~ set up on
5 A r~sinou~ anchor or the lilce. By u6in~ such a m~thod there i5
no problem of strenBth reduction ot'the primary structur~. It
i~ Also able to ~djust preci~ely the si~e of the bolts of
secondary members And connective ~embors or the iik~ of ~hem,
~s one is free to choose the dia~eter of them. By planning a
lQ hole dia~eter ~n~ the anchorAge co~idering the
~upport-stre~gth, this system, is also useful for secondary
bearing members.
~6~ 'Ar~ohor hole system 11'
FIGS. 68 ~hrou~h 10, show the ~ol~owings. With an appointed
int~rv~l, multiple p~n~tration holes ~re bored on the colu~n
bæ~m ~2) and wa11 ~3), of ~ primary structul~e ~), t.o thi~
; p~netration hole anchorbolts ~7)~r~ s~t, and receptacles (12)
are nu~ted onone or both ends of the ~nchor bo~ ts (, ) by ~i~ing
: nut~ ~9).
The formin~ ofa hole after constructing the primar~ struc~llre
can al~o be done in this ~yste~. Similarly to the abo~e
Dlentioned '~n ~nchor hole sy~tem 1 ', by formin~ the hole to the
correct ~ize for the anchor dia~eter that is expeated to be
required ~or the support oF s~oondAry ~emb~rs at the f irst
~tage~ of the construction of th~ ~rim~ry ~tructure. ~here
won't be probl~ of a str~ngth reduction of prima1y structure
snd, BS one i~ free to se1ect the .req~ired anchor diamQter, one
is able to adju~t the si2e of fixin~ bolts of secondary be~rin~
memb~rs ~nd connecti~e nlembers or the like accordin8 to the
support-~trength. q'hi3 i~ ~n effeative metho~ th~ c~n be u8~d
~aner~ly for ~econdary benring nlcmbcrs.
(7) Anohor in o~ of primary ~tru~t~re of S, SC~ S~.
FIaS. 71 throu~h 77 show the c~se that aolu~n ~ nd be~
of a primary 8tructure (A) i~ oo~po~ed of s~el frame
36 matcri~ls. Various mothods ~xist for fixing ~nchor in thi~
` . ; `
199.~12~31~ 23:19 03 322Y ~17~ AUR1~r~ "3 006
llO ~ L 3
ca~e. Anchor hol~s cAn be ~et on the upper sides, lower sides,
lAt~ral sides of columns (l) ~nd bcsn16 t2J- R~ceptacle~ (lZ)
can be ~etby fixing bolts (lO) or by fixin~ nuts ~9) Isee ~ S.
71 throu~h 74). Ancho~ nuts or cap nuts can b~ fi~ed to fit
anchor hol~ by weldin~. Anchor bolts ~7) can be fi~ed on the
surfacc of columns ~1) and beams ~) or anchor bolts ~7) can be
~ixed bypenetr~ting~he anchor holes bywelding ~nd can be used
Ren~raly ~or æecond~r~ bearing members.
FIGS. 78 throu~h 80 ~how columns ~ eam8 (2) ~ndwalls t3) of
0 A prim~ry structure ~A), that ore compo~ed Or st~el frame
rein~orcsd concr~t~ nchoe 1luts or CAp nuts (8) in this case
; are fixed by weldin~ to Lhs p~rt of a plenum of the penetr~tion
hole which is bored at interv~lsinthe 6teel frsme m~mb~rs (l9)
in the concrete. Moroo~er ther~ ~re slso other methods to weld
anchor bolts ~?) simply upon the 6teel frame m~mbers (19) in
concrete, orto set up bybor;ng A penetr~tion hole in the s~eel
-~ freme members (I9), and anchor bolt ~7) can be fi~od in the
position of the holc b~ welding.
~ 'Po~t-construction set up type anchor' in 'Anchor type
~etting up extcnt for ~nchor At inltlAl construction'.
'Post-construction set uptype Anchor1 which can be set freely
after construction is also ~et up ~t the positimn thst h~s no
problem conc~rnin~ to the beAring capncity of ~ pri~ry
~5 structurc ~nd e~tcnt or position th~t thc support-streng~h io
D~intained. ~t initi~l construction st~ge the Anchor set~ing
position or th~ exten~ et where no prob}em will occur to
~fect the beAring c~pacity ot the prl~ry structure, and
sufficient support-strength is obtAined (if the problem on
30 bearinB c~pAcity reduction of tha prin~ary structure ~nà the
suppott-~trength~re con~irmed, al~o ~fter con~truction~. When
~pp]i~d to oondominium 'o~1ildlng the extent or positiDn (~r~a)
~houd bc pr~s~ribed ~s the monopoly p~rt and, when second~ry
m~m~Ders ~re set up ~nchor and joint parts are set up freely at
the position nnd thc ~xtent.
.~ , . . . .
.
:.: . - .
J l E3 ~ J: 1 9 ~) J J c~ ~ ~J 6 1 ~ UR l ~r f t'J l~ ` g O U f. I ' d l
''
1 1 1
~y ~uch a method the ~stimated lo~d ~n b~ ~e~ s~ller in
structur~l ~nalysi3 ~nd calculatic~, boc~uso the po~ition or
the extent which in~luence the prin~ary structure can be set At
thed0signir~g st~e ~fore theco~tr~ction, H is advsnt~geou3.
5 And without reducing the bearin~ c~p~city of th~ primary
structure ~A), sufficient support strength fit for ~ach
: secondary member i~ obtained.
Further~ore, ev~n if the own~r ~f the prlmary structuIe i8
different fro~lthat of the second~ry structure, the problem of
10 sccession in the civil 1AW ~nd the problem of gi~ing dan~age to
common p~rtR of thc condo~inium build;ng can be solved.
A position or an extent of ~nchor for secônd~ry light-weight
members (6-4) can
be thought to be ~t for ~he whol~ are~ of t.he Dl~in fr~m~ in
: 15 mos~ c~ces, and if incre~sed volu~e of concrete i~ u~ed ~or
t`inishin~l coverage of reinforsin~ steel,by using S~lCtl ~rea no
problem occurs on reduction of bearing cap~city, and it may be
econonlicAl.
; Again if wooden for~work for cAstin~ concre~e ls left on the
20 surface of conorete within the po~ition or the e~tent,
3econdsry light-wci~ht ~ember~ csn'~asily be ~ixed by nailing
o~ scr~wing on the ~urface of it.
FIa. 131-1 ~hows the method of anchoruge for secondarY
light-wei~ht ~e~ber~ (6-4) in an anchor ~ystam of 'initial
:` 25 extent ~et up typ~' Atld '~ post-con~truction ~e~ up type'. In
the ca~e of ~voidin~ the proble~ on be~ring c~p~eity of the
primary structure ~hen pri~ry structure ie constructæd
incre~ v~lume of concrete is added, to ~ake 'the extent for
frecly ~etting ~nchor~ in po~t-c,on~tr~ction'~36)'. Within thc
, 30 part and the ~xtent (from th~ surfRce of ooncrete to the dotted
! lin~ in thc ~Ia.) each u~er c~n 8et up ~nchor~ freely a~ter
.~ con~truction or in future.
The problem about ~cce~}ion and ~anuf~cturln~ ~in civil l~w
will be aolved if the part or ~he extent iB prescrived by r~le,
35 ~s B monopoly part. At the firs~ 8t~8~ Of con~truction (and if
"' '
, ~ .:
.
: : . , : . ..
.: ~
1~92~12~31~ ~3:'C~ ~3 322Y 6172 ~UR1~7~ OOti
112 ~ 3
~he probl~m on boaring cap~ity reduction of the pri.mry
structur~ And th~ support atr~n~th ~re confir~ed) the ~nchor
~etting position and the extent are determined, and if
prescribed as a monopoly part in ~ condominium building this
method can be ~pplied to ~n~ohors for both ~econdary bearing
And non-bsaring members' t only if no problem occurs to the
bearin~ capacity of the pri~ary struoture ~nd ~uffi¢ient
support Etrength is ob~Air~ed.
Furthernlo~e, in case using the anchors set ~ccording to the
: 10 method, for other u~ inthe future and displucement occurs, to
support and joint the n~mber in ~n obliquff posi-~ion, ~h~
adoptin~ 'fle~ supportin~conne~tion~composed of receptAc.les,
intermediary structure/ interstructur~l membor~ c~n minimize
: the dam~e to the primary structure.
O Second~ry member6 ~et~in8 up method ~o prim~ry struc~ure.
llareinafte~, the ~thod th~t seoond~ry m~mbers is set up to
pri~ary structure, is described in case of using 'flex
~upportingconn~ction'and incase ofanchordecision position.
(1) 'Flex supporting connection'
Th~ 'flex supporting c~nnection' is co~po~ed of recept~c~es
: and intermediate structures/inter-structural membersas 'flex
su~porting connectionmember'. Thare isAlso in case that it is
u~ed both of thes~, and i~ als~ in cax~ that it is us~d ~nly
one. This ~stem is fund~entallyneccss~ry for'~n initi~ ~et
up typ~ anchor', and 8u~rantees th~ freedom of co~position of
~econdsry me~bers from the fix~d 3nchor. Even in ~::
~post-constructivn s~t u~ typo ~nchor~, this syxtem is
neoe~s~ry to gu~rantee the fr~edom of compo.~itlon of ~econdary
members after the position~ of ~nchors ~re fixod.
P~cg~rding second~ry beari~g member~, thi~ 'flox ~uppor~ing
connection' h~ the function to tr~nsmitthe loadsof secondarY
be~ring ~embera to column~ ~nd b~a~r of h prim~ry structure by
36 'nupport sy~tem of ~econdary b~rl~B member by primary column
.~
~'
I.~ Y ~! l 0 3 ~ ~J 2~J ~i l ,' 2 AUi~ 'J~ 3 n~ 3
113 ~ 3 ~ '3
and beam', ~nd the function to ad~ust the sup~or~in~ c~llnection
between anchor~ ~nd 6econd~ry bearing members. R~3g~rding
~econdary nonbearing ~embèrs, this role of 'flex supporting
connecti~n' i~ to ~djust the supporting connectlon between
nnchors snd 3econdnry nonbearin~ memb~r~.
Espcci~ in supporting secondAry be~ring members. an
int~rmediate structure pla~s the fund~ment~l rolc to ~ran~n\lt
the loAd of second~r~ ~tructures to ~ column and a be~7ll Or a
I.rim~r~ structure, and becomes ~n indispensable element in
10 'support ~ys-tem of se~ondary bearing me~ber by primary column
un~ beu~'.
i'he adjustment of ~upporting cor~n~c~ion between anehors and
second~ry me~ber by this method ~ets n~c~3ssary in case tnat
position-adjustment i necessary because of th~ di~pl~cement
1~ of ~econdaly members fro~ the ~od~le of anchor pOQition, in
csse that lo~d-adjustment is ne~ded for sacondary members
bec~use of e.~ceedin~ the support-strengthof an ~nchor, ln c~se
:Lhat mat~riul-~dju~t.mellt of secondary m~mber~ i3 nec~s~ary
becau3e it is materislly improper for supporting connection,
snd nam~ly in c~e ~h~t seccndary memb~rs com~-osit1On requests
a higher freedom ~ menti~nsd later.
An in~ermediat~structuref irter~stru~tura.l m0mber ls used for
the lar~e po~ition-adjustment for the connection betwoen
~nchors and ~econd~ry members.
~25 A recept~cle i8 used for the small position-adjustment ~or th~
:c~nn~c~ion b~twcen the ~nGhor and ~econd~ry member ~nd ~ho
interm~di~te ~tructure/ inter-struotur~l ~embsr. By this way,
the freedom of position of s~condary members is ~uArarlteed, nnd
the s~ren~h o~ support~ng connection 18 ~sured.
~0 A rec~pt~cl~s, ~n lntermcdiQt~ ~truc~ure or an
inter-structural m~bers ~re ins~rtod betwcQn ~econdAry
:members und ~nchor~. By thi~ way~ thc mAteri~ djustment of
supporting connection g~t~ po~sibl~, the fr~edom of matcri~l of
3econdary m~bors i~ ~u~r~nt~ed, nnd the 8tr~ngth of supporting
connection i8 A~Ur~d.
.. ~ .
': , . . :
. . ... .
- :,
., : ~ ~' . :'
1~2~12~31a 23:~2 ~3 ~'29 617Z A~ 0~6
The ~dju~tment o~ suppoltln~ connection i8 n~ ~ ~s~ ~y in case
the load of the secondary member~ exce~d~ the c~paclty of one
or two anchor. A re.eptacl~ or an lnterm~diste structure~
inte~ tructural membel m~kes possi`ole to ~uppor~ this load of
D secondary ~emb~r by covering sevar~l anchors in the same time.
By this way it is~osRible-to standardize the anchor diameter
and the support-strenyth of anchor~ and also solve the
above-mentioned prohlem.
Inthisway,it is possi~leto st~nd~rdize the anchor posi~ion,
the anchor diameter ~nd the supportin~-~trength of anchor,-to
gu~r~nte~ the flexibilit~ of the form, the ~ositiorl, ~he
structure ~nd the mRterial of secondary ~cmber!~, and to assure
:the suppor~in~ connection.
: Further morel this system also solves the following problem
1~ and has the followin~ effect~.
In case th~t the precision of construction of primary
:structure is low ~nd there is a large difference be~ween the
x~ ointed connection position in ~.rimnry structure and the
^ posiLion of second~ry structures, the recept~cles and the
s 20 intermadiate struc~ur~ inter-structurAl member can adjufit
this disloca~ion, ~d i~ can a~oid the di6tortion of secondary
: structure ~hich hns to follow the primary structure even if it
i~ b~d-constructed, ~nd it can enhance the co~struction
preclsion o~ ~ucond~ry str~ ure.
: 25 Further,'po8t-constructions~tuptypesnchor'corlventionally
.i becom~e ~ener~l for the flexibility of seoondary members. But,
this~nchortype h~ anun6tableconnective support-strength of ::
seoondary bearin~ m~m'o~rs. ~hi~ ~nchor type has the problem o~
; strength depre~ionofa primnry~tructure, ~he probl~msof the
30 civil lnw nnd the problemsconcernin~ to the 1RW of condominium
because Or wounding a primary BtruCttlre- 'The initiel ~et UP
; typ~ anchor' which sol~s ~he~e ~roblems ~nd ~nhance ar.arlchor
perfnrmance, hss the problem of fl~xibility o~ secondary
; members, and rfl~trictes the flexibile range of secon~ary
' 35 m~ber~ in the anchor positi~ns. And thi~ Byst~em ~olves the
.,
~ .
: : : : : . . ; : : ,
~- , . :
1~92~12~3~ 23:23 o~ 3~9 6~72 AURl~?l~;~'r;t~ t~ 3 006 PB5
115
both problems and enlarges the usin~ of 'initiu1 set up type
anchors ' .
Further, this ~y~tem can set up ln~ul~tion to e~ch joint
b~tween ~nchors ~nd recept~cle and an in~er~diate structure~
intor-structu~l momb~r ~nd ~cond~ry member/ secondary
stru~ure. For this re~on, this syste~ C~l~ enh~nc~ isol~tion
~nd sound in.~ula~ion ofsecondary structures. Also, by ~etting
up i~olation sy~tem of sei~mic i~olator to thi~ joint, this
syst~ c~n reduce the ~ mio forc~ to act upon second~ry
structure~, nnd simultaneou31y it oan ~1~oreduce ltsstre~;~ to
pri~ry ~truotur~.
From tha ~bo~e-mentiorled, this system ~uarantees the
; fl~ibility of the form, the position, the ~truc~ure ~nd the
materinl of ~econdary structures. This ~ystem assures the
~upporting connection of edch ioints, enhances the
support-stren~th to ~ prim~ry structure ~nd the durability
perform~nce of anchors, sol~e~ the problem of strength
depres~iotl of a primarj- structure, an~ solves the prob~ems of
the civil law and the probl~ms concern~ng to the law of
20 condoll~inium.
~2) The ~ethod to.set up secondary be~rin~ member
I`he method used to setupthe ~econdary b~ring ~embor~ such AS
main column, b~m ~nd ~lub ~Lc, composed ~econdary struct~res
to ~ primary struc~ure is express~d below.
~lG~. 1 through ~4-2 ~how the c~se thAt stcel m~ori~ re
us~d ~8 recopt~cl~s (12~, intermadi~t~ ~tructur~
inter-struatur~l member~ (13) ~nd second~ry bearing me~bers
(B-l). FIGS. 13 thr~ugh 80 show the d~tQil in the method o~
their ~etting up.
FI~,S. 81 through 85-3 show the c~ that PC b~, PC bo~rd ~nd
AkC bo~rd is u~d ~s ~econdaly b~ring ~o~bers (B-l). F'IG. 81
~hows th~ ~ethod of setting lJp of ALC bo~rd. FIOS. 82 throu~h
86-3 show the m~thod ue~tin~ up of PC bo~d ~d PC be~m. FIGS.
84-1 through 85-3 show the details o~ their settin~ up. FIGS.
. 35 ~4-1 throu~h B4-3 show th~ det~ils of the ~ettin~ up by
':
. :- , ,. : :;: ::
. : . . :
13~12~31~ 23:2~ 03 3229 ~172 AUR1~7~ ` 3 , 096 P86
116
- rec~ptacles ~12) of ang1~ in an anchor position. PIGS. 85-1
through 85-3 sh~w the cas~s that US2 recept~cl~s (12) o~ ~he
b~nd st~el and the intermedi~te structurs/ inter-structurnl
members ~l3) of angln ste~l, for ~econdary members deviated
:l fro~ the anch~r po~ition.
~IGS. 95 through 112-~ show the case that wooden material is
~ u~ed a~ ~econd~ry ~eur~n~ ~e~ber~(B-l). Steel snd wood is used
,~ as receptAclas (12) ~nd int~rmediate structure/
:: inter-structural members (13) in this cas~. In these FIGS.,
:~ lO FICS. ~5, 96, 96-l, 96-3, 96-5, 96-7, 96-9, 96~ 6~ nd
FIGS. 97 throu~h ~03, show th2 casa of con~ention~l wuoden
structures, and ~IGS. 98 throu~h 103 show the setting up
det~ils. And FIGS. 96-2, 96-4,9~-6, 96-8, g6-10, ~-12, 96-15,
und ~'IGS. 104 throu~h 110-2, sho~ th~ case of wooden structure
~ x ~, and FIGS. 108-l through 108-6, FIG, 110-1, and FIC.
.~
110-2 show setting up d~tail~ of those. FlCS. lll through 112-2
show the c~ of wooden pan~l buil~ing system, and FIC. 112-1 ~
and FIG. 112~2 show ths s~tting up ~etsils. ;,
In the~ FIGS, secondary be~ring memb~rs(B-l~ or the 'fle~
~upporting connae~i~n m~mb~r~' ar~ set up ~t 'tho anchors for
: secondary b~aring me~ber'(6-l), and 'wooden and other light
; second~ry bearing members' Are ~t up ~t sither ' ths anchor~
: for ~econd~ry be~rin~ member' ~-1) or 'thc unchors ~or both
:; secondAry ~earing ~nd ~on-bearin~ me~ber' (6-3).
Asmentioned abov~, 'flex supportlng conn~ction m~mb~rs' pluy
un import~nt part for tho 5~e of setting up second~ry b~aring
memhera (B-l~. Ncxt, the r~cept~cles Eor secondary b2aring
';~ membors ~nd the in~ermediata 6tructure/ inter-structurAl
.. m~n~ber ~or the second~ry beArin~ member are explnined.
.~30 1) Outlino of ~flox supporting connection mqanber' for
secondv,ry ~earirng member
R~urdin~ ~ocord~ry be~ring ~bers, 'fl~x aupportin~
connection memberQ' hAve the funat-on to transmit the ~o~d of
s~cond~ry bearinR members to tha colu~n~ snd bea~s of the ~i
primary ~truoture by '~upporting sy~tem of second~ry br~rlng
., ~.
- - ~_
l99~2~ 23:25 o~ 3229 6l72 A~R~ t1~"3 006 P87
D~
11~
memb~r by pri~n~ry column and beam', and havo a function of
support.ing conn~ction ~dju~tmDnt botween A ReCOndal`y bQ~rin~
men~ber ~nd anchors.
Anintor~lediats structurc h~5 thefundamental partt~ transmit
the load of secondary structure~ to tho columns and beams of A
primary structure, ~nd is sn indispensable eIement of the
'support systenlof secondary beAring member by ~rimRry column
~nd beam'.
I ~ supporting connective adJust~lent h~ three c~es. In shDrt,
the position-adjustmellL is ~ nec~ssary cA~e becnuse secondary
member gets ou~ of A module of An anchor position, the
load-adjustment is a necessAry c~se bec~use secondary me~bers
exceeds a sup~ort-strangth of an anchor, ~nd Lhe
m~teri~ djustmen~ is a nscessary cas~ b~cause ~ material o~
1~ s~oondAry ~embers is improper for a supportin~ and connecti~g.
.~ intermediAte s~ructures is imp~rt~nt especinlly for
po~ition-udjust~ent ~nd material-adjustmant in these CASaS. A
recept~cl~ is n~cess~ry in their all ca8es.
2) Embodiments of rec~ptAcle for secondAry be~ring ~e~ber
A recept~cle ~1~) is ~et ~n the position whore it is supported
by so~e anchors ~nd supports secondary structure ~B),
intermedi~te structure~ inter-structurAl membor ~13~, a~
mentioned a~ove. A seeond~ry ~tructure (B) ~nd intermedi~te
structure/ inter-~tructulal member ~13) is 6et at said
r~ceptacl~ ll2) and sAid rece~tacle is set st the ~nchors. As
mentiolled ~bove, a recept~cle (12)Adju~t the ~n~hor position's
distAnco of secondary mambors and inter~edi~tc ~tructure/
inter-structural members (13). and ~akes ccnnective mutual
support of ~heir melubers po~siblu (~P~ FIaS. 2, 3, ~, o, ~, 9,
11, ~nd 12)~
In c~se th~t a support-stren8th isn't got by one or two
~ncho~, in orderto3upportsecondsry m~mbor~ this receptAcles
can strid~ across throo or fo~r ~nchor~ to support th~m, a~d
g~t their ~ppolntod support-~tr~gth.
Simultaneously, this r~cpta~les 601Ve tho them~ to mako the
,~ , . . .
I r3 ~ 2 ~ 1 2 ~ ~ 1 E3 L 3: 2 6 0 3 3 2 2 9 ~ 1 7 . ~ UR I ~ i t ~ 3 1) 0 ~i P ~ ~
. L 3
11~
definit~ typ~ of the above-~lentioned anchor diameter and
strength.
Further, the receptacl~cAr~ oconnect ~ndaupport c~rtAinly
to prim~ry ~truc~ur~ in case th~t second~ry member~, an
intermediate stru~ture, or intor-structural member6 nre
material4 ~xcept steel etc. m~terial (for e.Yample; wooden
material).
A recoptAcle (12) is ~de of band s~eel, ~ngl~, chunnel, H
section or I section or the like, ~nd is formed lar~el~ enough
to aupports~condary ~tructur~ tn) ~nd inter~ediAtc ~truc~l~reJ
inter-atructural ~le~lb~rs ~13). Its ro1e is same with anchors
for secondsry nonbearing~members r~cept~cle. A recept~cle for
seoondary be~ring members has a v~riation in i~ sh~pe.
Heroin~ftor, this matt~r is co~cr~tely ~xpresced~
6 A rac~ptacle (12)i~ set up ~t th0 upper, lower,lRtaral ~ides
a~ the column~ (1), beams ~2),w~11s (3~.in A primary stru~ure
~A) accordin~ to the positio~ tc ~et second~ry b~nring me~ber~
~B-I), secondary structure ~B), il~termediate structurQ~
inter-~tructur~ mbers~13). Then, ~ raceptacle (12) beco~cs
a variou~ sh~pe ~ee FlaS. 13 through 2B) ~ccording to the
po~ition to ~t 6~condary str~cture [B~, intermediat~
~tructure/ int~r-3tructural ~ember~ (13).
Rec~ptacle~ (12), which is cho~en fro~ ch~nnel section-~nd I
section ~ndll~ction steel ~nd wooden ~uality mAteri~ls or th~
like, according to load of second~r~ bearing membqr~
s~oondury s~ructure~ (B), ~nd by ~ ~ize of ~ d~Ad lo~d, ~re
u~ed prop~rly ~ee FICS. 15, 1~, 19, 20, a7, 28, and ~I~S. 104
throu~h 112-2), and e~ch recept~cles~12),in respon~e to siæes
of the secondary bearing members ~B-l), secon~ary structure
(13), intermedi~te structure~ inter-~tructural n~embers (13) to
~upport thi6, is formed as bein~ lArge enou~h ~o correspond to
them, snd it i8 for~ed to ~ ci~e and a shape covering nec~s~ary
n~ b~rs of anchors (nec~ssary w~lding lon~th ~nd ~nchors ar~a
in ca8c of welding) to get enough anchor strength.
~5 Stlll, roceptscl~ (12) ~ay be ~ br~ck~t form having msrgins
;~
` ', ' '
": ' I .
.. . : .
.: ' . ' . '
1'35'~ 23:Z6 ~)3 3229 ~i172 AURlr~ on6 P9~ ~
,
119
of secondary b~arin~ m~mh~r~ (B~ condary structure ~
intormediuto etructure or inter-~tructural mc~bers (13) to
;: c:onnect them.
Receptaclos (12), formed like this, ars conn~ct~d to
interm~diate ~tructure/ inter-structural members ~13), or t~
secondaryb~ring memb~rs~B-l)~nd second~ry structure~ B with
bolts, nuts or by welding.
Receptacles ~l~) ar~ set to s~it to the appo~nted position of
sid~s, top or bottom of column (1), bea~ (2), wsll ~3) of ~
~rimary ~t~ucture (A), ~nd ~re fixed by connsting anchor nut6
~nd cap nuts (8) fro~ se~eral anchor hole (6) to fixed bolts
(10), or by connecting snchor bolts (7) to fixe~ nuts (9).
Tben, i~ CRse th~t ar1anchor fram~ (6)1s set up exposed on the
surface of these ~1embers~ recept~clos ~12) are suit on th~
anchor fr~me (5) directly, ~nd ~re fixed b~ connetin~ Anchor
~; nut~ ~rld cap nut~ (8) from penetl~tion hole ~o fixed bolts (10),
or anchor bolt~ (7) to fixed nuts (9).
In~`lGS. 48 throu~h 53,an~ethod offi~ing receptacles(l~), in
c~e that ~evoral ~nchor bolts (7) ~re set at the surface o~ ~n
~nchoI frame (5)with anint~rval1 und rec~ptao1cs(12~ ~re set
to the anchor bolts (7) by fixed nuts (9), is shown. :
The next, is the embodimerlt~ of cases of waldin~ ~ receptacle
to an ~nohor frame.
FIGS. 54 t~rough 56-4 show a method of fixing receptacles ~12)
on the ~nchor f~ame ~5) by welding, and the method of ~i~in~
~nchor frume (5) to A primary structure ~A) iB to Bot anchor~ge
~tool etc. on anohor f'r~me (5)and to weld this anchorAge !st~el
; on r~in~orcing steel in ooncret~ of A prlmary structurc, ~nd
; arloth~r ~ethod of fixin8 ~nchor f'ramo 15) i8, ~irst, set~ing
~nchor bolt for fixing Anchor fr~me~(15) on skeleton qnrfQce
. ~ . .
;~ of a pri~ry structUre (A),~nd then ~lxlng ~nchor fr~e (6) to
,~; thi~ ~anchor bolt~ for fixing anchor ~r~o'~15) by 'nutc for
: fixin~ anchor fr~mo'(17), Rnd ~o~e oth~r ~e~hod is tixing
anchor frAme (5) to 'anchor nut or c~p nut for fixing ~nchor
: 35 fr~m~l4) by ~bolt for fixing anchor ~ra~'ll6).
.;
~:"
, ~ .
.. :......... , . .. ,: . ~ , . , ~ :
199~. ,131~ 83:~7 ~3 32Z9 6!78 AURI~rit~ 3 o~ Pgo
120
~ hi~ method n~ko~ it pos~ible t~ exehan5e and rop~ir ar1ehor
nut~, oap nuts, ~nd an ancho~ fram~ h7hieh have beeome us~less
as mentioned above, al~o to exehnnge an anehor i`rame and an
anchor bolts to what respond to a 9trueture form of Recondary
bearin8 member~ (B~ nd seeontary ~tructures B, and in c~s~
thaL receptae~e~ ~l2) are welded to Anehor frame ~5), this
method ~a~s it eRsier to t~ke of f seeond~ry bearing memberY
(B-l) and seeGnd~ry structures (B). In ease of ~ eondominlu~
building, this ~ethod solves ~ problem of ~cce~sion and
manufaeturin~ oftheeivil law bymonopolizir1~ ~nehorfran~e (5J
and 'nut f~r f~xin~ ~nchor frame'(l7)~ 'balt for fi.~in~ nnehor
frame'(l6).
Regardin~'superfieial anchor frame syst~m(il1cluding what is
with anchor nuts or anchor bolt~ that i8 set on the eonerate
~urf~ce of apri~Ary struct~re ~A) m~ntioned above, it is
pos~ible to w~ld lntermedi~te structure/ inter-structural
~embers ~l3)or a secondarym~mb~rs ~n~ s~eondary structure (~
to 6~id ~nchor frame (5) directly, not with reeeptaeles (12).
Jn the case that this anehor fra~e is Ylxed by 'anehors for
fixing anchor frame'~l4)~l5), thi~ anchor fr~me is thou~ht as
doirg a role ofreGept~cl~, as above~n~ntioned 'welding anehor
sy~tem'.
Other methods of fixin~ receptaGles (12) are ~ixin~ it wi~h
n~lt~ on~nehor boltcwhieh ~rese~ in theeonerete, orfixing it
2~ with bolt on e~p nuts whieh are ~et ln the eonerete ~lso.
~ urthermoro, there c~nbe othermethod~, flrst, settin~ snchor
~r~me~ (5)on the eonorote 3urf~e~ with ~nehorbolts (7),anchor
nuts or e~p nut~ (8~, and then ~ixi~t recept~cles ~l2~ with th~
bolts ornuts whieh are soton the ~nehor ~r~m~s(S), or weldin~
i~ to th~ anchor fra~s (5) directly.
;' A190 thore i~ another Dlethod ( in thie CR8~ anchor ~r~mes ~r~
~hou~h~ doing u rol~ of receptAcles ~ th~t intrermcdi~te
~tructur~, int~r-structural mnmbe.r~ (l3~ or qecondury
~tructur~ (B~i~ fixeddir~ctly withbolt~ and nut~orie wcldt3d
to the unchor fra~c, without u~i~g ~ny receptucles.
.
. :
~:,
'
.. - ,,; ' ~
,,; , - :
199'~ 31~ 23:2~ 03 3229 617~ AURl'r,~ 3 0~)~ P~l
121
~ urther, even i~ ~n ~nchor r~me with anchor nuts or with
anchor bo1ts h~s bben set on the concrets sur~ace, r~cept~cles
(12) c~n be ueldcd dir~ctly ~o ~n anchor ~r~e ~ithout ~ssin~
the~e ~noh~r nu~ or anchor bolts.
FIaS. 71 throu~h 77 show th~ ca~o wh~n column6 (l) and baRms
(2) of a primary 3tructure (A) are mude of steel frame
materia1s.
- In those casas, r~cept~cles ~12~ are fixed, with ~ d bolts
(10) and fi~ed nuts (9) ont.h~ genet~ation holes whichhave been
set up with ~n it~terv~lon up~e~ sides, lower ~ides, or lateral
~iùes of colun~ns (1) an~ beAms ~2), on the penetration holes
whlch have been ~et up with an interval, or, it's fi~ed with
fi~d ~lts (10) on the nnchors th~t h~ve welded anchorrlu~s or
~ CAp nuts on perletra*ion hole~l sQe FIGS. 71 thro~lRh 7~ ).
.~15 Receptacle~ ll2) are ~ixed withfixed nuts (~O~on ~nch~r bolts
(7) th~t h~ve becn sei on the 3urface of c,ol~mns (1) alld bean:s
(2), further it's welded directry to co1umns ~1~ an~ be~ms
~2J.(~ee FIGS. 75 throu~h 72).
FIGS. 78 throug~ 80 show the ~ase when column3 ~1), beams ~2)
20 and w~lls (3) of ~ prim~ry structure (A) are made ofsteel frame
r~inforcing ~teol concrete. ~eccptacle~ ~12) ara ~ixed on
anchor nut~ oron c~p n~ts (8)by conn~ctin~ fixed bolts tlO).or
fix~d on ~nchor bolts (7) with ~ixed nuts ~g). A160, FlGS. ~`
'97 through 112-2 show the c~qo whon secondary boaring me~lbers
r ~ 25 ~ B~ re mAde of wooden clu~ y materi als, and it i s ~lrnost the
s~me a6 t.he Cfll.60 O~ ut,oel ~rl~me lin~A~c m~ntiorl~d ~bove.
FIGS. 97 throuRh 103, show A oonverltionAl wooden case, li`IaS.
IO~i tnroueh 110-2 ~how 2 x 4 c~se, and FIGS. 111 through 112-2
how a ca~c of wooden p~nel buildin~ ~y~tem.
33 FIC;S. 98 l~hrough 100, 104 through 107, 108-~1 through 108-6,
.~ show tho c~e when secondAry beArin~ memb~r (B-1 ) is a bl3am, v.nd
'!' FIC. 101, 102, 104 throuRh 107, lOB-l through 108-3, 109
'6 throuRh 112-2, ~how the c~e whon ~occ~nd~ry be~Lring m~mber
tB-l~ i6 ~L colullin.
A~ roc~pt~clcs~ ~ conne::tlve u)et~l ul:an~il orl 2 x 4 u~e, G~c~
.,~
., . ~. . .
. _ __ _ .. . _ .. ..... . ... . ...
1`'92~ 31 El 23: 29 03 3229 6 l ~ 2 AURI~7YI`;~ 006 P92
1~2
u~ensil compo~ed ofband st~el, band steel ~nd wooden materinls
or tho like, is us~d. These ~re th~ c~se~ th~t it i~ connected
~o nn nnchor (cap nuts type) with bolt. Also, wi~h secondary
bearin~ membcr~ (B-l) and recspt~rles (l~ her~ Is one case
S of their connection by means of an inter-~tructural me:ubers
.: and Lhere isanother cAseofdirect connection, ~onneo~ion witl
thcm, is ~ bolts connection and a nail connection.
FIGS. 35, 41, and-l2, show, in cas~ th~t the suppoIt-strength
to ~upport a ~econdary member ien't go~te~ by one or two
anchors, Lhe method that receptacles ~uppor-t ~ secordary
-: men~ber~ byoovering thre~ or four nnchors ~nd tha~ the required
support-stron.qth i~ gotten. Such a m~thnd solves the
above-m~ntioned problem to standardi~ an anchor di~e~er and
a support-strength. ~IGS. 23 through 24 ~how tho ~etho~ o~ this
~5 support-5tr~n~th adju~Lment, and the method o~ ~upp~rting
second~ry m~n~bers in the c~se th~t anchors ~ren't on corrler
part.
Like this, incase thR~receptacler;~re setby anchorbol~s and
anchvr nut~ ~nd cap nuts etc. or in case th~ the anchor frAme
~5) c~n e~ch~nge to bc ~i~ed by bolts or nuts, ev~n if
receptAcles ~re set to dnchor frame (5) by weldinx, i~ is
possible to tak~ Apart recepta~les (1~) freely, and al~o the
chnnging o~ secood~ry structures ~B) in future becomes
flexibl~. In c~se of ~ con~ominium building, the connective
i 25 ~ystem by bolt~ and nuts etc. ha~ nvt t:he ~roblem. In case of
w~lding, as mention~d ubove, monopoli~ing anchor ~ra~e~ (5) ~nd
'bolt for fixing anc}lor ~rame'~ 'nut~ for fixing ~nchor frame'
:. solve the p~oblem of dcces~ion and m~nuf~c~uring Or ~he c~vil
ln~.
~G. 130-S ~ho~ u Dlothod of ~n ad~u~t~ent of levelin¢ betwoan
a concret~ ~urfsce of ~ primsry structure (A) ~nd recep~acles.
This FIa. 3hows thee~odimont thAt pouri~g non~hrink~ge ~ortnr
; grout m~tarial~ etc. between th~ concrete surfsc~ nnd
the r~ceptacle ~dju~t~ leveling snd m~kes ~ certain connec~ion
pos~ibl~, Such ~ ~othod is not neco~ary in case ~hnt
,,
'1,, .
~, ~
: ' , :
' ~ ...... .' . : ~
' ~'` ' ' ' ~ ~ ' ' ' '
~r
]992~1CI1318 23:30 0'3 3229 ~1~2 BUR17~t~ rp~l;"3 o/~ pg3
1~3
'superfici~l anchor fr~DIe~ is in use.
It i~ con~onient to ~Be 'anohor hole ~ystem' ~ expl~incd in
the chapter of 'Anchor d~tails ', r~garding the minuts siz~
adjust~ent of anchors and r~ceptac1es. I~ 'su~rficial anchor
:~ framc ~y~t-~m' is in u ~, ~UC~l a problern doe~n't occur~ ~
3 ) Embodimonts of int0rmediats ~truc~ure~ inter-structural
men~ber ~or secr~ndAry bearing rnember
Th~ role of i.ntcrmediate ~tructur~f inter-structur~l m~mber
for sccondary be~rinB menber i6 ~s fo110wQ. In 'support system
10 Ol s~condo.r~ bearin~ member by pri~ry colurnn and bea~',
in~ermediate structur~s~ inter-structural members h~ve the
; rol~ to transmit the loads of secondary bearin8 memb~r~ ~B-1)
to thc columns and b~ams of a prim~ry structur0. In casc th~t
thepositionbetw~0n econdarybearingmembers (B-1), secondary
str~ct~lr~ nd anchors i~ r~m~rkably displacid ~ndthat it is
i~possi~le to set up sccondAry bearin~ member~ ~U-1~ or
second~r~ 6tructures ~B) directl~ (in cas~ that iL's
inlpossible, ~hou~h ~djustment of sD~ll si~e i~ pos~ible at
receptacles ( 1~ ) ), in cAse that secondary bearin~ members ~
20 such as columns etc. are difficlt to directly set to the nnchors
of a prim~ry structurc tA) ~S said sec.ondElry bearinB rnembers
are madc of mAterialg exc~pt steel, an in~errl~adiat~ structure/
intcr-structur~l member(13~ hafi a role of l~r~e
position-adju3tm~nt by transmittin~ lo~d ~nd supportin~ and
25 cor~necting in thc ~iddle position to anchor positions. Also, an
intermcdiatc structure~ inter-3tructural m~mb~rR (13) has the
role to ~ssure the ~upportin~ conn~ction between second~ry
. be~rin~ ~cmbers ~B-l)/ secondary structures (~) of fr~e form
; ~nd material and a piimAry structure (A). That's becau~e
in~ernlo~iAtc ~tructur~/ inter-structurulmemb~r~ (13) support
; second~ry be~rinB melnbers (B-l~ ~econdary ~tructure (B) Or
'~' free form ~r~d mat~rial ~ndconvert them to steel Yrume~ ( FIBS.
43 thro~h 47 ) ~nd m~ke it po~8ibl~ to connect them to
receptRc1ee (12). Furthor,in oaso th~tthe strength to ~up~ort
~eoond~ry me~ber~ isn't gotten by on~ or two Anchors, the
, :
3 ~
interrnediate structure/ inter~structural m~mbers ~upport
.. seoon~ary me~,bers und m~ke it pnssible to get the ~ppointed
support-strength by covering thr~e or ~cur anchors, and can
.~olv~ the prob~em to sta~dardi~ ~he diamet~rs and
.. 5 support-strength of ~nchors mention0d ~bove.
Hereinafter, the embodim~n~ is concretely e~pressed.
1. Steel fr~m~ linea~e ~nd PC line~ge.
For interm~diate structure or irnter-structural members (l3~,
m~terinl of a steel fra~le lineage, H section steel, I section,
cha-~nel, b~nd steel,an~le, trussmemb~r~ or woodennlaterial or
t}~ e is used. ~venif prec~st concrete m~terial can be used
as int~rmediate structure orintar-structural me~bers, as long
as a D1Argin is composed of a materiAl of steel frarnes, ~nd the
form and the material are r~ady to be con~ected to reoeptacl6s.
Intermediate structu~e or inter-structural mem~ers ~13J are
com~osed suit~bly by using the abov2-mentioned mR~eria
properly .
FIGS. 13 through 16, 29, 341 3~, ~8,49, 5~1, S~, 71, 7~,75~ and
7~, ~how the ernbodiments of intermediate structure or
int~r-structural memb~rs (13~ de of H sec~iorl steel,
,~ s~pporting second~ry be~ring members (B-l) composed of the
~ columrs ~nd the beams or the like of a steel frame lineage or
: the like, and ~how the method to trans~it loads of secondary
, b~Arin~ momb~rs (B-l) to colu~ns ~nd beams of a prim~ry
; 25 atructure by 'support system of secondary ~earin~ member by
; prim~ry column and bea~.
IGS. 43 through 47 show the embodiment that ~0corld~ry
structure (B) is (composed) of wall-t:ype struct~lre thQt is by
means of PC ~nd a new Gersll~ics b~aterial, and then secondAry
30 be~rin~ w~ll of' ths PC ~nd a new cer~mics m~teri~l is conrlected
to ~ prim~ry 6tructure (A) by means of middle supporting
conn~ction oî intermedi~te ~tructure or inter-~tructur~1
m~ber~ ( 13) . Al~o they ~how role o~ intorn~ediata structure or
~, ~ inter-~l;ructu~1 mem~srs (13~ wben it i~ dif~icult to c~nncct 35 directly to ~ prim~ry str~lcture (A).
:,
". ~
:.
' ' -- ,, ,
~ .
J'J9''~ 3 0~1 J~ 6172 A~lR~ 3 001 P05
~8~ 3
126
. Within thc cascs ~IC5. 94 throu~h 47 ~how connective section
d~tr~ f interm~di~te structurc or inter-str-;ctural ~emb~rc
(13) with s~condAry bearin~ w~ll ~ade of P~ ~nd a new ceramics
or th~ like, and connective scction dctail~ of ~ prim~ry
5 s~ructure (A) with intermediato structure or inter-~trllctura1
members (13).
~. Woodan quAlity linea~
Also, FIGS. 97 through 112-2 show ~hP case that secondary
be~rin~ ~ember~ ~B-1) is of wooden quality ~atori~ls, and is
~ 10 ~1mo~ the s~me with the c~seof~ stoel ~ramelineage mantioned
: ~bove. FIGS. ~S through 10~ ~re a convcntiorl~1 wooden case
FIGS. 10~1 through 110-2 show cases of 2 x -t. FIGS. 111 through
~ 112-2 ~h~w chses of wooden p~nel building sys~em.
.. Soon, FlCS. 97, I04, 106, 1~8-2 throu~h 108-3, 109 through
l~ 112-2, 9how the c~se of doing middle supp~rtin~ conn~ction to
~ colu~ns ~1) of secondsrybearing me~bers (B-1) by inLermediate: structure or inter-stt~uotur~l meDIberc (13).
~ `lGS~ 103, show Lhe conneotin~ d~t~ils ol jn~rn~ediaLe
struc~ure or inter-structur~l members (13~, with ~ primary
structuro (A3 in ~IG. 97. In each ca~e for intermediute
~tructur~ or inter-~tructural ~e~bers ~13), wooden quality
materi~l~ sre us~d.
FICS. 100, 104, 105, 108-4, and 108-6, show the case of doing
; mi~dlo supportin~ connectiorl to be~rn~ of seoondary bea~ing
2~ members ~B-l), by interm~dinte struGture or lnter-struc~ural
!~ mcmbers (13). As inter~lcdi~te ~truoturc or inter-~truoturAl
mcmbers ure used (~3), u~e b~nd steel3 in ~IC. 104 ~nd FIG. 105
nnd u~e wooden qunlity materi~1~, in other ~1GS. ~oth ~re
connected to recept~c1es by bolt~, weldin~ or strlking nnils.
3~ Also, ~t is corln~ct~d to secondary bearinR me~ber6 ~ , by
; bo1ta ~nd nail~.
(3) Method of ~ottin~ up ~ccondary nonbu~rin~ members
For tho next, ~ methoA of settin~ up ~econdhry nonbe~rin8
member& such ~8 extern~l wall, p~rtition, door~ and window6
35 fr U~ a furri~l~ strip ~r the like to a primary 3tructure is
i: :: : :;:
: : ~
! ,
1 9 S 2~3 1 E3 ~' :3: ~J 2 0 3 3 2 2 9 6 1 7 2 Au~ t~ " s Q 0 6 P9 5
12B
expre~sad.
FIas. 132 ~h~ough 1~8, and 188, show A ~ethod of s~tting up
exSsrnal w~11 OI` the like, ~I~S.159 throu~h 165, shcw ~ method
of 3eLting up B partition or the like.
5FIGS. 166 ~hrou~h 182, and l89, 8~10W a method of sett.ina l~p ~In
outside window frame or ths like, and FIGS. lR3 throu~h 185 show
method o~ setting up outside door or tho lik~ FIGS. 186
throu~h 18~ Lhow a n~ethod of setting up wooden doorc and windows
or the li~e.
10l~lG. 190 ~how ~ method of ~etting up h~no r~ or ttle like,
And ronce orthe like and FIGS. 191 thro~gb 193 show a method of
; setting up secondary nonbearin~ ~e~b~rs ~B-'>) ~f heavy ma~hine
such ~s ~ir-c~ndi~ioning unit etc
Irl thes~ ~lGS, seoondary nonbearing ~e~b~rs lB-2 ) ~nd iL~
.: 15 'fle.x supporting connec~ion nlembers' ars set up to anchors for.` secondury non~eAring members ~6-2).
- Of cour~el it'~lso possible to ~e~ u~ ese by anchors of ~n
upper r~nk, like anohors for second~ry bearin~ members, arlollor
for both secondury b~Arin~ and non-be~rln~ m~mbers( 6-3 ) .
a~caus~ ir th~ position is overl~pped, upp~r r~nk anchors
(whose support-str~n~th is larger)t~kes d priority in setting
up ~nchors.
As abov~t-merltioned, 'flex supportin~ conrrection~ember~t play
~n in~port~nt rolo ~l~o in ~ method of setting ~p second~ry
~; 25nonbearing m~mbcrs. An expl~nAtion is done dis~:irlcSl~ dividin
secondAry nonbearing ~lemb~r~ hereinAf~er.
l) Outlin0 of 'flex supporting conne~tior.' u~nd for ~condary
nonbe~rin~ men~b~rs.
i A~ for ~econdary nonb~ri~ mo~bers~ a role Oe 'flex
30 supportin~ connection~ is toadjust a suuporting connsa~ion of
both ~nchors and secondAry nonbe~rlng members. Adjus~imont of
support connect:ion ~re di~ided into thr~o Ga~eB, B o~se in need
~i of adjustment of its position ~s ~econd~ry me~bers supporting
conn~ctiol~ position iBnlt right on th~ modùl~ of ~nchor~,
,,
` ~5 c~e inn~ed of ~dju~tnent b~c~u~c ofits toomuch stren~th, ~nd
'.~
''' : ''' ' -~
" , . :-
~: ' ' ' .
.. . . . . .
31E~ c3:33 03 3~''9 61~ AUR!~71`~ 1i` 3 ~(16 P96
2 ~
12i
a oa5c in need of ~Aterial ~dJu~tment as ~he supporting
conneotion isn't a~ro~riate ~s for~aterials.As for se~ondary
nonb0aring ~e~bers, there ~re~speciAlly two roles, a ~tarial
.~ a~ljust~ent and ~ position ~djustme~t ~
In c~se of adoptin~ 450 ~ 900 pitch for anchors for secorlù~ry
nonbe~ring membeI, in ~lmost c~se ~ b~nd ~teel can be usod as
r-3ccp~ucle~ for secondary nonbeAring ~e~lber.~, shown in FLGS.
. 132 through 205~ If ~dopting this anchors interval, common
men,bers can be used illal~-o~t ~ny o~e, no matter lf seco~d~ry
nonbeArin~ memb~rs ~re different from extern~l w~ll, ou~ide
interior doorsand window~, interi~rpArti~ion, at`urrin~ strip
hnd a wal 1 in m~terials And use. For the n~xt, a~ for s~co~d~ry
: nonb~aring member inter-struotura1 mombers, m~inly wooden
;: 4~ality lin~age n~a~eriAl and band steel or nn~l~ are usecl such
~s ~tGS~ 132 through 205, when you consider second~ry
nollbearing members (B-2) such as ~xternAl wall, bo~ldar~ wall,
.' p~r~i~iOII, doors, ~nd window~.
~`or e~mple, FIGS. 132 through 1~8,155 through l~.show ~ases
,. of fi~ing external w~ll and bound~ry w~ll or the lik~ made of
ALC or the like, by intor-s~ructural momb~rs ~ade of an~le.
FIGS. 150 thr~uRh 15~ ~how c~e of fixir.g external w~ nd
boundary w~ll or the like ~de of psrtit.ionR m~de ~f ~oncret~
block and brick or the like by inter-struct~rAl me~bers ll3)
r~nde o f ang l e .
2~ FIGS. 1~9 through 16~ show c~es o~ fixing pur(:itior~s m~de of
wooden quality mAterial~ or ligbtness iron by nta3~-~truoturn1
member~ ~13) r~de of b~nd steel or wooden qu~lity m~tari-lls.
" Purthor, FIGS. 166 thro~gh 185 ~how cA~es of fixing a doors and
a wind4w3 frAme, by intcr-atlucturnl ~-~mber~ (13) sll~d~ of b~nd
~; 30 ~teel .
;~ FJ~S. 186 And lB7 chow Cn6eB of fixin~ doors ~nd window frame~,
: wood~n gu~lity m~teri~ls, by ~ntor-~tructur~l me~bars ~13)
wood~n ~uAlity ~toriAl~.
From ~he ~bove-mentioned, ~s for~condary nonbe~rinR m~mbers
~l~o, no.~tt~r if sacondary n~nbasring me~ber~ ~re dif~cnt in
' :
,_ . ., . . ,_....................................... _
,.
,: i . : :. : . :
1~9~ 31~ 23:34 03 3229 617~ hUR~ ``g 006 F'Y~
128
m~terial3 ~nd ~e, from e~tern~l wall, boundary wall, outside
i~terior doors ~ncl windows, int~rior p~rtition furring strip
and a wall, common members for inter-structur~l ~em~ers c~n be
used if the anchor inter~l a~ ~bove mention~d are chosen.
2) E~bodin,ents of 'fle~ ~upporting onnection' for second~ry
nonb~aring memb~r~.
l. Method of settin~ up an e~tern~l w~ll, boundary wsll ~nct
pnrtition.
FICS. 132 throueh 1~5 amon~ thase, show a ~thod of set~in~ up
~he e.~ternr~l wAll, bound~ry wnlland pr~rtition ~23)by mcAns of
~LC board or the 1 i ke .
Among these FICS., the method o~ setting up e~t&rnr~l wall,
: boundr~ry w~ll and partition (23)are shown in ~ICS. 132 through
1~9 . Plur~l receptaoles ~l2) m~cte of bsnd steel are fi~ct to
the top or th~ bott~m of slabl1) or be~ms~4) by fi~in~ with
bolts. Tothe re~ePtacles, inter-structural ~cmbers(13), m~de
of st~el angle, a5'e fi.~e~ by weldin~ or fastenins bolt. A1~d ALC
board is set up between upper ~nd lower sides of
~ inter-structural me~bers to complc~e ths Wallc.
- 20 FIGS. 139 through l4~t sh~w a case oY setting up recoptncles
(12) n~acle of ~ngl~ ~o upper and 10WOI ~lab (4) or b~m (2) by
bolting, and settin~ ~p ALC,boarddire&~ly to reo~pt~cl~s (12).
Other compositions nre almost th~ ~me ~s the cnse using
inter-strl~ctural members ~131. FIGS. 145 through 1~9, show B
2S case of givingn finish, and ~IG. 148, 149 ~how a case of giving
n suitable finish for both ~ides o~ éxternal wall, bound~ry
w~1~ an~ psrtitlon 1231, e~ah i~ bAsed on o~bodimatl~ of shown
in FId.1361138.
~'lU~. 150 throu~h 15~, ~how ~ ca~e o~ uslng band steel~ ror
rec~pt~cle~ ~12)and inter-Rt~uctural members ~}3),~nd m~k.ing
extern~l w~ nd ~ound~ry w~11s ~nd p~rtition~ (23) compos~d
of plur~1 concre~e block or brick otc.(~,4). In cu~ec
~bov~-mentioned, they're pl~nned togethor with u pri~ary
~tructure (A) by eet~in~ r~inforcing ~t~el (25) in ooncrete
block and brick eto.~24) a~ m~ny ~ they ne~dl and by h~rdly
', ~; ~ : ,
.
,
..
'
.- '-
1'3~12~ a c3 ls 03 3529 6172 ~IJR~ t'?~ j" 3 006 P90
`
129
weldin~ it~upperend andlower~nd toin~er-structural membcrs
` ~13~.
~ ~IG~ 15~1 ~how a cas~ of setting r~inforcing ~t~el ~25)
: directly to receptacles ~12J without using inter-struct~r~l
m~b~r~ ¦13) in F~GS. IS0 throu~h 153. Other com~osition~ are
almost the same as s~bodlments in ~IG~ 150 throu~h 15~.
FIGS. 155 throu~h 156 are ~mbo~ en~s of e~s~s when wal~s are
PC boards and FIGS. 157 through 158 ~re embodimcnts of cnses of
when walls are GRl` bo~rds, ~IGS. 159 throu~h 165 S~IOW ~nethods
of setting up an extornal wall ~nd bo~ndary wall and partition
by m~ans of panel6 made Or ~ood~n or th~ like.
In the&c FIGS. 159 thro~gh 164 5ho~ a case of using wooden
q~ality lirlcuge nlaterlal ~or rece~tacles (lZ) und
1 :inter-structural ~ber~ ~13)and FIG. 16B show ~c~se of u~ing
15 light steel fr~m~ lineage ~terial.
FlGS. 159 throu~h 165 show case~ of setti11g ~ plur~l
r~cept~cles (12) m~de o~wooden ~uality linea~e materi~l which
-; are fi~;cd to upper or lower slab by fastenin~ anchor bol~ set
in consit~nt in~rvals. To this rec~ptAcl~s inte~ tructur~l
`~ 20 ~embers (1~) which Are wooden qu~lity llnea~e ~l~teriiBl 8r~
fixe~ by fasteni~ bolts.To thiæ inti~r-~tructur~l member (13~
.i, constructin~ axis clAss(29)and on~h~both surface of th~ sxis
.~ class finishini~ ~8t~rial6 on this pAnels usied for foundatior
~23)Are given to co~plete the extorn~l wall, ~ound~ry wall and
~, ~5 partition .
!~, ln these FIGS., F`IGS. 159, 1~0, 163, and 16~ show cases whoae
.~ receptscl~s ~12~ are composed ofband.Rteel~, and FI~S. 1~1 and
162 show caseswhose receptacles(l2~ are con~posed of a ~e~bers
: of awcoden qu~lity lin~ge. ~IG.165 show~ case of uslng me~1
~ypv ma~erial~ in~teRd of woaden ~u~ y line~g~ material~,
considvring fire prev~ntion of inter-struc~ural nlembers ~13)
~nd ~rAm~WOrk ~2~) used for p~rtition.
2. Method of setting door~ ~nd wlndow~ ir~e
FI~S. lfi6 t~rough 1~7 sh~w a ~eth~d of 8ettin~ up ~ doors ~nd
3S ~ window3 fra~.
.~ ._. . . . .
:; . , ,; ,: , :
l992~._A31~ ~3:36 03 3229 6172 AuR~ r;~``3 006 P~9
:, h~ ,J~
133
These ~I~S. show a cas~ of seLtin8 up~ in definit~ interval,
plural rec~ptacles (12) ~de Qfband steel tovertical slab t~)
or beam ~2) nnchors, by boltin~, a ~s~ of settin~ uE
inter-structur~l ~ember~ 113) to mad~ of band steels to these
recoptacls~ ) by w~ldin~ or bolting, a c~se of sattin~ up
door~ and ~indows fra~e(31) to the~e lnter-stEuctural members
~l3), by weldin~ or using, subsidyrna~eri~l or the like.
Sguint FIG. 168-l atl~ 170, Gr section~l diaBrnm FIG. 172 wl~h
FIG~ l73, both ~re different in ~ertic~l position of
10 receptacles 112~and inter-struotur~l memb~r~ (13)each other.
In ~IG. 170 and FIa. 173. inter-~tructural members (13~ is
betwc~n r~ceptac.lPR (12) and pri~n~ry structure (A) whichrn~es
lixin~ of'inter-structural members ~l3) easier.
Lik~ in ~IG. 168-1 ~nd 172, it's hArd to oonnoct recept~cles
1~ (12) with inter-structural member~ ~13) considering their
v~tr~ical r~luLion~ th~t inter-structural members (13) will be
on the receptacl~s ~12~ b~ca1lse concrete side i~ desolat~ for
;` its bad constructio11, an~ two of tho~ don't compose the s~me
plan~ e~en if in th~ ca~e they'r~ par~llel whlch makes
inter-structural m~mbers ~}~) flGat abov~ recept~cles,
.~ Like in ~IC.. 170 ~nd FIC. 113, if you set inter-structural
mcmbers ~13) betw~en receptacl-s ~l2) and primary str~cture
~;(A), And clip it by anchors, it'll b0 possible to fix it ~nd the
problem al~o, and crsAky joint will bs solved methods oi'
:25 connecting reccptacles~12), ~nd inter-structural members ~13)
~both ~bovo m~r~tioned) are w~lding or bolts conncctioning.
FI~.179 shows ~ cAseof s~tting inter-structur~lEnembers ~13)
n~ade of hAnd steel cr the lik~ instead oi' inter-s~ructulal
~e~bers ~13) ~de of Angl~ steel in FIG. 13~, ~nd a ca~ie of
30 90tting door~ and windows frame (31), inste~d o~ An external
wall ~nd boundAry wAl~. FIGS, 183 through 185 show B de~il o~
~ttin~ up door~ m~de o~ ~te~l. FIGS. 186 ~nd l87 sho~ a detA~
oY sf3ttin~ up ~ooden door~ and wir1dow~.
3. A m~thod of sf3ttin8 up out~id~ ~nd lnt~rlor Yurring ~rip.
PlGS. l45 thro~gh 149, 163 through 165, 175, 178, 179, 181,
- r - ~ `'`
; ~
:.: ' .'.': . :
. : ' . , ::, .
. ~ ' : ~ :' ,, . .;
l 9 ~ 2 5~ 1 c i l 3 1 9 2 ~ 1 7 ~ 3 3 2 2 ~1 6 1 7 2 A UR I 'r ,~ i `` g 0 ~16 F~ 0 0
131
182, ~r~d ~5, show the details of setti~8 up ~x-tPrnal walls,
bo~ndary walls, partition~,wa~l~ ofboth insi~e andcut~id~ of
doors And wi~dows, floors and ~urring ~trips ~f ceiling.
A~ a.~pressed in the ca~ of scttin~ anchors for secon~ary
norlb~aring members, if t.he anchor ArrAng~ment for second~ry
nonbearing members is unified to flt for ~eneral ~urring strip
by using the ~am~ ~imentions, ~he same Anchor can be used also
for furrin~ strip of w~1~ of an insido and outsidc, floor ~nd
ceiling.
Li~e em~odiment FIGS. ahove, a furrin~ strip fiL~ beautif~llly,
for th~re isn't displacement to fo an Anchor from ~ fulrin~
strip, a ~inishin~ pocket also will be th~ s~m~ si~c as a
general finish foundation, and that ~akes `fle~ ~upportin~
: connection members' ~ettle in the pocket.
T~le m~thod of set~in~ up anchors for s~condary nonbe~ring
~ membeIs menLioned above~adopting ~50 x 900 (~bout~ pltch) has
.,, A merit A~SO in this point, so it may be sald to b~ ~up~rior
sys~em.
~. Method of setting ~p hcavy me~bcrs t~ walls.
FIGS. 191 through 193 show the method of settin~ up heavy
m~mbers to wal1s, ~nd they also show the fact that heavy
machin2s ~uch as air-condi~ioning unit or the like can be set
up to wallR ~r~oly, ~ follow the SA0~ dircction.
5. Va~iation of externAl WAllS ht the top of balconics,
2~ FIGS. 188 through 190 are embodiments in a case ~f ~nchors are
s~t ln a defini~e po6itiDn, to show the methods of setting up
extelnal wull (23J a~ ~ m~r~in of ~ balcony, window frama ~31),
coping (32), and handrail (33) and coping l3~), ar~ ~t up in
thc sRme W~y ag sccondAry nonbaaring 0~mb~r~ (9-2)~f partition
or the like ~hich ii mentioned Abov~. In ~hort, grind
: h~ndrails t33) ~nd coping ~32) ~re set up by f~sterlin~
intor-~tructur~l ~e~rs t13) m~do of band 8~0vl with bolts to
an Anchor, and ~o intor structur~l mamb~rs ~13) by welding or
f~tonin~ by bolt~.
FI~.lB9 shows the 0~9e of ~ttin~ up inter-~tructur~l membcr~
!
`' ~ ~ .: :
1 3 ~1 ~ 2 1 ;~ ~ 3 1 EI 2 ~: J ~ 0 3 ~ ~ 2 9 6 1 7 2 AUI~ `' 3 ~I t3 6~ P O I
~ ~ ~ 6 j i ~
132
(13) msde ofb~nd stevl,ins~d of 59ttin~ ~p intCr~-QtruCtUr~l
me~bcrs (13) msde of an~le ~teel in FIG. lB8, and the case of
~e~ting up door.Q And window~ fr~m~ (31) inste~d of p~rtiLion~.
Liko cases ~bove, it is possible to set u~ ~n sxternal w~lls,
5 out~ide doors alld windows, coping ar~d a handrail6 by usin~ the
same anchor. It i~ also ~pplicable in cascof usin~ receptacles
- and inter-structhural momber, whendi~pl~c_m~nt ofthe ~nchors
occur,
.~' 6. Conclusion.
s mcntioned ~bov~, considering abou~ ~etting up of s~ondary
nonbearing me~bers to aprimQry structuro, the oon~n~on ~nchors,
. same strength, saine diame~el and same position, can be applied
~or external wall, ~oundary w~ll, outside 1nierior doors and
hindows, int~rior partition, in ~pite of diff~rsnce~ of
~ 15 m~t~rial~ and uses, and BlSO receptacles and i.nter~3tructural
: ~lembers can be co~mon in ~ost ca6es.
Further more, in ca~ ~doptin~ x 9OO (nearly) ~itch ~or
~nchor inte1va1 for secondar~ nonbsarin~ members, to be ~n
~ inter-structural Dl~mb~rspan 9OO ~ne~rly), recoptacle spAn 450
: 20 (nearly), diameter of ~n anchor c~ be common 9~ ~near1y),
; recept~cle~ ~nd inter-~tructurAl member~, a band stoel 50 x 6
! (naarly) wiLh the ~ngle steel 66 X 65 (nearly) (e~cept for
outsidedoorsand windows fr~me upperp~rt conneotivem~teri~ls
:; 50 x 9 ~n~arly)) can be u~ed.
In Addition, like FIGS. 147 throu5h 149, 163 through 165, 175,
178, 1~9, 181, 1~2, and 185, it's neodl~s to mention, bu~ by
applyin~ the method lt's ~lso po~siblo to m~ko floor and
: c~illng ~ bcard flnish ~nd to set up heRt insulaLor for thermal
pur~ose and settingupp~rtitlon ~nd ~doors ~nd A window~ fr~m~
I~S in thr~ ~m~ w~ u6ed in conv~ntional method.
(4) Method of 3ettin~ upwoo~i~n OI` the like 1i~htness secondary
bearin~ me~bar~.
, When using ~n ~nchor for s~cond~ry be~ring ~nd sn ~nchor for
nonbearing memb~rt6 3), A Inethod of sottin~ up woodan or th~
; 35 like lightne~s sscond~ry b~rin~ ~mbers and 'the flex
'.
' ' ' ~ ` .
23~ 3 0:3 32~ 617. f'~U~17~?1`;~ 006 P02
133
supporting connoctionl~embers' to this anchor i3 the~ame AS or
lih~ the mcthod o~ setting up second~ry boarin~ mernbers
mell~ioned a~ov~. And also, a method of setting u~ secondary
nonboaring mamber~and 'thc flexs~pportingconnectionmembers'
to this anchor is the sAme as, or like the ~ethod of setting up
secondary nonbearing members mentioned above.
: (5) Method of cetting up secondary li~ht-weight ~e~lbers.
Furtherr 'po~t~construction ~et up type' ancho1 of 'type
setting c~t~nt for anchor at initial construction' i~
10 conv~nient for use, ln the method of setting up seconda~y
light-wei~ht ~embers like fioish, furring strip, basebcard,
ceiling rDtating, and hat h~nging ed~e or the like to ~ prl~ry
str~cture. ~ut vf course, there'~ Also a metho~ of setti~lg up
~n interv~1 ~nchor to ~ primary ~tr~oture li~e secondary
1~ nonbearing members, an~ a method o~ m~kin~ anchors for
secondnry nonbearing members for both use . ~ supporting
c~nn~ction on ~he position decided freely in these oases is
don~ by 'flex ~pportir~ conneotiorl'.)
FIG. 131-1 show6 'anchor type 3qtting extent for anchor at
20 initial construction' and 'po~t-con~truction set up typ~
~nchor~. This i-~ the ~ystem that r;etc 'ext~nt for setting
freely anchor~ in post-construction '(36) at the positlon no
influenco in be~ring cnpacity occur~ where on placin~ of
r~inforcement; or th~ likc of reinforcint steel of the primary
25 st.ructure, or at th~ position or a~ the p~rt where increase -~
volurDe of concra~0is given when constructing the prlmary
structure in order n~t to~Akc ~ny probl~min be~ring oapaci~y,
.~~o that each u~er can set up snchors ~ro~ly in this ~art and the
extent ~froma surfaceof concreto to A dotted line in the ~IG.)
30 Bft~' QOn~rUCtiOn ~nd in ~uturo.
And al90, in c~ of condominium building or ~.he like an ow~cr
of pri~ary 3tructure is different from th~t of secondary
;structures, the probl~ls ~bout ~cces~ion and manufacturin~ in
civil law will be solved ifthe part or theextent i~ det~rmi~led
by rulo ~ onopoly p~rt~
,,
:, :
- ; . ..
-, , , - , :
":
1 ~3 9 2 ~EF I ~ . 3 I Ei 2 3: 3 9 i~ 3 3 ~ ~ ~ 6 1 7 2 A U~? I r ~ t ~ 3 6 1=' 0 3
, ~.
1~4
~IG. 131-2, shows A method of burying wooden brick ~ccording
module decid~d befor con~truction, ~nd fixin li~ht~weight
member~ by striking a n~il frcelYtoit or fastening with scrt~w~
when settin~ up. The modul~ of a wooden brick can be almost the
6 same as theanchor arr~n~e~ent fDrseeond~rynon~e~ring member~
in position, and ther~'s ~1 o ~ method in ~ sm~ller, intt~rv~ls.
About the ~i~e Or ~ wooden bric~, it can be said/ the larger,
the free;t, ~5 f~r as it can be set up ~o concrete.
FIC. 131-3, shows the method of setting up anchors of
nylonplugs or the like by deciding modules when cons~ruction
initial or after consLruction~ and fixing the secor~d~ry
ht-weight ~e~bers by fAstening the ano~hor or screws when
sctting up ~econd~ry light-~eight ~emberq. The ~nodule of this
anchor c~n be ~lmost the sam~ ~8 a~c~or for secondary
nonbe~ring memb~rs, and there's ~lso ~ method to ~ th~
interval ~m~ller. Therefore, secondary light-weight rllemb~rs
.~ arR set up in the extent mentioned above by an anchor for
setond~ry ligh~-~eight l~emberE th~t wa~ set up befor~, but of
course, it's ~lso possible to set it up by An upper rank ~nehor
like anchor ~or s~condary b~arin m~Jnbers ~6-1), anchcr ~or
bothsecond~rybeAringand non-beari~g ~e~bers~8-3),oranchor
for secondary nonbe~ring me~ber6 (6-~). 8ecnuse in setting up
ancho1~, upper rank anch~rstwho~e support-strengthis larger)
has priority in ca~e ~ossition of ~nchor~ are ovarlaped.
~6) ~ethod of se~ti~g up piping eguipm~nt.
Ei~hor ~nchor for ~econdary nonbe~ring me~bers(6-2~or ~nchor
~or secondary light-wei~ht~nemberEi (6-3) is ~v~ilable to fix
supply pipe(w~ter supply, g~,ol~ctric or the like), dr~ina~e
pipa ~dirty~ter, rough dr~ing~, rainydrAina~e), ortha llk~
of arle4uipm~nt.
~ n~I~. 210-1, A embodiment c~sei~ shown th~ Ie-~e~ci~s ~
are 30t up to Anchore for ~0condary nonb~ring member~ or
~rl~:hDr~ f~r ~i~oondAry li~ht-w~i~ht member~ ~n ~ slnb (4], und
the support sy3t~ for the dr~in~e pipe are ~et up to ~djUSt A
hori~ont~l level, ~nd slope ne~ded, by flexibile po~itlan of
. - : - . . .:
'. 1~9~ J1~ 2'1:40 û3 3~29 6172 ~JR~ 3 006 P04
-?
the re~epticle6 (12)~
~IG.210-2 shows an embodim~nt t~ set up a d.aih~g~ ~ipe oI~h~
Iik~ to the s1~b where a wa~erproof l~yer is donAtsd.
In this ~IG. thamethod of set~in~ up concr~Le ~o~rd, a kind of
.~ ~ puttin~ foundation of a small scale, on to a flexibl~ p~sition
of the slàb (4) where wa~erprooflayer is donated is showrl. And
to set equip~ent pipe to this conerete bo~rd by ~et~in~rnembers
as it is e.Ypre~sed at a w~terproofing ~y~tem ~f secondar~
li ht-weight m~m~ers supporting connsction. This sys~em is
1~ avail~ble not only on waterproof layer, but also on general
slab.
In both cases, the f1exibil.ity on horizontal pOSitiOh and
- lev~ling position of equipment pipings ~re guarantee~.
FIGS. 2~1-1 and 211-1 show the whDle s~stemofconstructin~ the
e~uipment piping~ FIC. 211-1 ~how~ ~ rou~h dr~inage and dirty
.water, and FIG. 211-2, shows ~he ~t~te of a ruiny~rn;.nage.
~ rhough mo~tion~d later ln det~il, in these FIGS., i~'~ s~owed
;~ h drainage from a fle~ibile posiLion is posei~ with ~he
.~ adoption of a p~imary stru~ture wlth a semi-reversed-be~nlfor~
-~ 20 und a drainag~ piping meth4d whithout pa~sing thIou~h a ~eam,
controling sLory height,~
; (~) Lev~l adju3tment and subtle si~s and dis~lncement
:. adju~tment
~ `IGS. 130-4, 130-5, ull~ 130-6showa ~ethod ofle~l ad~ustmen~
2~ ~etween a ~oncret~ ~urfaces of a prim~ry ~tructu~e ~ide and
raceptacl~s (12). FIGS. 130-~ and 130-S are the enlbodiment ef
a c~e to insort nonuhrinksge mort~r grout materi~ls ~2l-2)
between ~ concrete side ~nd recertAcles to adjust level. ~Ia~
130-6 i~ the embodi~nt; o:f ~ c~e to in~crt isol~tion rubber
insul~tion (21-1) between a concrete ~nd recept~cles to fix i~
~ith fixed b~lt~s.In eit}lercas~c~rt~in oonnection ~trenBth i~
obtAindod. ~I~. 130-4 is a~ o~bodi~llt of A c~se of level
~djustment with recon~ry b~arinB ~o~bor~, and FIas~ 130-5 ~nd
: 130-6 Are an e~bodi~ant of a c~e ~ ad~u~t~ent with ~econd~ry
~ 35 nonbe~r.ing ~emb~r~. The ca~ of ~djuYtment with second~ry
,:: -: , : , , - :
". . , . :
. . ,
1 ~ 9 '' ~ 1 ~ fl J l E3 ~ 4 1 0 3 3 2 2 9 6 1 ~ " ~UR I 'r~7 ~ 'JA ~ U ~i P0 5
v~
136
nonbea~ing member~ ~hown in ~IGS. 163 throu~h 1~5 is ~ettl~d
with wedge or ~ort~r, of w~oddn q~ality materials or th~ like.
It is oonvenient to adjust with 'the unchor hole system'
~xplain~d at above-m~ntioned anchor det~ils concernir~g subtle
size ~dju~tm~nt of ~nchor and r~ceptaclc6, but for anchors for
second~ry nonbearing members l~s4 si~e precisionof adegree is
needcd compare to the case for secondary bearing m~mbers.
F~r size pr~ci~ion of anchor position i~ highly required, for
join~s o~` sec~nd~ry bearing me~berq, ther~ is a severe
1~ r~s~riction to set up rec~ptacles to fit the position of
snch~r~ pen~r~ti~n p~rti~l caliber because of a proble~
concerning to a strsngth, on the other hand, i~' because in
joints for second~ry nonbe~ring members, ~here are less
r~strictiur1, and room for adj~sting tha displac~ment c~n be
~eL.
*his m~kes anchor pOSltiOII siæe error lessened wh~n
construct~d, by setting room At connective part to mZl~e the
c~llber ~t ~olts p~netraLi1lg positi~n bigger or ~ lon~ ellips~
~ype ~t ~n ~nchor snd receptAGles 512), receptacles l12) and
ir~t~rmediR~e structur2, and inter structural me~lbers (13), or
secondary struc-ture (B) and e~ch connective part, snd puttir.~
~las~lers or besrin~ pressure board (11) grade or th~ like
- attached.
(8) And so on.
In a c~se th~t a secondary members position neArly cont.ucLs
~; wiLh an ~nchor, i~ is p~ssible to set up i~s secolldary m~mbers
for recept~cles (12) dircctly without intermediate struct.ure
or inter-8tructur~1 m~bers (13) by ~d~ustment of form~ and
~, posi~ion Or r~cept~cl~s (12). (~ee ~IGS. 13 through 80, 139
throu~h 144, 16-t, 166 " 58, 188 throu~l 190.)
Complic~ted for~s of ~n ~nchor and recep~cles (12),
recept~cles (12) ~nd intormediat~ ~ruc~ure, ~nd
int~r-structurAl ~a~bers (13~ and 8econdary structure (B) ~An
be connected fix~lly And by pin, by ~ connective nu~ber of
copi~s, conncctive ~ethod, ~nd connective ~crm, ~nd ~re
. . . ~ ,. '': ' . '
~: ~ : . . . .
:. ,, ' . :
~J 9 2 ~ 7 ~ q 3 l e ~ 3 ~ 2 n 3 ~ 2 2 9 6 1 ~ ~. f~UR ~ 7 'J ~ 0 0 ~ ~ 0 6
13~
~vail~bl~ to select ~dv~nta~eble connective rnethod ~s
neces~ity.
Furthermor~ it enables socond~ry me~lb~rs and secondAry
structure (B) h~ve iso1ation, sound insulAtion and seismic
5 i~ol~tion to set up to this connectiv~ p~rt insulntion (211
~see FICS. 21,22, 27, 28, and 13n-~) and seismic isolator (22).
~ee ~ICS. 88 1 throu~h 88-3)
By the way, in any above-me~1tion~d elnbodiment, unuRed nnchor
holes can be defended fro~ rainwater invasion ~nd be pl~nned
improve~en~indur~bility ifc10sesealing materialsor plastic
m~terials are fill~d.
Abovc-mt3ntion~d method, is al~o ~vailable to 'primary
~; dependencetypcset,orld~ry structure' or'aprin\~ry~lf-support
`~ type ~econdary structure'.
ny ~ method ~nd a corpposition above-m~ntione~d, there is also
u cnse that s~cond~r~ members are d~rectly supported ~nd
connected ~o recept~c1es (12). Then, secondary momber.~s c~n ~e
supporte~ ~ndconnected cerL~inly to a primarv strutture ~) by
m~qking receptacles (12), inter~ediate ~tructure or
LO inter-struc~ural merllbers ~13) ~nd int~r~edi~te ~tructure, ~nd
c~ngu~rnnteed flcxibilityofsecondary structur~s~B) and used
aterials wh~n by for~ of structur~s, forms ~nd materiA~s of
second~ry s~ructures(B~, second~r~ mo~rs ~ren'tsultAb1e to
be directly connected to ~ prim~ry ~tructu~ (A).
0 ~econd~rymemberssupportingconnoctionw~terpLooring sy~te
on wat~rproof Lnyer.
Next, ~hc m~thod of supportin~ conn~c~Lonofsecondary mcmbers
,~ on ~ wAterproof layer in the ~,ase of a w~ters~roof
~0 coun~er~cASUre i~xpre~s~d hereinafter~ Themethodsofsolvin~
thi~ problem ~re ~xplAine~ as to ~econd~ry be~ring membQrs,
~econd~ry nonbe~r~n~ membars, supportin~ connection 4y6teJnof
ù ~econ~ry light-wei~ht membor~ respectively. Scond~ry
beurin~ members n~ed ~ certa:in ~nchor, sacond~ry ligh~-wei~ht
m~ b~r4 c~n b~ ~on~ectod ~dhe~iY~ly ~nd ~econd~ry nonboAring
~: . . .
,:~ . " ' , ' ' :
`
; . . : '
. , . ., . . ~ .
I ~"~ I a 23: ~ o~ ~2~ 6172 AIJRl~Jt7~ " 3 ~ 0~6 P07
138
menlbers belongs to the in b~tween. ~hus, second~ry b~rin~
member~c~n't omit nn anchorand s~condaryllght-wei~ht ~e~bers
c~n. Then ~condury nonbe~ring membar c~n, by u~iin~ th~
: meLhod of supportive connoction to ~ain supportive stren~h.
5 ~l)Waterproofing sy~tem of 8econdary be~rin~ member~
supportin~ connection.
1 ) W~t~rproof ing by meAns o~ ' support system Or secondary
: bearing member by primary column And beam'.
~hs me-L~od of ~uyportin~ connection concernln~ of secondAry
10 bearing men)bers on a wnterproof layer is the difficult probleDI,
thatit~9 impoesible to omit An ~nohor. B~ the way, wh~n
secondAry members are setup at A w~terproof point, ~ point with
possi~ility of water le~kage, iQ the connecti~e point ~t ~n
anchor on slab r~ther than theconnective point at ~n anchor on
lS a bean~ such as rever~ed bean~ and semi-reversed-be~m of a
primnry ~truotur~ . The method of solvin~ this i~ ' support
system of sccondary he~ring member by primAry column und ~es~'
to support on column or beam o~ and Along be~m wi~hout
supporti~g on a sl~b. When you don't use this supportive
method, you'll h~v~ ~ difficult problem ~bout wQterproofin~,
concernin~ secondary bearin~ members, not being ~ble to solv~
it by a eusy ~ethod like next mentioned putting bAsic method
lika ~econd~ry nonbearing memb~r~, from the problem ~bout
supportive And connective ~tr~ngth. Like thi~, considering it
in view of ~ waterproofin~ problom, 'sllpport system of
second~ry beuring me~ber by primary column And beum' is still
effective in a wAterproofing.
~ Aterproofin~ ~y3tam of ~econdary nonbe~ring memb~r~
supporting connection. For th~ next, unchor~ ~or second~ry
nonbeAring mombcrs ~re the problQm concerning B w~terproof
1 ~ye r .
For secondury nonbearing mombers h~e high fre~uency to ba ~et
up to ~ w~tcrproof lAyer ~nd i~ required to h~ve the ~lexibllity
ol` ~he position ~nd forM.
35 WAtorprooflng sy9tom in ~uppor~in~ connoction of ~econdary
: ....... . . .
,,: : ,
:, . .. .
: , ~ , . ~:
: . , , , ,:: .
'~ ' ~' ' ' - ~ ,
, ~ . . .. . .
1 '3 ~ 4 4 0 3 '~ 2 '~ 9 ~ 1 7 2 A UR l 'J ~ t ~ '` 3 0 0 6 P 0
13~
nonbearing memb~rs to a waterproof lay~r is compors~d of 1)
ln SUppOI't syst~m', 2)'Puttin~ foundation ~yfite~ nd the
system to m~ke it have support be~ring c~p~city by cnnnectin~
a pr.mary structura to p~tting foundation with connec~ive
~ supporti~ emb~rs if neCcssAry~ and 3) 'Bcnm supp~rt and
; putting found~tion syster.~'.
ThPse thrte systems arc advunt~geble solving system~ to have
little possibilit~ of lea~a~e of wat~r ~nd to put up secondury
m~mber4 a~ a flexible position, bec~use they c~n omit the
10 anchor forsecondary members at th~ place wh~re ~ waterproofing
1~yer is ~et up, don't bre~k waterproofin~ layer. al~d don't
n~ed the waterproofing o~ anchor and anchor itself.
1) 'B~am support syfitem'
This system is Lhe syst~m to han~ a bea~l of ~econdAry men~bers
.~ t~ on be~ms of ~ primary structure (A~, Across and not to ne~d tho
anchor ol~w~terproofing l~yer to bre~lcwat~rproofing l~yer.
~`his system is, li~ FIG. 2~6-1, u~e~ like FIC. 206-1 in tha
case Or not intendin~ to se~ up an ~nchor on the slao ~rom
w~terpro~fing, the slab for to have b~sn don~ted
-' 20 ~terproofing layer of A internlediate layer and roo~ l~yer.
: 2) 'Putting foundation system'
When put up second~ry members at a w~terproofing position, a
position to have the possibilityof w~t~r leak~ge is ths ~nohor
position on a sl~b rather than an anchor position on beam ~uch
2s ~s ~ reversed be~m and a semi-rever~ed-beam of a pri~ry
structure~ The systems of supporting connection of s~co~dary
~ members at this part are 'Puttin~ foundAtion sy~te~' and th~
systf3~ to ~a3ca lt h~ve ~upport bearin~ capacity by connecting
~ prim4ry ~tructure to Lhis )A putt1ng foundAtion systnm with
30 ~ socondAry mombora' if noceasary. Tho~ ~yætem~ are
adv~nt~blo solvlng Qyatems notto broakw~terprnofin~ er,
not to need w~tcrproofing ofan ~ohor or Ar~ ~nchnr itself, not
to need to w~rry about wuter 1~3~1cage And to be uble to ~ot up
; ~enondary nonbearing ~ember~ at ~ flaxible position.
35 FI~S. 1~ throu~h 200, ahow tho o~ae not to 3~t up dir~citly
- . . ,
::: : -, :
... .
- ` ~ .: . : : :-
$
l~o
supplementary bloc ofconcrete ~nd brickin embodi~entof FIGS.
150 throug~ 154 or s]ab (~, but to set up puttlng foundation
~26) on 41ab ~ 4), -to set up reinforcing bloc (2~) on puttin~
~o~ndati~n (26), and t~ compose A partition. In this ca~e,
S th~re ar~ th~ method to ~t up r2ceptacle~t2) ofbAnd 6teel on
I~Uttin~ foundatio~1(26), to fasten thein with boltto th~ anchor
ir, this puttin~ foundation and to weld reinforcing ~teel (25)
to the r~c~ptacles (12~ (see FIG. 198), the method ~o ~eld
: rece~tacl~s (12) of st~el to anchor in ~utting found~tion (26~
10 ~nd coweld it ~o reinforcing ~t~el (25), too (~ee ~IG. 199), or
th~ ~cthod ~o anchora lowered~e of reinforcing ste~l(2~) into
putting foundation (2~j ~see FIG. 200). Other composition~ ~re
aln~o~ the s~me as embodin~ents of FIGS~.l50 through 15~1~
Adopti~n nf 'A p~ttin~ f~und~tlon syst~m' like this, enables
~ i~ us to preven~ wat~r leakage ~`r~mthe ~nchor on slab by brcs~ing
: wat~rproofi n~ lAy~r ( 2/~,without breakin~waterproofinglayer
(271 in the CASe of ha~ing wAterproofing layer (27) on sla~
o~ prima~y struc~ure~ nd ~ prev~nt corrosionof ~nchor ~nd
rec~ptacles perfectly.
Then, a putting founda~ion is cornp~sed o~ concrete b].ock,
;:: precast concrete blook or striking concrete block.
: F~GS. l94 thro~gh 197 ~hoh the ext~rnal wall and bound~ry w~ll
co~posed of p~nel ~23~ of PC bo~rd or ALC bo~rd ins~teMd of
con~rete block in e~bodiments of FIGS. 198 through 200.
25 ~IGS. 204 throu~t1205 show the ca~e to fix pu~-ting founda~ion
~26) of emb~di~nts of FIG~. 194 through 201, to neigh~orin~
b~m (2) for ~xample, by hori~ontal ~upport (28) of H ~teel and
to don~te finish.in~ on A surface of an externsl wall, boundary
w~ll or outsi~ doors ~nd windows, and other compositions are
30 ~l00s~ s~m~ as ~IGS. 194 through 201.
FIGS~ 201 through 203, ~nd 205 ~how the CBse to Be~ Up doors
And wind~ws fr~me (31) inste~d of externAl w~l.l, bound~ry w~ll
or p~rtition i~ ~boti~ents of ~IGS. 134 through 196, ~nd 204.
FIa. 202 ~hows the csse n~t to f~sten the pl~te on p-1ttinB
~5 foundation to anchor ~ith bolt~, but to weld in ~mbodi~ents ~f
.'~ .
~ ., .
~ '.'' ' ` ,
~,`: , ' ' ` , . I . . .' ,
, :, ' :' ` ,
~, ~ ' : : :` :
19~i~01~0l9 60:34 0~ ~2c'~ 6~ f~URI'~i-t7~ 0~1 ~Q6
141
FIG. 201.
In ~ither above-m~ntioned case~ putti~ found~tion (26) hase
w~i~h nnd form to cAp~ble of bo~ring horiæon~al 3tr~C.s ol
eArthquakc and wind powe~ ~o act on ~cond~ry nonb~L~rine
S members (~-2). ~ower ~Art of putting found~tion ~26) ~nd
protestin~ laye~ of a w~terprooring lAyern~a~ bc col~necte~ b~
adhe~ e mate~linl~.
3) '8en~ support ~ puttlng foun~ation sys~enl!.
~his system is the syste~l to make up for th~ defect of both
AboYe ~entioned 'Put~ing foundatiorl ~y6t8~' and 'P.eam ~u~port
.~syste~1. The 'Bc~m support ~ystem', method to hang the beam of
cecondsry ~tructure~ ~1 on beams ~f primary structure (A~
Acros~ c~n only m~ke ~tr~i~ht fvrm. But, this method sets
puttin~ foundAtiononit~ yie1din~part,~uar~ntees flexibility
1~ of ~econdary nonboArin~ memberc ~ructure by cuppor~ of
~ secondar~ memb~r3 when yielding be~m h~lfw~y. In ~t~ight line
i;- p~rts,thjs n~ethod also ~nd put puttin~ foundation hal~way
contribute~ to ~a~e a benmand a b~nlheight smaller. ~nd, this
make~ firmer And ~ur~ cert~in ~upporting connectjon po~sible
."0 thenabove-mentioned'Puttin~ four.dation~yste~'. Furtherlllore,
like above-mentioned 'Puttin~ found~tion ~y~t8m' ~ this enables
blggcr u~ to ~8t be~rin~capacity by connecting of this b~am or
puttin~ foundation to ~ pri~sry structu~e by connective and
~upport~ mem~ers.
25 FIGS. 206-1 throu~b 206-3 ~re enl~odiDIer~t~ of cases that
secondary nonboaring memb~r~ 2)of externAl ~all or outside
: ~vors ~nd windcws are s~t ~p on w~terproafine l~ r, and b~th
edges ~f a beam to supporting connect these s~condary
nonb~uring mo1ab~rs ~o~2) are support~d by and conn~cted to a
pri~ry structur~ (A). This beAm i5 support~d by putting
~oundntion (26~ ~upport~d on wat~rpr~ofing layer of a primary
structure (A) in h~lfw~y of ~traight lin~ pArta or yi~ldin~
;. purts of this boam. This puttinB found~tion (26) has w~ights
d and formu to cAp~bl~ of bcarin~ horI~ont~l force ~r H~rthquake
.35 ~nd wind pawor to ac~on thi~ t~is~cond~ry nonbcnring me~lberu
:
;
,
.
:~ - , ~ . . . .
`J J ~4 b O J ~ c' ~' Y b l ~ ' A~ 'r, t
1~
(B-2). A l~wers pRl`t And pro~ecting layer vf ~ waterproofiag
l~yer, thsputti.n~ found~tion (26)c~nba connccted by adhesive
m~teria1s, too. 1`hi~ b~am or putting foundation (26~ and a
primary structure ~A) mAy be ab~a to re~ist big~er horizunta1
pow¢r by support.lng connection by horiz~ntRl ~upport (2~) ofll
~tee1. Then, FIG. 206~ the ~luint to show th~ whole, Fla.
20~-2 i~ tha d~tails axonometric, and FIG. 206-3, is the
d~tail~ ~ecti.on.
The above-m~ntioned wuterproofing syfitem o~ ppor~in~
conn~ctiorl c.f seco~dary nonbearing ~embers can be use~ for
secolld3ry bearing members i~ it ~n get nece.ss~ry supportive
~tre~ngth.
~3)Waterproofin~ system for~upPortin~conrlection oi secondary
li~ht-weight ~emberQ.
terproofill~ system for supporting connection of secondary
1i~hs-w~ight members on a waterproof layer, is done by th~
sy~ten~ to fix with weight, b~ adhesive building system, or by
combined use ofthem, similarto'putting foundat.ionsystem' as
m~r~tioned above. By th~se ~yst.em~, the flexibilit~ setting up
~0 of ~;~condary liE~ht-weiaht member~ i~ guarant~ed and the
cernt~in supportins conn~ctiorl b~come~ po~ible ~s w~ll, and a~;
anchcrs which bre~ks ~ wat.~rproof layer ~re not n~eded to be
set, ~ w~t~rpr~o~ layer is protected.
FIG. 210-2 ihows the em~odiment of fiettin8 up of a secondary
li~ht-wei~ht memb~rs; setting up of equipment pipin~ on a
w~rproof1ayQr.Inthi~embodiment,theequlpmentpipin6s are
~et up on a concrRte pl~t~ which is a puttin~ ~uundation of a
3m~11 gcale, ~y tool~ setting up Pipings, and the botto~
~urfac~ of the cDncrete pl~t~ and the prot~ction :Inyer of a
wnterproof lay~r ~r~ conn~ct~d by ~dh~sivcs or th~ like.
:`.The abov~-~entloned e~ch w~tarproofing syste~ for the
supportin~ connoctionot`second~ry ~n~bersis ~sed not only for
a waterproof 1~y~r, but also for ~ ~nerul sl~b which has not
b~en waterproofed.
.~ '
.
; ~, . :,~. ,. :: ~
!., ' ~
~:' , : ~ `'' `:
~ 4;3l~ 7 l~ J~2Y f~ " 3
.,~ Q ~ 3
143
story height ~nd rn~ximum height r~duction ~yst~m
The building of a prior artifirial ~ulti-lsyer grour;d ty~e was
disadvsnt~Yeou~ in ~h~ con~trUCtiOn co~t al~d the land cost
(boc~use of bejn5 un~ble to ~AS~ the r~stri~tion~ Eor an
oblique line limit And ah~ight ofshado~r~gul~tions), bec~Llse
the story heigh~ is heiger thsn th~t of ~ prior buil~itl~. F~r
the mothods for restrainin~ the ~tory h~iRh~ and the maxi~lu~
height are divided as 'h~ followin~.
(l~Pro~erusage ofyrimarydeper.dent typ~ ~econdarystruc~ure/
: 10 pri~ry sel r-~upport typ~ ~ec~ndary structur~.
An ndop~ion of ~A prim~ry dependell~ ~yp~ ~e~ndary struc1.ure'
is an advantageous methoù, in ~ ground layer An~ inter~edi~te
l~yer, for the ~Ake of reducing the maximu~n height of ~
b~ildi~g. An hd~ptiorl of ~n primar~ depen~ent type secorldary
st~ucture' ~et~ ~o adv~nta~eou~ a~ interior the number of
interlor ~torie6 becomo~ faw~r like 1 floor~ t layer c~se,
especlall~ .
In a roof Juyer! the udoption of '~ primary self ~upport type
secondary structure' in a roof l~y~r, B~ld the xkil~lfui ~d~ption
Or 'A primary dependent ~ype s~:cond~ry 3~ructure', t.he
- ~truoture which ~ roof p~rt iR ~d~ of n secondary structure
- reduce~ the ~Aximum height.
t2) s~ructur~l planr~in~ o~ a pr~ary struc~.ur~ in the ground
layer and int~rm~di~te l~yer.
Th~ primary st~uc~ure~ruotural plAnningof buildingt~h~L~l~s
R chamb~r #p~Ce like an ~pArtm~l1t hou~, mak~ the width of a
w311 snd ~ column of thc d~th direction midsection at a
front~ge direction l~rge~ kcep l~r~e for hori~on~ earing
o~ciiy, and it kee~ ~mnll horizuntal b~rin~ c~pacity of M
~0 oolumn ~n~ n w~ll in th~ o~t~ideto depth directi.on~balconY and
corridor side) (~e~ ~IGS~ 1 ~hroll~h 3, B~ ~hrou~h 83, ll3~l
throu~h Ll8, ï2t~-l through 128). ~0no~, b~o~u~ the gird~r o~
~ird~r-hcight is~'t ~et up ~or the ~pt.h direction ~uts1d~, it
i~ p0~3iblc to muk~ the b~m ~aller, to 8~VC ~ ceilin~ h~i~ht
36 of a ch~mbcr, ~d to redu~e story height.
~ .
,, . . :
, ., ' ; "' ` ,; !
',
.
IY~ 4~ U3 ;1~!2':1 fi l ,'2 AUR ~ 7i~ "
A~ cmbodiment FlGS. 1 throu~h 3 showl the ch~b~r~ such a~
bedroo~, for ~xa~ple, are u~ually set up for ~ depth direotion
outeide (facing a b~lcony and a corridor) for the ~ke of
daylighting condition, then the ceiljng ~lei~ht Or a depth
direction outside is required largely. On the other hand, the
depthdirectionmid~ectiondoesn't~et dayl ighti ng, so the sort
of ~ services room, whichdo~6n't need daylighting, ~r~ ~t up.
Reg~r~ as this part, A ceiling height is ~llowed to be s~all.
For th~t reason, you thinking of a be~m height of a ~ird~r in
the sRme way, ~h~ necessnry ~toz~ height c~n ~et small~r in the
depth direction ~idsection, a~d ~et larger in the depth
directionou-t~ide. Considering the settlcment at the same story
; height, the beam height of' n depth direction out~ide girder
need to be ~mall, ~d the beam hei8ht of a ~irdsr of the depth
direction midsection conld be large. For ~his reason, it is
greAtly yos~ible to m~ke stron~er for horizontAl be~ring
capacity at u ~ 1 and a column ~1) of the depth direction
midsection for it from ~ thing for ~ bean~height of a girdel of
: the depth direction midsection~ larg0r. In a plane plAn for
! 20 th~t reason, hori~ontal bearing capac.ity oE a front~ge
direction, needs keeping l~rge at ~ w~ll end a column of the
depth direction midse~tion, ~nd itis ~d~ant~eous for the sAke
of reducin~ stcry height the hori~o~t.~l be~rin~ capacit~ Or a
column ~nd ~ wall outside to the depth direction (facing to a
balcony ~n~ ~ corridor) keeps small. Then, in a section plan,
keepirlg the beam height of ~ ~irder o~ t.hs depth direction
mid~ection large, ~nd keeping -thet of the depth directlon
; outsid~ s~ull are ad~antageous for the s~ke of rcducing a storyheight. The~ thin~, agrbe with the func~ional claim fro~
r~id~nce sp~ce, too. Some other tilne for the width of a column
nd a wall of ~de~th dlrectiorloutside (balcony and ~ corridor
8ide), th~ p~ribilit~ o~ mAking th~m smal1er at th~ ~r~nt~e
direotion can ~nswer to th~ free cl~im~ of th~ f1exibility of
: th~ pl~nning ~f ~ s~oond~ry ~tructur8, and 0xtension nnd
rebuilding. Therefora, performin~ thc ~bove-menl-ioned
"
'''''
J;~12~ 2~1 4CJ 03 3229 ~112 AUR1'r~ 3 1~ P1.
145 ~ 3
s~ru~tural plunnin~ not only roduces st~ry height, but al80
an~wer to ~ clai~ of~ chamber pl~nnin~, and can plan second~ry
str~ct.ur~, flexibly, too.
Concretely explaining,the SeCtiOrl Or R primary ~ructure (A?.
that is expressed by embodiment FI~S. 1 thro1lgh 3, two girders
p~ss through thc depth dircctlon mid~ection like FIG. 1~
a1~d the besm hei~ht is l~rger ~hsn ~he d~pth direction outside
girder. Atthis ~idsec~ion to the depthdirection, a sort of the
services room i~ urran~ed for the snke ot` un-necassi~ Or
d~ylightin~ and lowcei~ing height, then it is possible to make
gird~r-height high~r. F'or the depth direction outside,
considerin~ the cha~uc~er of a chamber, this pnrtial ceili
height h~s ~he necess~ty to keep large becau~e of daylightin~
to a bsdroom, and there i~ neces~ity to keep girder-~.eight
~ller. By this matter, the column wall in the midsection to
the depth direction, csn save horizontal hc~ring capacity of a
frontage dir~ction, like ~hown in ~lG. 113-1, the plan of this
structuræ (A3. ~ thi~ m~.tter, wall colu~n horizor1tal bearin~
capacity of the fronta~e diroction of the depth direction
outside wall c~lumn, car- be small at the frontage direct,ion,
~ and width of it can make it s~all~ st A fron~age direction,
; daylighting ~ide be~omes larg~, ~hlch is ~dv~nt.~geous B9
ch~mber~ ~nd ~lso be able to have the flexihility of planning
the chan1ber of a d~pth direction out~lde di~ision ~nd the
flexibility of ~xt~nsion ~nd rebuilding (a~ balcony ex~ensior
and rebuilding to ~ side is ~e~e~lly thought about~.
These embod.imo~ts, are the c~ses th~t 2 gi.rders are set up for
the depth direction ~idsection, bu~ inc~se of l girder or some
mor~ eirder.s hAve th~ ~an~c po~ibili~y.
~0 ~3) Pri1~ry structure ~tructur~l pl~nnlng ~ roof l~yer.
1'wo ~ethods are used such ~ the c~se to support s~cundAry
~tructurus di~ctly without constructln~ u pri~ary structur~
upw~rd f~tr a ro~f, aad the case to RUppOrt second~ry ~tructures
a8 it i8, and to construct a pri~nry str~cture upw~rd for the
36 roof. Xn th~ ~cond CA~Ct oonstructin~ the wall ~nd the column
.... .. __ . .... _
.. '; .
.
,
~ ' ' '' ' - ,;
~ , - . ~ .
l;JY~ 2~l3lH ~ 49 Q~ 2~Y t;172 ~URi~r~ 006 P14
~ ~ Id ~ ~ ~ 3
~46
of the depth direction~idsection upward, supportirlg ~ecolldary
structures, not construoting the col~mns and w~lls of a depth
direction outside (b~lcony and a corridor side) up~ard to the
upperluyer, are adv~nt.agecussince they don'tgive restIictive
condition to plan the second~ry structure which pas~es the
oblique lin~ restrictions and shadow re~ulations ~ee ~iGS~
; YO-l through 94-1 ) . This matter, i~ advantageou3 ~ith a
compositiorlo~secondarystr~lctures and the sake of flexibility
of exten6iollt~nd rebuilding, tooO The above-rnentioned case is
very advantageous because it oarlb~urmore hori~ontal streæ~ in
~he roof la~er, the cAce which kept horiz~ntA.Ibe~ri~ capacity
larger by making the wa!i and the colu~n of the dep~h direction
wider in the mid-region of the frontsge di~ection in ~he
., intermediate l~y~r, aæthe succ~ssive prim~ry structure form of
the int~rmedi~te l~yer boing generally Adopted in the roof
l~yer.
~) Freedom of w~t~r soction po~ition and ~ory heig~lt
; r~duction s~stem
. 1) Outline.
-~ ~O Prior artiricial ~ulti-layers ground typewa~ disadvan~geou~
in construction cost ~nd la--tlcost, because the story heignt uf
it get~ higher th~n the ordinary building. For this reaso
also, to mini~li7edo~ble ætructurcto the utmost, ~he ~ub~tRnce
tu be ~ble to d~pcnd on a compositiun m~mber6 m~kes a primary
structure depend on it at aecondary mambers, and it i9 an
; adv~nt~eous method to minimize n~embers overlap.Fur~hermor~
for 8 beam of A primary structur~ i8 set ~ reversod beam (to a
perfectly reversed be~m for beam hei~ht) in order to mAke free
po~ition Or w~ter section of ~econd~ry structures, the story
hei~ht inore~æ~d. The adv~ntAgeouæ method in orter to solve
thjs snd to reduce ~tory llei~ht. i8 til~ method of a
'~emi-raver~d-bo~m' that, the hei8ht part n~ce~s~ry for an
: e~uip~ent pipin~ space(e~pecially drainage pipe) thAt is
;
neces~ary to ~lc~ water 8e¢tion position se~ ree is formed
`` 35 into ~ reversed beam, And th~t the bea~-height part except it
'
,;
.1'
2i~ i a 2 3: ~ ~ 0 3 3 ;~ 2 9 6 1 7 2 f~UR l ~ it7 1`~ " 3 0 0 6 P 15
1~1 7
i~ forrncd into a beam und~r ~lab, ~nd i~ the method that a
horizorlt~l dr~in~e pi~e is run to the position where a
v~r~ical drninA~e pipe is set in eAch zon~ ~f the beam as a
drainage pipe d~esn't pnss ~hrou~h ~ beAm. It is necessaly to
adopt an nbove-m~ntioned ~support syste~ of second~r~ be~ring
member by primary columnand be~ in order to keep amethod of
the latter posiible.
2) 'Semi-rever~ed-beum ~y~t~n~'.
Tho 'Semi-r~ver~ed-beam system', i~ ~xpressed at fir~. T~le
problem is thAt se~tin6' A water ~ee~ion po~ition fr~e an~
r~ducing story height is n drains~e pipe to need an underfloor
plenu~ nmongeguipme~tpiping(that needs aslope andis the big
si~e of its caliber~. Of,her Pquipm~nt piping hardl~ beoomzs a
bi8ger proble~ than this.
By this, the si~e including tha size for n ca1i~r Or this
dr~inage pipe ~nd the slope siae of dr~ina3e pipe that is
nec~ssary for mnkin~ set water section ~usi~ion free, is
uecessary for Bn undcrfloor plenulil. Further, when a dr~}n~ge
: pipe passes through ~ beam, the covering depth th~t is
necossary ~o upp~ ~ar~innl reinforcin~ steel of ~he beam i~
; added to its size. These are the factor3 to increasc the story
hight.
In ~uch a c~3e revsrs~d benm is used ~nerary,however a beam
height of a rev~rs~d beam more ~han ~ nece~c~ry underfloor
plenu~ for this becomes the pri~ry ~actor to increasc the
story h~ight, ~or th~t r~ason, the method of
~semi-reversed-benm', formin~ only the height part th~ is
:; :
necessary for a dr~inage pip~ ~pace pArt into a reversed be~m
and folmin~ the p~rt ~xc~pt i~ 1nto ~ beum urld~r a s1~b, i~ an
effetive method ~o reduc~ story height.
3) 'Syste!n of hori~-ontn~ dr~inago pipo r~ n ~o v~r~ical
. ~ drninage pipv i~l e~oh b~m zone'
The next import~nt ~ethod of s~ory height reduction is, as
mcntion~d-nbov~, to avoid the heiBht ir~cressc need~d wh~n a
35 dre.in~g~ pipe pas~o~ throu~h ~ b~m. N~n~ely, the method as
:' ~
. .,
~.'
.
; - , , . -
:~. .. . .
:
,: . .: .~
,` ; '. ,`'`' ' , :
19~2~l2~ 23:5i 03 3229 D 1 ~2 AU~ l'rif~ 3 IJI)D P 16
148
dr~inage pipe doesn'-t paa~ thrvugh a ~eam. Nam~ly, it i5 the
method to run a hori~ont~l ~rain~ pipe there whcre seting up
a vertical drainR~e pipe ln each ~one of beams. Thi~ method
shortens further the length of a drainM~e pi~e, m~kes ~
5 slop~-height s~nll as the lengthof horizontal piping to run to
a t~srtical drai~nge pire gets small for each zone, and leduce~
; the story hoi~h~.
il) Story heiBht reduo~iorl effect o~ ~8upp~rt system of
secondary beuring member by primary column And b~am'.
10 The ma~t~r ~hc~hs th~ other ~Cpsct of an ef~ect of the
a~ove-mentioned sy~tem 'sup~olt cyfitem of secon~lary bcnrin~
~ember by primary col~mn and beam' (That is, ~ meLhod to limit
the part of the pri~ry s~ructure as the suppor~ing positicn
; for secondary struct~re, to thecolumns and equivarentwMlls).
15 Anadoptior~ofnn ~bovs-mentioned 'suppor-tsystemof secondary
~ bearin~ member by prim~ry colu~n and b~am' gets nscessary in
; order to keep this ma~ter po~sible. B~ucau e, in ~up~orting A
; secorldary bearing member in a hori20ntal pl~tf~rnl of a primary
: structure AS ~ prior type rlrtificial land, the be~ms increas~
20 and ~t u~ closolr, a dr~inaZe pip~ pass through beams
: avoidabl~ d story hei~ht in~reases, as mentioned-above.
~ompare to this, by the 'support ~yste~ of ~econdury beArinB
n~ember by prim~ry colum~l and be~m' the beam interval of a
~rilrtary s~ructur~ o~n be kept l~r~er beca~se a secondary
25 bearin~ memb~r lo~d doe~n't act upon slab of a prim~ry
structure or the like, and c~n ~void a be~fil penetration of a
dr~in~ge pip~,
,~ By thi~ reason, in case this 'support ~ystem of secondary
'~ be~rirlg menlb~r by priml~ry aolumn ~nd bs~l~' is applie~ trim~ry
s1,ructur~a c~n bo de~i gn~d with larger b~:nm in~ervnl and
avoiding pcn~tra~ion ctn to bc~tDs. Vertical drairlag~ plpin~
whioh prt3vent f1exil~ility Gn pl~nning cun be ~3~t up at a minims.m
pACC within th~expo.ndecl Z:oneof b~ams. ~yplannlng :like this,
~rec intarior ~ctrn~ of designing i8 g~ranteed, and story h~i8ht
:~ 35 also i9 recluc~d .
. .
, ' ' ~.
. ' . ` ` ` ' ` `
IY`ic~l2~ 2~:5c` ~ ~22Y 6I~ AlJRI~ 'J~ J~ t:~G
In short, th~ method of 'sup~ort syste~ of secondary beAring
memb~r b~ primary colum!I anti be~' hAs not on1y the econon~ic
ad~nta~e (economy of a col~structiDn cost) OlI buildin~
skaleton, but fiets a wat~r section position fr~, reduces the
story height, and r~duces the land co~t.
~ ) E~planation o~ embodimonts.
B~ adopting 'semi-re~ersed-~eso' for bcams Or ~.rim~ry
st1ucture,and 'support system of sec~lldary bearing member b,~
primary co1umn and beam', by ~cping l~rge intervai between
IU bean~3, eind by t~kin~ n ligh~ g~rden for the position Lhut is
enclosed at a girder of th~ d~p~h direGtior~ mid~e~tio~, che
et}~od to drop A vertic~l draina~c pipe is chown in FIG. 211-1
in ~IG. 211-2 (besides this mcthod othe~ ~a~ to dro~ a ver~ic~l
drain~ge pipe for each zone e~clo~d by ~ean~s, can ~e taken).
By the method, for the ~one tha~ i9 enclosed by ~irdcrs o'; ~he
~idsccti~n of a depth direc~lon. both life drain~ge pipe ~see
~IG. 211-1) from ~ flexiblc position of s~r~ice.q and re.in~ter
drainage pipc ~sc~ ~IG. 2il-2) Qr the likP, can b~ con~ectcd
directly to A vertica1 dr lna~e pipe ixl ~light g~rden, h.ithout
ZC passing through ~ehnlS. Fur~ermore ~1~o fro~l outside of thP
girder enclos~d zono of the ~idsection of a d~pth direction,
11~e drain~ge pipe fro~l ~ flexible position of ~rvices can
yaneLrate lower p~rt of a w~11 coluulrl, whcre ste~l dimension
h~ve enogb and sp~res forplacingof reinforcementis enough, to
conect to A v~rtical drainAge pipe in ~ 1igh-t ~arden wi~hout
pa~silI~ through girders~ ~y 3uch a nlethud, mai~tainin~ A
flexibil~ services of dr~in~ge pipo from each po~it~on, of the
~one avoiding to m~ks penetr~tion on ~irders and be~ms, s~ory
height is roduced.
Fur~her~ore AS 'a seml-revor~ed-~o~u ~ys~em' is ~dopt~d,
height o~ th~ ~e~ bove ~he t`100r siab is 1es~n to almost the
8~u)e ~ the total height of di~Hter of the pipe and the slo~e
for itwhichgarantce the ~rexlblep~aition of~rvjce, baonuie
in ordor nc-t t.o con~ider ~ neCe~sitY coverin~ depth ~i~,e of
upp~r M~rgin~l reinforcing ~teel of the be~, drnina~e pipe
:.
.
19'J~ H31~ 2~:53 1~3 3229 61-~2 A~IR~ "3 0'J6 ~ 8
150 ~ 6~
c~liber si~e and ~ dr~ina~e pipe slope slz~ as necl3ssity.
Minimi~ing o. u~c1ess underfloor plenuD~ and limiting onl~ the
neces3~ry depth for a re-~e~sl~d b~sm by sdopting 'a
emi-reversed-beam syste~ story h~ht is reduced fur~her.
5 Followin~ a content of a primary structurt! of this figure,
~grees for u met.hod o~ a stor~ height reductiorl method of
primary structure structural plannirlg of ~n ~bo~e mentioned (2)
ground layer And int;ernledi~te layer, use properly it of an
above-n~entioned ~l) primary d0pendent type~ }~rimary
10 sel~-support type secondary struc~ure. Then if adopting 'a
priDIary dependent type secondary ~trucLIlre~ as FIGS. 1 throu~h
3, t.he story heigh~ is red~lced.
6 ) Ef f ect .
The above-alentioned system can be applied commonly to 'a
15 priruary selï-support typf~ ~ecorld~ry structure' and ~A primary
dependent typs secondary structur~'l And it is general system
to b~ ~ble to be adopt~ed in c~s~ of setting WAter-SeCtiOnS
~re~ly in a general building. In ca~e Or adoy)t.;ng the system for
'a pri~ry dependen'c type ~econdary structure' es~eci~lly, it
20 can keep the ~rne ~tory hei8ht as that of a general buildlne in
1 floor~ yer ~nd 2 f1Oor6~ 1 layer.
